EMPLOYABILITY SKILLS

 EMPLOYABILITY SKILLS COMMON FOR ALL TRADES STUDENT WORKBOOK 1 NATIONAL INSTRUCTIONAL MEDIA INSTITUTE, CHENNAI 

Post Box No. 3142, CTI Campus, Guindy, Chennai - 600 032 Copyright Free. Under CC BY License Employability Skills Developed & Published by Post. Box. No. 3142, Guindy, Chennai - 600032 Email - chennai-nimi@nic.in Website: www.nimi.gov.in Printed in India at Post. Box. No. 3142, Guindy Chennai - 600032 First Edition:

                August 2019 Student Workbook-1 Common for all trades Employability Skills II © Copyright Free. Under CC BY License Employability Skills Instructional Design The content is developed with VARK (Visual Aural (Auditory) Read (Reading/writing) Kinesthetic) learning styles with customized strategies to improve communication and learning generally. Hence, the content has been structured in the form of workbooks to build meaningful learning experiences assuming that the ITI trainees need to start learning English and communication from scratch. A facilitator guide has also been developed to enable the Employability Skills course instructors deliver the lessons in the structured format for effective internalization of the content by the ITI trainees. The Employability Skills content is designed with lessons in an hourly structure. The lessons are designed to enable learning from the simple to complex concepts in an activity-based format. The lessons shall provide adequate scope for internalization of concepts through illustrations and meaningful activities structured from guided, controlled to free use. Formative assessment shall be built in at appropriate intervals to facilitate consolidation of the learning. Cohesion between the lessons shall ensure that concepts are revisited all along the learning process thereby making the learning process meaningful, rewarding and enjoyable. The lessons are structured using the ICARE model of instructional design. ICARE model is an end-user oriented model that facilitates meaningful learning in an activity-based approach. The acronym ICARE stands for: I – Introduce – lesson objectives, concepts C – Connect – through illustrations (visuals and verbal with appropriate examples, wherever needed) A – Apply – opportunities to practice the concepts in the form of activities R – Reflect – through KWL chart (what was Known, Wanted to be known and eventually Learnt), recap E – Extend – opportunities to explore alternative resources/materials (optional), project Module refers to the 4 topics dealt with in workbook 1 and 8 topics to be dealt with in workbook 2 for 80 hours duration in each workbook. Lesson refers to the content developed for training for specified number of hours for each of the 12 modules in the workbooks. Each lesson is for one hour duration. Objectives shall be outcomes based restricted to three per lesson as the duration of each lesson shall be one hour only. Concept refers to the specific topics that the lesson is based on. A very basic introduction / description of the topic is used. KWL chart is a tool used to enable learning with visible transition from recognition of prior knowledge to acquisition of new knowledge. What the trainees want to know serves as an intermediary step between what they know and what they eventually learn. Illustration provides contextual examples to make the learning meaningful and internalize the concept better. Activities provide opportunities to put the new concepts into active use in a guided, controlled and free manner. The activities are designed for collaborative learning in pairs and groups. Let’s Learn introduces additional concepts. It is introduced only when it is required for a particular lesson. Recap enables the trainees review their learning and proceed to learn the next lesson. Extension provides scope for furthering the learning by application of the concepts in wider contexts than those dealt with in the workbook. It fosters learner autonomy and collaborative learning. iii Copyright Free. Under CC BY License Employability Skills iv The content for the 2 workbooks for year 1 shall include the following modules for 80 training hours each: Year 1 – Workbook 1 – 80 hours Module Topic Duration in hours 1 Behavioural Skills 10 2 English Literacy 30 3 Communication Skills 20 4 IT Literacy 20 Module Topic Duration in hours 5 Entrepreneurship 20 6 Maintaining Efficiency at Workplace 10 7 Occupational Safety, Health and Environment Education 10 8 Essential Skills for Success 10 9 Labour Welfare Legislation 05 10 Quality Management 05 11 Preparation to the World of Work 10 12 Customer Interaction/Service 10 Recall is a chunking strategy that has been included at regular and meaningful intervals to consolidate the learning and help smooth transition between lessons and topics. The recall section is designed with multiple choice questions with due emphasis on application of the concepts learned than on the theory underlying them. This may be used by the instructors for periodical formative assessments to check progress. Alternately, it may be used by the trainees to test their own learning levels. Project refers to the extension of the classroom into the world of work like market scan, job search, preparation for entrepreneurial ventures. Trainees may put the skill acquired through employability skills training to effective use here. (optional) Corpus is the vocabulary on which the content is built on refers to the range of words that ITI trainees need to internalize to be able to productively use (active vocabulary) and understand using contextual clues (passive vocabulary) for social and professional communicative purposes. The vocabulary base for the content has been built on corpora (samples) of real world in tune with the requirement of ITI trainees in real-life (realia). The words are categorized into high-frequency and low-frequency words. Words that the trainees may be familiar with are in normal font and those that they need to learn and internalize to use (some words) and recognize (most words) are in bold font. Year 1 – Workbook 2 – 80 hours Note: Behavioural Skills module is meant to lay the foundation for Employability Skills. The trainees will be able to build rapport with the instructor and benefit from the training to find a suitable job on completion of the course. Hence, the 6 lessons developed may be used effectively to impart training for 10 hours. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License Employability Skills v ACKNOWLEDGEMENT The National Instructional Media Institute (NIMI) sincerely acknowledges and appreciates the invaluable contribution made by the following content developers without whose support the Employability Skills Student Workbook would not have been completed in a very short span of time. Content Development Coordinator & Facilitator Dr T Jayasudha, Deputy Director, NIMI Content Development Team Ms. Ajita Karve, Lead, Design & Incubation, Tata Strive Ms. Charu Babbar & Ms. Deonizia Sampai, Content team, Tata Strive Ms. Shivani Sharma, Program Development & Impact Evaluation, Medha Ms. Sushmitha Sridhara, Manager – Facilitator & Content Development, My Quest, Quest Alliance Ms. Sonali Gupta, Specialist – Facilitator & Content Development, Quest Alliance Ms. Neena Bhathena & Mr. Ranjith Kumar, Naandi Foundation’s Mahindra Pride Classroom Dr. Sumathi Shivakumar, Asst Prof of English, AM Jain College, Chennai Mrs. Devikamala, Asst Prof of English, Govt. Arts College, Nandanam Mrs. Beeta Judio, Asst Prof of English, Govt. Arts College, Nandanam Mr. Dineshkumar, Asst Prof of English, Govt. Arts College, RK Nagar Mrs. Arumugathai, Asst Prof of English, Govt. Arts College, Perumbakam Dr. KN Shoba, Asst Prof of English, Anna University Mr. BR Srikanth, IT & Soft Skill Trainer, Govt. ITI, Trichy Mr. J Kingsley Peter, IT & Soft Skill Trainer, Govt. ITI, Coonoor Mr. J Sajin, IT & Soft Skills Trainer, Govt. ITI, Nagercoil Mr. P Selvam, IT & Soft Skills Trainer, Govt. ITI, Ariyalur Mr. A Vairamani, IT & Soft Skills Trainer, Govt. ITI, Aruppukottai Mr. K Manikandan, IT & Soft Skills Trainer, Govt. ITI, Cuddalore Design & Layout Mr. S. Gopalakrishnan, Asst. Manager, NIMI Mr. Gowtham Krishna, Media Consultant, NIMI NIMI appreciates the Data Entry operators and CAD staff for their valuable contribution to bring the student workbook in its present form. NIMI is happy to thank all the other staff members who have helped in the development of this book. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License Employability Skills vi 1. I Can and I Will 21 2. Word Building 27 3. Naming Words 32 4. Naming Words - Singular and Plural 37 5. Action Words 43 6. Action Words - Tenses 48 7. Recall 54 8. Describing Words 58 9. Describing Objects, Surroundings and Processes 63 10. Pronouns 70 11. Introduction to Punctuation 75 12. Kinds of Sentences - Introduction 80 13. Practice in Framing Sentences 85 14. Recall 89 15. Greetings and Self-Introduction 93 16. Asking and Responding to Questions 98 17. Sharing Information with Others 105 18. Recall 113 19. Formal and Informal Communication 115 20. Speak and Share Information about Workplace 121 21. Discussions on Current Happenings 127 22. Telephone Skills 135 23. Telephone Skills – Role Plays 141 24. Let’s Read 146 No. Topic Page No. 1. Orientation to Employability Skills 1 2. Learn Together! 4 3. Know Yourself 6 4. Ethics and Values 9 5. Social Etiquette 14 6. Role Modelling 18 ENGLISH LITERACY BEHAVIOURAL SKILLS CONTENTS Copyright Free. Under CC BY License Employability Skills vii 1. Basics of Computers 251 2. Exploring a Computer 257 3. Basics of Operating System 263 4. Exploring Windows Operating System 266 1. Importance of Communication 177 2. Components of Communication 181 3. Recall 185 4. Practising Effective Communication 187 5. Mastering Effective Communication 190 6. Assessing your Communication Ability 194 7. Recall 197 8. Verbal Communication – Speaking 199 9. Verbal Communication – Writing 203 10. Non-verbal Communication 208 11. Being Aware of Good and Bad Touch 213 12. Recall 217 13. Workplace Communication 219 14. Workplace Communication Activities 225 15. Decoding Interview 230 16. Handling Rejection and Failure 233 17. Professional Networking 237 18. Recall 240 19. Mock Interviews 244 20. Job Search and Mock Interviews 248 IT LITERACY COMMUNICATION SKILLS No. Topic Page No. 25. Recall 151 26. Writing Simple Sentences 155 27. Speaking 158 28. Listening 164 29. Productive Use of Skills 168 30. Recall 175 Copyright Free. Under CC BY License Employability Skills viii 5. Using Storage Features on Windows 269 6. Basics of MS-Word 275 7. Exploring MS-Word 279 Documents on MS-Word 288 9. Recall 293 10. Basics of Excel 298 11. Simple on Excel 303 12. What is Internet? 306 13. Searching for on the Internet 310 14. Best to Follow on the Internet 313 15. Communicate Using Email 317 16. Internet Safety 322 to Mobile 18. Simple Mobile 19. Exploring Popular Sites for Learning and Career Growth 336 20. Recall 345 21. Project 349 Appendix A. Answer Key for English Literacy 351 Copyright Free. Under CC BY License Behavioural Skills 1 1. Orientation to Employability Skills At the end of this lesson, you shall be able to: • identify why employability skills are needed, what they are and how they can be learned • know your employability skills facilitator • set personal learning goals. Employability skills: Employ + Ability | The ability to be employed is employability! It includes all the skills that can help a trainee succeed in any job. Behavioural Skills: In the 21st century, success belongs to those who have the confidence and ability to learn new skills! The knowledge and skills that you learn today will be outdated in the next few years. But, if you learn how to learn new skills on your own, you will never have to worry about it. English Literacy: If you can read and write basic English, you become eligible for jobs all over the world! And, all it takes is one hour of practice every day. Isn’t this very exciting? Communication: When the instructor asks you a question, are you always able to raise your hand and answer without hesitation? Do you find it easy to introduce yourself to a visitor? If you learn the skill of communication, you will never have to worry again about ‘hesitation’. You will be able to express your ideas and thoughts to anyone! IT Literacy: Would you need to create your resume / CV in the near future? Would you like unlimited access to knowledge about latest technologies? Would you like to learn how to make payments online? Learning IT literacy teaches you all of this and more. The trainee who mastersIT Literacy module can create a better resume, find better jobs and learn news skills faster! What I already Know What I Want to find out What I Learned Copyright Free. Under CC BY License Behavioural Skills 2 Behavioural Skills! Gain confidence to learn! Master the language of the world! Express yourself effectively! Join the digital world Learning is not a one-time process – it is a cycle! English Literacy Communication IT Literacy 1. Divide up into teams of four and launch an investigation into Rameela’s career! Rameela has been recently hired by a big AC installation company in Kolkata. Rameela’s supervisor asks her to install / repair air conditioners. Every day Rameela has to go to customers’ homes for installing or repairing AC. When Rameela reaches the customer’s home, she greets them politely and inquires about the job. Once Rameela has finished the job,she seeks feedback about herservice and leaves. Upon completion of each job, Rameela is required to fill the details of the repairs and installation in an excel database. Then she has to mail it to her supervisor. If Rameela continues to perform well in her current position, she can be promoted to a supervisor’s position. Discuss and list the skills that Rameela needs to perform well at her job. The first one has been done as an example: Ability to communicate with customer. 2. Another big question! How will we learn all of these skills? We can give you a hint. You CANNOT learn them by reading or listening to good tips. You can learn it the way you learned how to ride a bicycle! Skills What can YOU do to learn this? How can YOUR Employability Skills FACILITATOR help? How can YOUR FRIENDS help? Professional attitude Speaking, reading, writing English Communicating effectively IT Literacy Copyright Free. Under CC BY License Behavioural Skills 3 3. At last, it is time to be a journalist! It is time to get to know the Employability Skills Facilitator! Ask your instructor to share answersto the following questions with you. Feel free to add any extra question of your own. a. What is your name? b. How did you become interested in becoming a teacher? c. What is your vision of an ideal teacher? d. What are your personal strengths? e. Which skills do you want us (your trainees) to develop during the 80 hours of Employability Skills and why? _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ Complete the What I learned column in the KWL chart. Boring Fun Lots of learning Less learning How was today’s session? __________________________________________________________________________________________ What are Employability Skills? (Hint: Employ + Ability = Employability) __________________________________________________________________________________________ Why do employability skills matter? __________________________________________________________________________________________ How can you improve your own employability skills? __________________________________________________________________________________________ What is it that you will do during the course to improve your employability skills? __________________________________________________________________________________________ What steps will you take after the completion of this course to continue to help you excel in your job? __________________________________________________________________________________________ Interview a service repair person at the local mobile repair shop which has a lot of customers. Ask the service repair person what his / her day looks like, and what are the tips for succeeding in his/ her job. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License Behavioural Skills 4 2. Learn Together! At the end of this lesson, you shall be able to: • share about yourself and get to know your classmates • learn how to form a team • learn how to network and make new friends. Learn together: In this session, we will discover a very powerful technique to learn almost any new skill! If you can master this skill, you will never lose the motivation to learn. You will enjoy learning new skills and you will succeed at any workplace. Would you like to learn about this magic technique? Well, the technique is simple – become friends with your new classmates! We are all in the same boat. Each of us in this classroom is trying to learn a new skill. We are all equally excited and afraid. Together, we can keep each other motivated and make learning fun! What I already Know What I Want to find out What I Learned When we try to learn alone When a teacher explains it to us When friends explain Copyright Free. Under CC BY License Behavioural Skills 5 Step 1 2 mins: Find a coin! Search for a coin. Any coin! Once everyone has a coin, take step 2. Step4 5 mins: Map common ground Make a list of everything that you seem to have in common with each other! Step 2 2 mins: Find your team In 2 minutes, form a team with 3 people from your class, whose coins are: of same year, or of same value. Step 5 5 mins: Celebrate differences Make a list of everything that seems to be a unique quality of some of the team members. Step 3 20 mins: Become a team Share with each other: What is your hometown? Your favourite memories from school life? What are your hobbies? Favourite subjects? Why did you join this ITI? Why did you join this trade? Step 6 20 mins: Share with all! Share with the whole class: What does your team have in common? And what makes each of you unique? __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ Complete the What I learned column in the KWL chart. What did we do today? What are the ways we used to get to know each other more? __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ Can you use the simple technique that you learned today to make new friends? __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ Google the term ‘peer learning’. Discuss with friends and share what you understand by network? __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ What are the ways in which you can get to know people beyond the classroom? __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ 

            Search for LinkedIn on the internet. Read about professional networks and their advantage. Create a LinkedIn account and start following the pages of some global companies in your field. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License Behavioural Skills 6 3. Know Yourself At the end of this lesson, you shall be able to: • recognize that people have unique strengths which could be qualities, abilities or talents • identify strengths, talents and skills in self as well as others • learn English words to describe people’s qualities, abilities and talents. Learn about yourself: If you know what you are good at, you can identify the right career opportunities. And, when you understand your areas of improvement, you will always keep learning and growing! What does knowing about yourself mean? Ability: Thingsthat we are good at doing /thingsthat other people recognize as our qualities/thingsthat people often ask us to help with! Interests: Things that you like to do / that make you happy / that you do in your free time! We can always acquire new abilities and interests. There are many thingsthat we have never tried yet. As our life experience grows, our abilities and interests also grow. What I already Know What I Want to find out What I Learned What is their strength? Cheetahs run very fast Eagles fly high Bees Fish can breathe make honey under water Copyright Free. Under CC BY License Behavioural Skills 7 Some famous personalities and their strengths Malala Yousafzai Courageous. Bold. Good speaker. A. R. Rahaman Musical genius. Hard-working. Generous. A. P. J. Abdul Kalam Intelligent. Humble. Great scientist. Mother Teresa Kind. Compassionate. Helpful. MS Dhoni Cool. Patient. Great leader. 1. Identify your strengths. Tick/circle the qualities, talents or skills that you have. Qualities Talent Skill Honest A good singer Cook well Hardworking A poet Play ____________ (any sport) Enthusiastic A musician. I play __________ Use the computer Friendly An actor Solve math problems fast Helpful An artist; a painter Drive (car, jeep, tractor) Sensitive A good dancer Operate __________ machine Organized A good mimic Speak English Copyright Free. Under CC BY License Behavioural Skills 8 2. Complete the following statements with your strengths identified in the previous activity. My name is ___________________________________________________________________________ Write your first name and last name. I am _________________________________________________________________________________ Write 2 to 3 qualities from the list above, or something else. I am _________________________________________________________________________________ Write 1 or 2 talents from the list above, or something else. I can ________________________________________________________________________________ Write 1 or 2 skills from the list above, or something else. 3. List at least 3 family members and 3 friends/classmates and identify their strengths. Sl. No. Name Relationship Strengths 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Complete the What I learned column in the KWL chart. What are some of the common words that we can use to describe strengths? __________________________________________________________________________________________ Did you discover any new strengths today? What are they? __________________________________________________________________________________________ Why is it important to know one’s strengths? __________________________________________________________________________________________ How can you use the knowledge of your strengths to become a better learner? __________________________________________________________________________________________ How can you use the knowledge of your strengths in your career decisions? __________________________________________________________________________________________ Think and write about a time when you handled a difficultsituation successfully. Organise it in the form of a story with a clear beginning, middle and a positive end. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License Behavioural Skills 9 4. Ethics and Values At the end of this lesson, you shall be able to: • identify unique traits of those from different cultures/religion/gender • practice recognizing and celebrating the unique traits across cultures/religions/genders • recognize what ‘stereotypes’ are and how to break them. Ethics and values: Ethics or Values are the fundamental beliefs that guide or motivate attitudes or actions. It reflects in the way a person thinks, feels and behaves at home, at work and in the society. It determines the ‘character’ of a person. Our ethics and values form the pillars of our character. What I already Know What I Want to find out What I Learned All religions preach love and harmony. All professions deserve the same respect. Each person is unique. All genders are equal. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License Behavioural Skills 10 Six Pillars of Character Trustworthiness Citizenship Caring Respect Fairness Responsibility There are six main pillars of character, under which there are other values or ethics. These pillars shape our behaviour. a. Trustworthiness: Honesty, sincerity, forthrightness; keeping promises; being dependable and loyal. b. Respect: Showing courtesy to people of all age groups;realizing the worth and dignity of everyone, irrespective of gender, colour, class, caste, etc.; avoiding actual or threatened violence; being considerate of others. c. Responsibility: Being accountable; exercising control; setting goals; being self-reliant; pursuing excellence; being proactive, persistent, and reflective; making efforts towards self-development. d. Fairness: Understanding the processes and results of decision-making through impartiality, thorough gathering of facts, and hearing all sides. Looking at things from the other person’s point of view. Being nonjudgmental. e. Caring: Being compassionate and kind; showing sympathy to those who are in difficulty; being generous; donating; sharing; helping others in need. f. Citizenship: Respecting public property; obeying the law; pursuing the common good; protecting the environment; respecting authority; thinking about the welfare of the country and the world. 1. Behaviour Copy and write down the appropriate action or behaviour under each ‘Pillar of Character’. (Note – some actions can be written under more than one pillar.) Copyright Free. Under CC BY License Behavioural Skills 11 Be aware of what is happening in your country and in the world. Don’t gossip or spread rumours. Respect the space and privacy of others. Be disciplined. Be considerate towards people with special needs. Don’t be judgmental. Take care of elders. Deal peacefully with anger, insults or disagreements. Be loyal to your family, friends and country. Do not play loud music or make noise, especially at night. Be honest. Don’t threaten, hit or hurt anyone. Do your bit to keep your neighbourhood clean. Exercise your voting rights. Do not speak loudly on the bus or train as others might get disturbed. Volunteer with an NGO. Be open-minded. Use the golden words (please, thank you, sorry, excuse me, I beg your pardon). Ensure that your actions do not harm anyone or anything. Fulfil your promises. Look for good qualities in everyone. Think before you act – always consider the consequences. Show consideration for others. Have the courage to do the right thing. Keep your word. Don’t be partial or show favouritism. Respect the laws of the country. Don’t speak ill of others. Be accountable for your choices and actions. Be kind. Don’t argue with your elders. Do your job/duty to the best of your ability. Exercise self-control. Ensure that everyone gets a chance. Avoid ragging and eve-teasing. Look after your family, friends and possessions. Accept the other persons’ point of view. Be considerate about how others may feel. Forgive others. Speak the truth. Be determined and persistent to complete the job on hand, within the specified time. Follow the traffic rules. Avoid wasting time during working hours. Acknowledge and appreciate work or efforts of others. Don’t litter – keep public areas clean. Help elderly people/senior citizens. Sharing is caring. Be tolerant of differences in language, culture, religion, etc. Don’t blame others or find faults with others. Don’t discriminate on the basis of caste, gender or abilities. Don’t speak rudely. Protect the environment. Practice equality. Take care of public property, heritage structures and national monuments. Be sympathetic. Build a good reputation. Don’t get involved in riots and other anti-national activities. Observe Independence Day and Republic Day. Donate to a charity. Don’t deceive or cheat anyone. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License Behavioural Skills 12 Trustworthiness Respect Responsibility Fairness Caring Citizenship Copyright Free. Under CC BY License Behavioural Skills 13 Sl.No. My Values Group Values Class Values i. ii. iii. iv. v. 2. Values a. Write down five values that are the most important ones according to you in ‘My Values’ column. b. Sit with 5 classmates. Discuss your values. Select five commonly agreed values and write it under ‘Group Values’ c. Next, each group must come forward and write their 5 group values on the blackboard. Discuss as a class to identify the most important commonly agreed values and write that under ‘Class Values’. Complete the What I learned column in the KWL chart. • All human beings, irrespective of gender, caste, creed, abilities are equal and have equal rights. • The character of a person is determined by his/her values and ethics. • The character of a person reflects the way he/she treats others and behaves at home, at work and in the society. Based on the activities above, decide at least 5 things that you will do and practice. Remember that it will reflect these values. Remember that they will help in character development. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License Behavioural Skills 14 5. Social Etiquette At the end of this lesson, you shall be able to: • identify and distinguish positive and negative social etiquette • recognize the impact of negative social etiquette on people • find ways to implement positive social etiquette. Learn Social Etiquette (polite behaviour in society) a. You have been studying very hard for your exams all day long. Finally, you decide to go to sleep at midnight. You are very tired! But, suddenly, from your window you hear a song, which is playing in high volume in your neighbour’s home. They are having a surprise birthday party! How will it make you feel? b. You are sitting in an autorickshaw with your old grandmother. The auto stops at the traffic light, and there is a long line of vehicles in front of it. As soon as the light turns green, the car behind the auto starts blowing its horn. It keeps doing so for a full 5 minutes. How will it make you and your grandmother feel? c. You are a woman. You go to a mall and get into an elevator. Three men get into the elevator with you. They start sharing vulgar jokes with each other. They get out on floor 3. You remain in the elevator and get out on the next floor. How did having to listen to their jokes make you feel? Would you feel insulted or scared or indifferent? None of the above people committed a ‘crime’, and yet they caused problems for people in the neighbourhood / public spaces. We all live in this world together. We share our colleges, ourstreets, our movie halls, and all of the public amenities! Our behaviour can make the lives of other people easier, or it can make their lives very difficult. What I already Know What I Want to find out What I Learned Copyright Free. Under CC BY License Behavioural Skills 15 Let’s find out how can we create a happier and safer society with our simple and everyday actions! A quick Social etiquette check: Every time you want to know, if you are following social etiquette, ask yourself these simple questions given above. Are your actions making them comfortable and safe? Are your actions keeping them clean and easy for all to share? Is your behaviour promoting harmony and unity in the society? 1. Stepping into other people’s shoes In our first activity, we will interview any one of the following people: • a girl or a woman • a person above the age of 60 • a differently-abled person. The interview questions are: Have you ever felt uncomfortable or unsafe while travelling in public transport like bus / train / shared auto / metro? If yes, please share what made you feel uncomfortable. __________________________________________________________________________________________ Have you ever felt uncomfortable or unsafe due to an action of a neighbour? If yes, please share what made you feel uncomfortable. __________________________________________________________________________________________ Have you ever felt uncomfortable or unsafe in yourschool/ college classroom or in your workplace? If yes, please share what made you feel uncomfortable. __________________________________________________________________________________________ 2. Recall the last time you travelled by train, and describe what you smelled, saw and felt at the platform and in the train! Copyright Free. Under CC BY License Behavioural Skills 16 Your experience of using railway platform and train. Liked Disliked 3. Make a list of etiquettes that all rail passengers should follow to improve all the things you disliked about your visit to the train station! _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ 4. A list of activities, which people often do is given. In your opinion, what kind of manners are these – good or bad? Share your reasons too. Sometimes, people … Good Bad Reasons urinate by the side of the road speak loudly on the phone in restaurants and corridors of colleges, etc. travel in the train without ticket call the ambulance as soon as they witness a road accident blow horns for a long time, as soon as the traffic light turns green spit tobacco on the road play very loud music in their homes at night or during early morning give up their seats for elderly or women on public transports like train, metro, bus, etc. throw food wrapper and other waste on the road or in a river or lake Copyright Free. Under CC BY License Behavioural Skills 17 Complete the What I learned column in the KWL chart. Can you recall 2-3 instances when you felt unsafe or uncomfortable? __________________________________________________________________________________________ What did the person do and how did it make you feel? __________________________________________________________________________________________ Based on your experiences, what are some things that go against social etiquette? __________________________________________________________________________________________ What are some positive social etiquette habits that you will follow? __________________________________________________________________________________________ Research and make a list of social etiquette that we must follow while: 1. using Public transport 2. using Social media 3. in Office / workplace. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License Behavioural Skills 18 6. Role Modelling At the end of this lesson, you shall be able to: • identify the meaning of ‘role model’ • describe your role model • map the qualities that you have in common with your role model, and identify the ones you want to follow. Learn role modelling: When asked about who our role model is, we often name a famous celebrity! But, did you know that we can also choose a role model from our own life? And, did you know that role modelling is one of the best ways of learning employability skills! Can you guess how? Let us give you a hint: When you are asked to speak confidently and clearly, do you evertry to speak like someone in your life who, in your opinion, is a great speaker? If we choose the right role models in life, we can learn a lot. We can learn confidence, communication, professionalism, English and really any skill we want. Life gives us many opportunities to learn from people around us. We can have as many role models as we want. And, we can learn something different from each of them. In this lesson, we will discover some ways in which we can find new and great role models. What I already Know What I Want to find out What I Learned Copyright Free. Under CC BY License Behavioural Skills 19 Step 1 Know Yourself Know your strengths. Know your areas of improvement. Believe in yourself. Step 2 Choose your role model who has the strengths, which you want to gain. who is a team player. who is hard working. Step 3 Start Learning Learn about their successes and failures. Learn, but do not copy. Seek feedback. Who is hard working. 1. Read the following story in groups of 3 or 4. The story of Five Friends – Kumar, Anwar, Rita, Tina and John went out on a picnic one day. They were very close friends and they shared most of their thoughts with each other. They had their lunch out in the open, under a tree. They soon became engaged in a lively conversation. Kumar was the first to raise the question. What would you like to do if you were given a lot of money? How much? Rita asked. Kumar answered. never mind the amount, just enough for whatever you want to do. To this question, Rita replied, I would like to travel, see the world. Tina said, I would like to use the money for my education, I have aspirations to be a doctor. Anwar wanted to build a farmhouse and John wanted to become a pilot. “What would you want to do?” John asked Kumar, to which Kumar replied, “I think I would start a charity home”. Okay let me ask another question to all of you, Rita said, Who in this world do you admire the most? To which Kumar answered Gandhi, of course. What a man! We wouldn’t have had our freedom if not for him. Tina said, well, I think I admire Meera Bai. Her devotion to God was simply divine. What about you, Rita? Rita answers, Well I think I admire Neil Armstrong. He wasthe man who firststepped on the moon. It must have been terrifying at first. Anwar replied that Amitabh, the actor was his all-time favourite. John said that he had always admired the Wright brothers, who made flying possible. 2. Choose a partner. Answer the following questions. a. Who are the people you admire the most? Why? _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ b. What kind of qualities do you admire? _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ 3. Make four lists! The bigger, the better. People you admire (Celebrities!) Qualities you admire (Celebrities!) People you admire (Other people!) Qualities you admire (Other people!) Copyright Free. Under CC BY License Behavioural Skills 20 4. Now, let’s choose our favourite qualities: Circle the qualities that are the most important ones according to you. Pick any 2 people from the list. Remember to choose people who are your ideal role models. Complete the What I learned column in the KWL chart. Who are role models? _______________________________________________________________________________________ What are the different qualities based on which we select role models? _______________________________________________________________________________________ Can both male and female be our role models? Why? _______________________________________________________________________________________ Imagine if you are someone’s role model. What are some qualities that might make them choose you as a role model? _______________________________________________________________________________________ Choose a non-celebrity role model and interview him/her. Ask them about the story of their lives? What are some of the achievements they are proud of? In their opinion, what were some of their biggest failures? Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 21 1. I Can and I Will At the end of this lesson, you shall be able to: • reflect on mother tongue learning experiences • identify the importance of and barriers to learn English • develop confidence and vocabulary to use English. Ability to communicate in English is a very essential skill. Building the learning of English on mother tongue learning experiences makes it easier. Barriers to learn English can be overcome with confidence and practice. Learning English with the help of mother tongue can make the process of learning easier. The barriers to learn English can be easily overcome when there is enough vocabulary to communicate. What I already Know What I Want to find out What I Learned Know nothing Experience ( Knowledge in field ) Expert 0% 100% They Give You Positive Feedback They Respect Your Contribution Confidence Actions Results Results Affect Others Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 22 Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 23 a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. k. l. m. n. o. a, _______________________________ _________________________________ _________________________________ Listened to how parents and elders spoke. Listened to stories. Learnt while playing with friends in childhood. It was spoken in the area where we lived in my childhood. Heard elders use and tried to imitate them. Watched TV and movies. 2. Look atthe picturesin the following table. Try to sortthem into spoken and written forms of using language. Write the appropriate picture numbers in the space provided. The first one is done for you. 1. Do you remember how you learned your mother tongue? Choose a partner and tell him/her about your mother tongue learning experiences. You may make notes in the space given. You may use the ideas given in the box. Spoken form Written form __________________________ __________________________ __________________________ ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 24 Shyness Fear Lack of confidence Lack of vocabulary Fear of being made fun of English is difficult Fear of making mistakes Lack of motivation Keep your results. We shall come back to them after the next activity. 3. How many of you want to speak and write in English? What do you think is making it difficult? Choose the problems from the list given below. Tick the problem that is preventing you from using English. ________________ ________________ ________________ ________________ ________________ ________________ ________________ ________________ ________________ ________________ ________________ ________________ ________________ ________________ ________________ ________________ ________________ ________________ ________________ ________________ ________________ ________________ ________________ ________________ ________________ ________________ ________________ ________________ ________________ ________________ ________________ ________________ Ride a bicycle Ride a two wheeler Drive a car Travel alone from my town/ village to the city by bus Use a smartphone Chat on WhatsApp Created a Facebook account See videos on YouTube from the smartphone Create memes Book movie tickets online Watch cricket matches online Download apps from google play 4. Try to recall a few new things you have learnt in the last three years. You may use the list of things given below. Tick the items that you learnt in the last three years. Hope all of you have ticked at least three items from the list given. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 25 Motivation Confidence Purpose Interest Effort Curiosity Happiness Prestige Shyness Try to talk to your friends often. Share your feelings. Identify your strengths and be confident. Mingle with people. Practise what you want to say. Improve your vocabulary in the ES class. Learn how to introduce yourself to people you are going to meet for the first time. 5. Now recall how you were able to learn new things in the last three years. Identify the reasons from the list given. Tick the reasons that are appropriate. You will notice that all of you have ticked almost all the reasons. What does this show? It shows that you are motivated and can learn many new things. Did you notice that you had to read in English and type English letters when you wanted to download apps, create Facebook account, download WhatsApp and chat using WhatsApp, store contacts in your mobile, etc.? A learned Pandit once visited Akbar’s court. He told the King and his courtiers that he knew many languages. The Pandit could really speak many languages fluently. It was very difficult to find out his mother tongue. He challenged everyone in the court that no one can find out his mother tongue. Birbal accepted the challenge and decided to find out the Pandit’s mother tongue. That night, Birbal went to the Pandit’s home when he was in deep sleep. He tickled the Pandit in the ear with a feather. The Pandit screamed and got up. The Pandit shouted out words in his mother tongue. The next day, when the Pandit came to the court, Birbal told everyone that the Pandit’s mother tongue was Telugu. The Pandit accepted it and said that he was surprised. Birbal told the courtiers and the King that people speak in their mother tongue during times of difficulty and pain. He told them how he found out the Pandit’s mother tongue. Birbal’s story is an example to show the importance of mother tongue. It also shows that nothing is impossible. Anything can be achieved if we make the efforts. 6. Now, let us go back to the problems listed in activity 3 and find solutions for the problems. Fill in the solution for each problem by discussing with a partner and your instructor. One problem can have more than one solution. The first one is done for you. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 26 One week One month One year ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 Year Goal 1 Month Goal 1 Week Goal Your Daily Habits SET GOAL MAKE PLAN GET TO WORK STICK TO IT REACH GOAL 7. When you have completed listing the solutions, prepare a to do list. The listshould be for “one week”, “one month”, “one year”. Remember to follow your to do list and improve your confidence and self-esteem. 8. Now make a list of situations in which you may need to speak or write in English. Many of you must have problems with lack of vocabulary. Do you agree that most of the problems will disappear when you become confident? Do you believe that if your vocabulary improves, you will be confident? Complete the What I learned column in the KWL chart. • English learning can become easier when mother tongue learning methods are used. • Barriers to learn English can be overcome. • Finding solutions to problems in learning English for specific uses is possible. List the common English words for the objects that you find around you in your home / ITI / work environment. Let the list be both in your mother tongue and in English. https://bangkok.unesco.org/content/mother-tongue-based-multilingual-education-key-quality-education https://study.com/academy/lesson/factors-affecting-second-language-acquisition.html Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 27 2. Word Building At the end of this lesson, you shall be able to: • identify how words are classified • recognise naming, action and describing words and pronouns • sort words according to the function they perform. Classification of words: Words can be classified as naming, action and describing words and pronouns. Naming words state the name of a person, place, thing or an idea. Action words state an action and when it happened. Describing words describe naming words according to colour,shape,size, quantity, feel and sound. Pronouns are words used in the place of naming words. They are short words. What I already Know What I Want to find out What I Learned Dinesh Devi Dinesh is a supervisor. Devi is a company secretary. Cuttack Indore Cuttack is in the eastern region. Indore is an industrial city. nut screw Thread the nut and the bolt. Tighten the screw. electricity heat Electricity is necessary for running a machine. Heat is a form of energy. solder soldered Solder the rods properly. Mani has soldered the wires to the circuit board. clean cleaned Clean the shopfloor regularly. They have cleaned the junction box. a. Naming words name – Dinesh, Devi place – Chennai, Mumbai thing – nut, screw idea – electricity, heat b. Action words solder – soldered clean – cleaned Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 28 red blue The red wire has to be soldered. The keys are kept inside the blue box. round flat Some of the round hooks are mounted on the wall. Always keep the laptop on a flat surface. big small The big laptops are not used anymore. There are many small pins fixed on the board. many few A factory has many buildings. A few supervisors went to meet the Manager. smooth rough The instrument has a smooth finish. The sand paper has a rough side. loud low The engine makes a loud noise when it is switched on. The suction motor has low noise levels. He Kumar is pasting the stickers on the box. He is busy. She Kajol is walking. She wanted to be in the site. You You must fasten the safety belt while driving in highways. me, I Give me the bundle. I will leave it in the stock room. We We can use good quality stainless steel clamps. They The steel rods have been packed. They have to be transported to the work site. us We contacted the company. The managers informed us. It Get the socket. It is needed to wind the wire around the terminal screw. This This machine needs several components replaced. these Keep these hooks in the small box. c. Describing words colour – red, blue shape – round, flat size – big small quantity – many, few feel – smooth rough sound – loud, low d. Pronouns Common pronouns are he, she, you, me, I, we, they, us, this, these. a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. k. l. _________________ _________________ _________________ _________________ _________________ _________________ _________________ _________________ _________________ _________________ _________________ _________________ _________________ _________________ _________________ _________________ _________________ _________________ _________________ _________________ _________________ _________________ _________________ _________________ 1. Identify the objects and jobs in the following pictures and fill in the blanks. The first one is done for you. Hammer Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 29 round, many, blue, brown, many, rough, small, smooth, shiny a. _________box b. __________ stool c. __________ nuts d. ___________ rocks ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ 2. Look at the given picture. Can you identify the different places in the picture? Fill in the blanks first and then read the sentences aloud. The first one is done for you. a. The bank is in the Main street. b. There is a _________ in the First street. c. The school is in the __________ ____________. d. The hospital is in the ________________ ___________. e. The ________________ is directly opposite to the Police Station. f. There is a ________________in the _____________. g. The ____________ is in the ______________. h. The __________is next to the _____________. i. The _________________ is opposite to the ___________. j. The ______________ is on the right hand side. 3. Identify the actions shown in the pictures by choosing the correct word from the list given. push climb cut clean pull extinguish (putting out fire) 4. Identify the actions shown in the following pictures. Match the picture with the action that best describes it with the words given. connect welding install plumbing cutting 5. Describe the objects in the picture with suitable words from the list given. Read the descriptions aloud. 6. Describe the pictures in the table with appropriate words. You may choose words from the list given. near, clean, beautiful, far, colourful, noisy, open, interested, pretty, dirty Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 30 workshop equipment tool hazard accident injury compressor material employee organization firm danger install manufacture touch supply injure fill drain protect repair clean connect measure he she it we they us her him I me this these automotive organizational hazardous sanitary skilled dangerous harmful healthy injurious ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ 7. Fill in the blanks with the appropriate word from the options given. a. __________ hit the ball so hard that the bat flew away from his hand. (i) She (ii) They (iii) He (iv) It b. I think __________ enjoy playing outside with your friends. (i) he (ii) she (iii) you (iv) I c. The dog pulled out Tanya’s shoe before __________ ran away. (i) you (ii) I (iii) they (iv) it d. __________ enjoys going to the gym every morning. (i) I (ii) She (iii) They (iv) We e. __________ prefer walking home from the factory as all of us live in the same street. (i) She (ii) He (iii) We (iv) It f. __________ is raining again. (i) It (ii) She (iii) He (iv) We g. __________ applied crease on all the door hinges in her office. (i) It (ii) She (iii) He (iv) We h. You can have ice cream after __________ finish your dinner. (i) we (ii) she (iii) you (iv) I 8. Read the following passage and fill in the correct pronoun in the blanks from the list given. she, he, it, they, it, they, his Radha and John were marking a point on the wall. ________ wanted to hit a nail to hang the calendar. _______________ also wanted to hang the calendar immediately. _______ has been lying on the table for a very long time. John placed the nail on the mark. __________ hit it with a small hammer. As the hammer was small, Radha was worried that ________ may miss the mark and hit __________ finger. __________ asked him to be careful. 9. Identify the list of words given and name them. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 31 container cylindrical fill dry it pungent nitrogen dropped we us energy tight soft liquids he develop heating drew they vapour Naming words Action words Describing words Pronouns 10. Sort and write the following words into naming, action and describing words and promouns in the appropriate shapes given below. Complete the What I learned column in the KWL chart. • Words can be classified as naming, action and describing words and pronouns. • Pronouns are words used in the place of naming words. • Words can be distinguished based on the role they play. Extension (optional) Make a list of things and objects around you in your classroom/ workshop/ ITI. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=O-6q-siuMik&list=PLh7K1tEhkxF0UqPX5Yi-0zEsKJZFhzw-q https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=UejW-WQpujs&t=44s https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0T9xMqvjdLk https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=pt-cjNaErxI https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=nkjKPhleQ5E Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 32 3. Naming Words At the end of this lesson, you shall be able to: • identify naming words • recognise objects and their parts to name them appropriately • recognise the different meanings that a naming word can have. Naming words all things around us, people, places and ideas have names. The words used to refer to all things around us, people, places or ideas are called naming words. Knowing the naming words and identifying them with their appropriate names is very important. What I already Know What I Want to find out What I Learned a. Things around us Home – wall, door, window, clock, bulb, stove, chair, bed Classroom – chair, table, bench, desk, blackboard, fan, light, chalk piece, pen, notebook Playground – bat, ball, ring, skipping rope, net, discuss, javelin, gloves, stick b. People Common – police, teacher, conductor, minister, trainee, trainee Specific – Rahim, Lekha, Sidhu, Paulman, Praveen, Harsha, Kaif, Girija c. Places Countries – India, Srilanka, Nepal, Belgium, Thailand, Poland, Denmark, Norway States –Telangana, Sikkim, Maharastra, Rajasthan, Kerala, Andhra Pradesh Cities – Chennai, Mumbai, Kolkata, Srinagar, Jaipur, Lucknow, Bengaluru Towns – Chandrapur, Silguri, Trichy, Mandhya, Davangere, Shillong Localities – Karol Bagh, Cantonment, Velachery, Matunga, Kailash Nagar d. ideas combustion, conduction, radiation, electrolysis, fomentation, symposium, conference Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 33 1. Fill in the blanks with the names of the different parts of the body with the words given. (lips, hand, fingers, head, eye, shoulder, ear, elbow, knee, toe, leg, foot, nose) 2. Keep your eyes open. Look around you. Note down the names of 4 or 5 familiar things you see around you. Write them down in the table. Place Names of things Home Classroom Library Bus stand Grocery store Mobile shop Cinema theatre tape measure (2M) utility carve tool test pen blow case 6°combination pliers PVC insulation tape screwdrivers 6°100(-) screwdrivers 6°100(+) safety hammer bonnet wheel door handle hub fuel cap window roof bodywork boot Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 34 3. It’s game time. Some random letters of the alphabet are given in the table. Now, try to fill in the other columns with names of persons, places, things, animal and birds. Ensure that the names start with the letter given in the first column. The first one is done for you. Letters Names Places Things Animals Birds H Hyder Ali Hyderabad Hammer Hyena Humming bird M S P R K L B W C E 4. Try to name the parts. Roots Branch Leaf Trunk Stem Petal Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 35 5. Here are names of commonly used kitchen gadgets. Try to rearrange the jumbled letters. The first one is done for you. (peeler, cutter, water purifier, induction stove, microwave, refrigerator, blender, mixie, steamer, electric kettle, roti maker, slicer, juicer, grinder, coffee filter) criekeocor rice cooker utctre fecofe treilf eplere ximie lceris crmiovewa rngidre frgreietroar ndutonicit voes ednbelr taewr uprifeir uiejcr msteare tiro kamer leectirc etlkte 6. Who am I? Find out the commonly used mechanical tools using the given clues. _______________ _______________ _______________ _______________ _______________ _______________ 7. Match the word with the meanings. Note every word has two meanings. a. pole – a band on a finger / something circular in shape b. pound – a genre of music / a stone c. ring – North or South ends of earth’s axis/a long metal or wood piece d. right – a season / coiled metal e. rock – unit of weight / to beat f. rose – flat piece of wood / to get into a vehicle, plane or ship g. spring – correct / direction opposite of left h. board – to have gotten up / a flower i. tender – to grow tired / a part of a wheel j. tire – in good health / a source for water in the ground k. well – gentle / offer of money d. I am used for checking voltage for troubleshooting and diagnosing electrical components. e. I replace the basic light bulb used for working underneath an auto. a. I aid in removing nuts and bolts. b. I help to insert or remove screws. c. I help in protecting the part being removed without damaging it. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 36 8. Some words have more than one meaning. Find out the meaningsfor these words. The first one is done for you. f. express – g. fair – h. kind – i. lie – j. match – 9. Look at the image. Try to list naming words you know. a. bark – a tree’s outer layer / the sound the dog makes b. bat – c. bright – d. circular – e. current – ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Complete the What I learned column in the KWL chart. • Naming words are used to refer to persons, places, things or ideas. • They help to identify and distinguish persons, places, things and ideas. 

• The same naming word can refer to different things and therefore can have different meanings. https://www.khanacademy.org/humanities/grammar/parts-of-speech-the-noun/grammar-nouns/v/ introduction-to-nouns-the-parts-of-speech-grammar-khan-academy https://www.khanacademy.org/humanities/grammar/parts-of-speech-the-noun/grammar-nouns/e/ identifying-nouns Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 37 4. Naming Words – Singular and Plural At the end of this lesson, you shall be able to: 

• identify how plurals are formed 

• distinguish singular and plural forms of naming words 

• write appropriate singular/plural forms. Singular and Plural: Naming words state the name of a person, place, thing or an idea. When there is only one person, place, thing or idea stated by a naming word, it is called a singular naming word. When there is more than one person, place, thing or idea stated by a naming word, it is called a plural naming word. Most plurals are formed by adding -s,-es, -ies to the singular nouns. Some naming words have the same singular and plural form. What I already Know What I Want to find out What I Learned a. Plurals formed by adding -s substance – substances component – components ingredient – ingredients object – objects girl – girls b. Plurals formed by adding -es (for naming words ending in ‘s, x, sh, or ch, z’, add -es to form plurals.) lens – lenses box – boxes brush – brushes torch – torches quiz – quizzes Naming word in singular s/es/ies Naming word in plural Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 38 Naming words – Singular Naming words – Plural Naming words – Singular Naming words – Plural nut nuts needle needles electrician electricians carpenter carpenters mason masons tailor tailors hammer hammers plumber plumbers welder welders nurse nurses pipe fitter pipe fitters c. Plurals formed by adding -ies after removing ‘y’ lady – ladies body – bodies carry – carries bury – buries fairy – fairies d. Naming words with the same singular and plural forms equipment – equipment furniture – furniture species – species sheep – sheep aircraft – aircraft 1. Look at the table below and identify the singular and plural forms of naming words. Listen and repeat them after your instructor. HEAD SHOULDER(S) NECK ARM(S) HAND(S) FINGER(S) LEG(S) KNEE(S) TOE(S) FOOT (FEET) apprentice apprentices Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 39 2. Look at the naming wordsin the table. Observe how plurals are formed. Repeat the words aloud after your instructor. Noun – singular Noun + s Noun + es No change solvent solvents torch torches furniture furniture brush brushes pump pumps bush bushes apparatus apparatuses equipment equipment building buildings screwdriver screwdrivers lathe lathes bench benches plug plugs nut nuts glass glasses clutch clutches bolt bolts Singular Singular+ s Singular+ es Singular + ies No change plug bench housefly furniture bush story nail equipment machine baby tool 3. Fill in the appropriate plural forms of the naming words given in the table. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 40 candy sheep aircraft buzz bury switch piece piece materials switch stock screws textile box goods cliff yard signs items bushes gear constituent hardware elements kit things machine notes particular details watch document evidence ideas facts papers bus CIRCUIT CLAMPS COMPONENT DEVICES EQUIPMENT FACTORY FASTEN MAGNET OVERALLS PRECAUTION ROLL SUSPENSION 4 Give the other forms (singular/plural) of the naming words given in the table. The first one is done for you. 5. Find the words given below in the word search grid. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 41 N E N K W T M F M T N C N O U E E Y A Q N S O D O G I N T C X E D P I E W V G T T S M P X M S V G A E O U P A G K A N I M D R R I A Y F I L E C V Y X U A S C Y Q C P E R Y Q B Z L A E G I S S W E R O L L L L R T U R T I U C R I C S P P S B U G X K B L N C P K D Y C O M P O N E N T J R I tool tools machine machines hammer hammers plier pliers lathe lathes glove gloves helmet helmets screw screws mechanic mechanics switch switches box boxes industry industries 6. Give a name to the group of words given below. ________________ ________________ Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 42 Singular Plural plug clutches clutch classes banana roses class apparatuses machine plugs team bananas brush machines rose brushes apparatus teams 7. Match the following with the appropriate plural forms. Underline the changes in spelling. The first one is done for you.

 • Based on the number of persons, places, things or idea stated, naming words are singular or plural. 

• Plurals are formed by adding -s,-es, -ies to singular forms of naming words.

 • Some naming words have the same singular and plural forms. 1. Make a list of the objects around you in your home/ classroom/ workplace. State whether they are singular or plural. Give their other forms. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ETzngG8N3AU&t=84s https://www.khanacademy.org/humanities/grammar/parts-of-speech-the-noun/grammar-nouns/v/ introduction-to-singular-and-plural-nouns-the-parts-of-speech-grammar-khan-academy https://www.khanacademy.org/humanities/grammar/parts-of-speech-the-noun/grammar-nouns/e/plural-andsingular-nouns Complete the What I learned column in the KWL chart. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 43 5. Action Words At the end of this lesson, you shall be able to:

 • identify action words • recognize action words from actions and states of being they indicate   recognize that action words show the action performed by the naming word. Action Words Words that show the state of being and indicate the action performed are called action words. The action can be either physical or mental. Action words combine with naming words to give complete meaning. What I already Know What I Want to find out What I Learned Action words run to do to have to be has be listen speak read write connect dance work been being were are was had am have is walk laugh sing write give jump eat drink cook wash talk push pull climb wait open close sleep throw away cut fly watch tv dance turn on turn off win read play listen cry think run ride sit down stand up fight Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 44 1. Identify the action words that the pictures depict. Write the action words in the space provided. You may choose the action words from the list given. (flow, play, teach, burn, fly, jog, install, dance, build, service, drive, weld, sow, lift, stich, plant, calculate, fall, skate, repair) 2. Identify the following action words given in the word search puzzle. BORE CONNECT FILE MEASURE CLEAN DRILL FIX FIT CUT ERECT CORRECT POSITION JOIN LEVEL SLIDE PLUMB SEW TILT PIERCE WORK Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 45 3. Identify and circle the action words in the given sentences. a. The instructor operates the machine. b. Raghav gave me a gift. c. The workshop is clean. d. Jenny has good communication skills. e. Michael appreciated the workers in the factory. f. My dad delivered the parcel in time. g. Mohammed drove to the beach yesterday morning. h. The dog barked at the strangers. i. They found a treasure in the garden. j. It is good to eat an apple every day. k. She is an efficient worker. l. Everyone worked towards development. 4. Identify the actions in the given pictures and write the action words. H L J W C F G H W I A U I T R K U B L I O L K F H F M I L B O A E X U N N E R W U E U I I D R I L L G L N V O S A J T D P O S I T I O N E E W S C U T S A K H N P C G E C L U E N L E I B A G O T P L J T R A E C W X E M R N I O J Q O E F D A F L W R U S E T A B N I W S T C I E P A L V C L Y L K Z L J D C T S K J P E X E O Q Q I F T R K E A B K R O Y Z P G D P L J U Q S V R E D R L N A E F E C R Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 46 Singular naming words are followed by action words in singular. Plural naming words are followed by action words in plural. 5. Fill in the blanks with the suitable actions words from those given in brackets. a. The plumber _____________ (is/are) repairing the motor. b. Electricians ____________ (help/helps) to fix electrical problems. c. The carpenter ____________ (are/is) a very good craftsman. d. The mason _____________ (assist/assists) the site engineer. e. Assistant Surveyors ______________ (do/does) not work independently. f. Zardosi work ______________ (looks/look) beautiful. g. Skilled craftsmen ______________ (are/is) in great demand across the world. h. Knowledge and skill _____________ (are/is) the two important areas to focus on. i. Sachin Tendulkar _______________ (has/have) many world records in cricket. j. India _____________ (are/is) the largest democracy in the world. 6. Fill in the blanks with the suitable action words (action or state of being). (helps, apply, erects, blows, repair, are, install, complained, cuts, are, is, work, is, grows, recruits) a. Service mechanics _________________ washing machines. b. Plumbers help to ________________ pipe lines and motors. c. Tailors _______ in demand in the exports sector. d. Automobile service technicians ____________ in automobile companies in the manufacturing and servicing departments. e. Surface Mount Technology ________ to mount components in electronic devices. f. The carpenter ___________ wooden planks with a circular saw. find water need needs roots leaves green sunlight yellow has has can be plant flowers has are is Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 47 g. ITI trainees ________ for internship in industries. h. BHEL _____________ ITI trainees for apprentice training. i. The pipe fitter ______________ scaffolds in the work site. j. Hard hat _______ a head protection equipment. k. There ____________ plenty of job opportunities for ITI trainees. l. In the current day scenario, knowledge of computers _________ essential for any job. m. The conductor _______________ the whistle. n. The farmer ____________ rice and sugarcane. o. Joseph and Margaret _______________ to the police about the theft in their house. 7. Fill in the blanks with suitable action words. a. The instructor ______________ the trainee to wear the appropriate PPE. b. The electrician ____________ the motor. c. The trainee ____________ the screw in the machine. d. ITI trainees ______________ safety guidelines in the workshop. e. There ______ many short-term courses in the Handicrafts sector. f. NCVT certificate _________ important to get good jobs. g. Welders __________ safety goggles to protect their eyes. h. Scaffolds _____________ supportive to prevent accidents. i. Tool box talks in worksites _____________ safe work environments. j. Entrepreneurs _______ to create more jobs. 8. Fill in the appropriate action word from those given in brackets. Nadia, a customer ______________ (comes/come) to a mobile showroom. She __________ (looks/look) at various models. She ____________(like/likes) Samsung 8. She ___________(ask/asks) the sales person the cost of the phone. The sales person ______________ (tell/tells) her that the phone costs Rs. 10000. Nadia ____________ (asks/ask) for models below Rs. 8000. The sales person ________ (show/shows) Nokia series and other basic models. The models _______ (is/are) not attractive. They __________(are/is) very ordinary. Nadia ____________(request/requests) the salesperson the best price for Samsung 8. She also ____________ (asks/ask) for any offers available. The sales person ____________ (inform/informs) her that there ___________(are/is) no discount. The shop __________(give/gives) a discount of 10 per cent for cash purchases. Nadia ________ (ask/asks) for a fresh piece. The sales person _________(give/gives) her a fresh piece. Complete the What I learned column in the KWL chart. • Action words indicate actions or states of being of naming words. • When the naming word is singular the action word is also singular. • If the naming word is plural, the action word also becomes plural. List the common actions you happen to see in your home / ITI / work environment every day. https://www.khanacademy.org/humanities/grammar/parts-of-speech-the-verb/introduction-to-verbs/v/ introduction-to-verbs-the-parts-of-speech-grammar https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=d41RaIZEsfo Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 48 6. Action Words - Tenses At the end of this lesson, you shall be able to: • identify words that show the time of action • recognise how time of action modifies action words in present, past and progressive forms • modify time of action from present to past. 

 Tense indicates the time with respect to the action shown by the action words. Some words refer to the actions taking place now. Some words indicate actions that have been completed. Such actions are classified as present tense and past tense respectively. What I already Know What I Want to find out What I Learned Action that is happening now and action in progress - Present Tense Action completed - Past Tense I eat the apple. Happening now I ate the apple. Happened in the past I am eating the apple. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 49 a. Simple Present Tense Simple Present Tense Action Words I like fruits. like A plumber fixes the broken pipes. fixes I agree with the boss. agree Metals conduct electricity. conduct b. Simple Past Tense i. Some action words in the present tense are converted into past tense with the addition of -ed. Generally True Uses of the Simple Present Tense Habits I brush my teeth in the morning. Future Timetables The train leaves at 10 a.m. The sun sets in the west. She works at a hospital. Permanent situations Spelling Rules Most action words action words ending in-e action words ending in-y action words ending in a vowel + consonant + ed + d Drop y + ied Double the last letter + ed repair repaired Increase increased Apply applied Transmit transmitted Regular or Irregular action words Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 50 ii. Some action words in the present tense do not add -ed, instead undergo a change in spelling. Present Tense Past Tense build built rise rose give gave drive drove Present Tense Past Tense fit fit put put shed shed spread spread bet bet hit hit shut shut broadcast broadcast set set Present Tense Past Tense do did buy bought go went iii. Some action words change in other ways. iv. Some action words have the same spelling in both present and past tense forms. Action Present Tense extinguish sweep climb cut clean Past Tense extinguished swept climbed cut cleaned 1. Match the following with the appropriate past tense forms. The first one is done for you. Underline the action word that does not change. Circle the action word that has a different past tense form. Present tense (happening now) Past tense (completed sometime ago) load hunted come soldered fit kept solder cut keep fitted hunt loaded cut came Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 51 2.

 Solve the crossword puzzle using the clues given. Progressive Tenses: Tense expresses the time of an action. Actions continuing for a period of time are called progressive actions. The corresponding tense is called progressive tense. Progressive tense is formed by adding -ing to action words. Action Action Word repair fix cook solder Action in progress (-ing) repairing fixing cooking soldering a. Present Progressive Tense Actions continuing or happening now are usually described in the present progressive tense. Present Progressive Tense is formed by adding am/is/are + action word + ing. I am studying for my exam. I am fixing the broken chair. The AC Mechanic is cleaning the Air Conditioner. The clerk is typing a letter. The software engineers are working on the new software. The fire fighters are spraying water on the building. 1 2 3 4 6 7 8 9 10 5 Down Across 2. I _______to my friend this morning 4. Past tense of shut 7. The room is _____against cold. 9. My friend _____me a gift yesterday 10. Past tense of make 1. Present tense of inspected. 3. The electrician____the wires to the plug. 5. The carpenter____the nail with a hammer 6. Past tense of supply 8. Present tense of applied “He is walking.” ... means right now, he is walking, as we speak. Past Now Future Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 52 b. Past Progressive Tense Actions that lasted for a duration of time in the past are called past progressive tense. Past progressive tense is formed by adding was/were + action word + ing. When my mother called, I was playing in the garden. I was mending the punctured tyre, when it rained. The electrician was checking the fuse, when the power went off. When the principal came, the teacher was writing on the board. When I went, they were packing their bags. The builders were waiting for the blueprint of the building. 3. Read the following sentences. Identify the action words in the progressive form. Underline the words that indicate Present Progressive Tense and circle the words that denote the Past Progressive Tense. Action Action words in Present Progressive Action words in Past Progressive a. I am installing Windows 10 in my laptop. b. Jothi is installing an app in her mobile. c. They are installing antivirus in all the computers. d. I was installing new software in my laptop yesterday. e. They were installing firefox in the office systems. 4. Imagine your father is changing a bulb at home. Tell your friend Rahim what your father is doing. The first one is done for you. Turn off the power. My father is turning off the power. Allow the bulb to cool. He is allowing the bulb to cool. Twist the old bulb in the anticlockwise direction. He is _____________ the old bulb in the anticlockwise direction. Remove the bulb from the socket. He _______________ the bulb from the socket. Push the new bulb gently into the socket. He ________________________________________ Turn the bulb in the clockwise direction. He ________________________________________ Switch on the power. He ________________________________________ Dispose the old bulb. He ________________________________________ Past Continuous (was/were) + (action word + ing) Past Present Future INSTALL Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 53 5. Now, change your answers into past progressive by changing is to was. My father _____turning off the power. He _____ allowing the bulb to cool. He was ________________ the old bulb in the anticlockwise direction. He _______________ the bulb from the socket. He _________________________________________________________________________________ He _________________________________________________________________________________ He _________________________________________________________________________________ He _________________________________________________________________________________ Complete the What I learned column in the KWL chart. • Action words have time of action represented through tenses. • Present and past tense forms refer to actions that are happening now and have been just completed. • Progressive tenses refer to an action in continuation in the present or a continuing action of the past. https://youtu.be/faUvT7zfsyk https://youtu.be/-PhyqbvnoCg https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-PhyqbvnoCg Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 54 7. Recall 

1. Sending emails to communicate information is a form of a. spoken communication b. written communication c. oral communication d. voice communication 

2. Which one of the following is not a challenge in learning a language? a. lack of vocabulary b. lack of confidence c. lack of motivation d. lack of companion 

3. Which of the following statements is true? a. Using mother-tongue to learn English can be helpful. b. Mother-tongue interference is bad. c. English cannot be learnt through one’s mother-tongue. d. You should not use mother tongue while learning English.

 4. Of the strategies listed below, which one can help you in setting a goal to learn English? a. planning short-term for a week b. planning short-term for a month c. planning short-term for a week, a month and a year d. you can do it without any planning

 5. What is the first step in learning a language? a. planning b. setting a goal c. sticking to the plan d. buying books

 6. What can one do to overcome shyness? a. Try to talk to friends often. b. Share feelings. c. Identify strengths and be confident. d. Avoid meeting friends. 

7. We read and type in English whenever we a. book tickets for trains or movies b. go out to the beach c. work in lathe d. measure objects 

8. Developing one’s vocabulary can be done through a. reading newspapers b. watching related videos c. listening to talks d. all of the above 

9. ______________________ words state the name of a person place, thing or an idea. a. Naming words b. Action words c. Describing words d. Pronouns 

10. Which words describe astate,an action and when it happened? a. Naming words b. Action words c. Describing words d. Pronouns

 11. Which words describe naming words according to colour, shape, size, quantity, feel, sound? a. Naming words b. Action words c. Describing words d. Pronouns 

12. ______________________ are words used in the place of naming words. a. Naming words b. Action words c. Describing words d. Pronouns 

13. Choose the describing word in the sentence “The instrument has a smooth finish”. a. the b. instrument c. smooth d. finish 

14. ‘Kumar is pasting stickers on the box. He is busy.’ The pronoun here is a. Kumar b. pasting c. box d. He

 15. Find the odd word in the following options. a. Plumber b. Welder c. Fixing d. Fitter 

16. ‘Round, many, blue, rough, brown’ are examples of a. naming words b. action words c. describing words d. pronouns Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 55 

17. ‘Sara is late today. ____ must have missed the bus.’ Which word will complete the sentence? a. He b. Her c. She d. It 

18. ‘Organizational, hazardous, sanitary, skilled’ are examples of a. naming words b. action words c. describing words d. pronouns 

19. ______words are used to refer to persons, places, things or ideas. a. Naming b. Describing c. Action d. Pronouns

 20. Pick the naming word that refers to a place. a. Truth b. Gujarat c. Feel d. They 

21. Pick the naming word that refers to an idea. a. Harry b. Tester c. Honesty d. Chennai 

22. Pick the naming word that refers to a thing. a. Screw-driver b. Swim c. Susan d. Switzerland 

23. Which word is an odd one in the given list? a. Delhi b. Mumbai c. Kolkata d. Experiment 

24. Which word is an odd one in the given list? a. Equality b. Mumbai c. Gratitude d. Friendship 

25. Which word is an odd one in the given list? a. Mahatma Gandhi b. Vallabhai Patel c. Kolkata d. Pandit Nehru 

26. Which word refers to both ‘a tree’s outer layer and the sound a dog makes’? a. park b. bark c. barn d. bite 

27. I help to insert or remove screws. Who am I? a. Hammer b. Screw-driver c. Ammeter d. Pipette 

28. Screen, popcorn, projector, air conditioning are all words related to a. cinema theatre b. school c. bus-stand d. police-station 

29. To convert a singular noun into plural, which of the following rule cannot be used? a. Singular noun +s b. Singular noun +es c. Singular noun +ez d. Singular noun +ies 

30. The plural noun for ‘furniture’ is a. furnitures b. furnituries c. furniturez d. furniture

 31. The plural form for ‘equipment’ is a. equipment b. equipments c. equipmentes d. equipmenties 

32. The singular form of ‘lenses’ is a. lens b. len c. lense d. lenses 

33. The plural form of ‘quiz’ is a. quizzez b. quizes c. quizzes d. quiziz

 34. The plural form of ‘lady’ is a. ladys b. ladies c. lady d. ladiez

 35. The plural form of ‘tool’ is a. tool b. tooles c. tools d. toolls 

36. The singular form of ‘devices’ is a. devic b. device c. devices d. devicies Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 56 

37. The plural for ‘apparatus’ is a. apparatus b. apparatuses c. apparatusses d. apparatusies 

38. The plural form of ‘laboratory’ is a. laboratorys b. lab c. laboratories d. laboratores 39. Identify the action word in this sentence - ‘They wrote the exam.’ a. wrote b. exam c. they d. the 40. Which is the action word in the sentence - ‘The buildings are tall.’ a. the b. buildings c. are d. tall 41. Complete the sentence with the appropriate action word. ‘The plumber is ____________ the tap.’ a. fighting b. fitting c. flowing d. freeing 42. Complete the sentence with the appropriate action word. ‘The metal ____________ too hot to handle.’ a. is b. are c. were d. be 43. Complete the sentence with the appropriate action word. ‘The screw _________ by him.’ a. was fixed b. are fixed c. were fixed d. was fixing 44. Complete the sentence with the appropriate action word. ‘The company __________ him for his talent.’ a. recruit b. recruited c. was recruited d. are recruiting 45. Complete the sentence with the appropriate action word. ‘Surface Mount Technology _____ used to mount components in electronic devices.’ a. is b. are c. were d. none of the above 46. Complete the sentence with the appropriate action word. ‘The instructor ______________ the trainees to wear appropriate PPE.’ a. pleased b. warned c. said d. warning 47. Complete the sentence with the appropriate action word. ‘Where _____ the tools?’ a. is b. are c. have d. has 48. Complete the sentence with the appropriate action word. ‘The trainees ______________ to attend the seminar without fail.’ a. are said b. were said c. were asked d. is asked 49. The announcement _______ yesterday was unnecessary. a.make b. is making c. made d. was making 50. The electrical wires ___________ and it is dangerous. a. is hanging b. are hanging c. hanged d. hang 51. The watchman ______ all the laboratories every day. a. lock b. is locking c. locked d. was locking 52. Plastics _______ to be processed before its industrial use. a. need b. is needing c. needed d. was needing 53. The new apprentices ________ for the training last week. a. join b. joined c. was joining d. are joining 54. The new machine __________ well when compared to the old. a. is working b. will worked c. was working d. work 55. The trainees ___________ useful industry-specific skills. a. learned b. was learning c. learning d. learns Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 57 56. The trainees ____________ their course successfully last month. a. complete b. completed c. are completing d. was completing 57. Experts ___________ new techniques in welding metals for construction these days. a. recommends b. recommending c. are recommending d. will recommended 58. The plumber ______ the taps only now. a. fit b. are fitting c. is fitting d. was fitting Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 58 8. Describing Words What I already Know What I Want to find out What I Learned At the end of this lesson, you shall be able to: • identify describing words related to size, shape and colour • describe objects with respect to their shape, size, colour, texture, etc. • use describing words in relevant contexts. Describing words give more information about naming words. Describing words add information like size, shape and colour, texture, etc., to naming words. 1. Identify the pictures in the table and match it with the correct description. Note that the describing word is underlined. The first one is done for you. CROSS PEEN Yellow Helmet HAMMER STRAIGHT PEEN HAMMER Colour Blue, Red Shape Round, Square Size Small Medium Quantity Centimetre, Grams Feel Sharp, Smooth Sound Low, High Adjective BALL-PEEN HAMMER a. wet floor b. electrical shock c. safety signs d. reflective jacket e.sharp tools reflective jacket Danger construction work in progress No unauthorised access No smoking on site Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 59 a. He put the _____________ ____________________ plug in the socket. (small/big) d. The plumber has fixed ________________ pumps. (blue/white) b. He is tightening the screw with a _________ screwdriver. (big/ small) e. Wires of _____________ colours are seen in the picture. (many/one) c. The ______________ rings are on the pink cloth. (round/square) f. The young man was walking on the ______________ pavement. (smooth/ broken) __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ 2. Look at the table below. Fill in the blanks with the describing words given in brackets with the help of the pictures given in the table. 3. Deepak has used describing words to speak about himself. Identify the describing words and write them down in the space provided. trainee red cap brilliant smart Deepak straight black hair oval face small blue eyes glasses elegant handsome casual clothes frail slim young tall bicycle friend sociable helpful popular extroverted easy-going optimistic Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 60 4. Imagine you are Dheepa, the supervisor in a construction site. Describe the PPE in the pictures to the employees in the site. (personal protective equipment, gloves, hard hat, head protection, ear protection equipment, nose mask, loud noises, reflective jacket, goggles, leather shoes, safety, injury, accidents,) The man in the picture is wearing a yellow _____________________ He is wearing green ______________________ His hands are protected with green _____________________ His head is protected from injury with a __________________________ __________________ The man in the green shirt has arrived for work at the construction site. He is wearing a yellow ________________ _______________________ His ________________ shoes are _______________ in colour. His ears are protected with the help of __________ ___________________ ____________________ His hands are protected with _________________ He is wearing __________ _______________ for nose protection. His eyes are protected by the ______________ he wears. The ________ __________ protects his head from ______________ 5. Try to use describing wordsthat best describe you. You may describe your appearance, colour of eyes/hair, hands, legs, nose, etc. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 61 6. Below is a list of describing words in pairs. Identify them, say them aloud and make a list in the space provided. The first one is done for you. alive X dead X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ 7. Circle the describing words that describe you the best. Note it down in the space provided. I am not lazy at all I am extrermely talkative not at all not very a bit quite very extremely Hard-working Generous Selfish Bossy Quiet Talkative Intelligent Clever Stubborn Mean Kind Caring Bad-tempered Polite Rude Helpful Good-tempered Easy-going Flexible lazy Tidy Messy Sociable Shy Vuinerable Touchy alive dead bright dark cold correct right wet healthy well new young old open sweet sour shut ill sick loud quiet damp before after hard curly soft straight dry incorrect wrong clean dirty slow fast hot Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 62 8. Given below is a list of describing words that can be used to describe different vehicles. Fill in the blanks under each type of vehicle with appropriate descriptions. Complete the What I learned column in the KWL chart. Describing words give more information about naming words. They are used to describe shape, colour, size, quality, texture, etc. Describing objects with the relevant details is useful. S I Z E S H A P E C O L O U R S P E E D heavy, light, big, small, little, tiny, tall, short, fat, thin, skeletal, giant, long, underweight, wide round, square, straight, triangular, oval, sleek, blobby, flat, elliptical, crooked, wavy pink, red, orange, black, yellowish, blue, dark, green, purple, white, grey, brown quick, fast, slow, swift, speeding, rushing, hasty, bustling, rapid, snappy, brief, springy 1. _____________________ 2. _____________________ 3. _____________________ 4. _____________________ 5. _____________________ 1. _____________________ 2. _____________________ 3. _____________________ 4. _____________________ 5. _____________________ 1. _____________________ 2. _____________________ 3. _____________________ 4. _____________________ 5. _____________________ 1. _____________________ 2. _____________________ 3. _____________________ 4. _____________________ 5. _____________________ 1. _____________________ 2. _____________________ 3. _____________________ 4. _____________________ 5. _____________________ 1. _____________________ 2. _____________________ 3. _____________________ 4. _____________________ 5. _____________________ 1. _____________________ 2. _____________________ 3. _____________________ 4. _____________________ 5. _____________________ 1. _____________________ 2. _____________________ 3. _____________________ 4. _____________________ 5. _____________________ 1. _____________________ 2. _____________________ 3. _____________________ 4. _____________________ 5. _____________________ 1. _____________________ 2. _____________________ 3. _____________________ 4. _____________________ 5. _____________________ 1. _____________________ 2. _____________________ 3. _____________________ 4. _____________________ 5. _____________________ 1. _____________________ 2. _____________________ 3. _____________________ 4. _____________________ 5. _____________________ 1 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 2 3 4 Make a list of tools around you and share with your class on how descriptions (using describing words) make it easier to identify them. https://in.video.search.yahoo.com/yhs/search?fr=yhs-trp-001&hsimp=yhs- 001&hspart=trp&p=khan+academy+adjectives+youtube#id=1&vid=2c0aeda5122336be056eeeb996a c8bdc&action=click Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 63 9. Describing Objects, Surroundings and Processes What I already Know What I Want to find out What I Learned At the end of this lesson, you shall be able to: • use words to describe the shape, colour and size of objects • recognize and use linking words • describe the steps in a process using linking words. Describing is an ability to create images of people, places and objects using words. It is a skill that requires specific vocabulary and a keen eye for details. A process is a series of steps about how something is done or how something happens. A clear description of a process is possible, when the steps are keenly observed and described using sequence markers. Words/phrases used for Describing objects Describing surroundings cylindrical, flat, long, short, big, small, sharp, blunt, circular, spiral, square, rectangular, triangular, round, narrow, broad, green, red, rough, smooth, tough, ripe, adjustable, horizontal, vertical, heavy, light, tall, colourful, soft, thick, thin … opposite, near, far, in front of, behind, straight, at the end of, at the crossroads, cold, hot, unsafe, dark, nearby, close, busy, safe, dangerous, at half a kilometre … Linking words are one or more words that are usedtoshowsomelogical connectionbetween the steps in a process or description. Firstly, secondly, thirdly, next, later, then, after that, after a while, finally, lastly, in the end, at last, in the beginning, now, … ‘And’ and ‘then’ are common linking words. They are useful to give a series of instructions. Pattern of descriptive sentences There is/are … They are … It is … It has … It consists of … It is made of … It is used for … Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 64 a. Describing objects Your Friend You Is this a 31 inch large rain shower set? It looks amazing! Describe its features. Yes, it is. It is made of 304 stainless steel. It has an LED rectangle recessed ceiling-mount with 600x800 mm. It also has four adjustable jet nozzles for power mist massage. The LED overhead shower and temperature display help to select the best water temperature. It is operated with a remote. Inspector You Did you see any car pass this way? Yes. There were many cars. Did any orange car leave your service centre fifteen minutes ago? Yes, there was one! It was a Solaris Orange Mini Cooper! A four seater convertible! It stopped here to check air pressure in its tyres. How many people were there in the car? There was only one person. It was the driver. Can you give any other details like the car number? Sorry. I didn’t note it down, but the car was from Pondicherry. I saw PY on the number plate. b. Describing surroundings My factory is situated opposite to a wharf. A wharf is a structure built on the shore of a stream or harbour. The vessels lie at rest and load or unload things there. There is a hospital near the factory. There is a petrol station in the area at half a kilometer distance. It is a busy place. There are many traffic signals on the way. This is a warehouse where goods are stored. There are five workers who are busy with their jobs. There are pallets, machines, loads and a forklift. The surrounding is unsafe. There are eight hazards listed in the picture. First, there is rubbish on the ground. Second, there are unsecured chemicals in cylindrical containers. Then, the machine guard is open. The next hazard is the water leak from the drain. A worker carrying load is walking towards it. Then, the pallets with loads are blocking the exit. The loads are not stacked properly. The forklift is stacked in such a way that the driver cannot see anything. 1 3 4 5 stacked material unevenly Pallets blocking fire exit Person walking in front of forklift Unsecured chemicals Rubbish on ground Water on floor (slips/trips) Maching guarding lifted Forklift stacked too high and driver can’t see 6 7 2 8 WAREHOUSE Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 65 c. Describing Processes Process of making Mango Milkshake First, take a blending jar or a juice jar. Then, put the ripe mango slices into the jar. Next, add some ice cubes and sugar. After that, pour boiled chilled milk into it. Finally, close the lid and blend it well for 2-3 minutes. Now, pour it into serving glasses. 1. Read the descriptions and match them with the objects given. Write the description number along with the name of the object in the space given. The first one is done for you. Help Box spade, shovel, plumb bob, fan, wrench, wheel barrow, rake, wrench, speed square Sl.No. Description Object 1 an agricultural implement with teeth for gathering cut grass or hay 2 an implement with a long handle with a grip at the top and a flat iron blade narrower than a shovel for digging 3 a box for conveying a load, supported at one end by wheels and lifted and pushed at the other by two horizontal shafts 4 a device consisting of a series of vanes or blades attached to it and revolving with a central hub to produce a current of air 5 a tool has a bar of metal with fixed or adjustable jaws for gripping and turning or twisting the head of a bolt, a nut or a pipe 6 an implement consisting of a broad iron blade or scoop attached to a long handle for taking up, removing or throwing loose matter like earth, snow or coal 7 a triangular shaped metal square with 1/4” spaced notches to facilitate scribing lines and plain gradations for reading 8 a weight, usually with a pointed tip at the bottom, suspended from a string and used as a vertical reference line or plumb-line Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 66 2. Complete the description using describing/action words and patterns of describing sentences. Objects Description a. It is a Tile Saw. It ________of a wire, a tough blade or chain with a hard toothed edge. It is _____ for cutting materials like wood and ceramic. b. There are ______ blade shapes in the picture. The first one is a _______shaped blade. It is used for making a square trench. The next one is a ________ shaped blade which is ______ for making a round trench. The ______ one has a tapering form. While the first two are used for digging, the last one is ______ for various purposes. The blades are _______ of iron. 3. Fill in the columns with the details of the given objects. Object Shape Size Colour Material Use Doughnut round Small brown Maida Snack TV Mud pot Bed Water bottle Tool box Speed square Water heater Hammer Washing machine Microwave oven Induction stove Needle Bobbin Typical blade shaped Square Round point Taper Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 67 4. Refer to the earlier activity and write sentences describing the objects in the blank columns as shown in the examples. Object Description Doughnut Example: It is round in shape and small in size. It is brown in colour. It is made of flour. It is used as a snack. TV Mud pot Bed It is rectangular in shape and big in size. It is white in colour. It is made of cotton. It is used for sleeping. Water bottle Tool box Speed square water heater Hammer Washing machine Microwave oven Induction stove Needle Bobbin 5. Complete the description using the picture clues given. I am working in a hotel as ____________. It is at the centre of the city. It is situated on the main road near the _________. The hotel is in a tall building. It ________ of _______ floors. There are important places around the hotel. There is an __________ near the hotel, where planes often take off and land. __________ __________ many pine trees behind the hotel. There is a _______ at the end of the crossroads. _______ is a railway station located at 1 km distance. There _____ a big ______ at a walkable distance from the traffic signal. My friend is working as a store keeper in the warehouse which is ____________ my hotel. BANK AIRPORT WAREHOUSE CITY CENTRE HOUSE PARK BRIDGE PETROL STATION HOSPITAL FACTORY TRAIN STATION WHARF CHURCH POLICE STATION STADUM SKYSCRAPER HOTEL TRAFFIC LIGHTS WOOD SCHOOL SHOPPING CENTRE FIRE STATION APARTMENT HOUSE Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 68 6. Describe the surroundings of the city centre in the given picture. AIRPORT BANK WAREHOUSE HOTEL WOOD TRAIN STATION SCHOOL TRAFFIC LIGHTS The female moth lays many tiny eggs. The caterpillar eats mulberry leaves and grows bigger and bigger. It goes through 4 molts. The caterpillar spins a cocoon or silk threads around itself. Inside the cocoon, the caterpillar changes into a pupa. People unwind the silk thread from the cocoons to weave into silk cloth. The adult moths mate with each other. A tiny black caterpillar hatches out of its egg. ADULT EGG SILKWORM LIFE CYCLE LARVA PUPA The pupa changes into a moth. The moth comes out of the cocoon. __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ The city centre is surrounded by many ________________________________________. There is a ____________ opposite the _________________________________________. There is a _____________ behind the _____________. There is a ___________ near the signal. The Police station is ________________ __________________________________. The house is just opposite the __________._________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ 7. Rewrite the life cycle process of the silkworm using linking words. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 69 First, the ________ lays many _______. After some time, _________ comes out of it. ______, they feed on _______ leaves for about 3 to 4 weeks. __________, each of them then spins a _________ around itself. During that time, the ______ changes in to a _______ inside the cocoon. ________, an adult moth appears. 9. Describe the process of making apple milkshake. Refer to the Mango milkshake given in the illustration for help. Ingredients Apple (peeled and cut into small pieces) Milk (boiled and chilled) Sugar Ice cubes First, _____________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ Complete the What I learned column in the KWL chart. • An object can be described by its shape, size, colour and its use. • A keen observation of the objects or the steps in the process of doing something is important to describe things. • The use of linking words help in logically describing any process or in giving a series of instructions. 8. Using the picture clue, complete the life cycle of a moth with suitable linking words. Adult Moth Female moth lays many tiny eggs. Caterpillars feed on mulberry leaves for about 3 to 4 weeks. Each of them then spins a cocoon around itself. The catepillar changes into a pupa inside the cocoon. Cocoon Eggs Larva Visit https://in.video.search.yahoo.com/yhs/search?fr=yhs-trp-001&hsimp=yhs-001&hspart=trp&p=process+of +installing+solar+panels+videos&guccounter=1#id=4&vid=8a3002f62e6715bd254f858659552fa2&action=click https://in.video.search.yahoo.com/yhs/search?fr=yhs-trp-001&hsimp=yhs-001&hspart=trp&p=process+of+inst alling+solar+panels+videos#id=1&vid=48cca5151093ce361c5059a9583f14cc&action=click Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 70 10. Pronouns What I already Know What I Want to find out What I Learned Pronoun Noun At the end of this lesson, you shall be able to: • identify the need for and the usage of pronouns • practice to use pronouns to communicate with greater clarity • use pronouns appropriately. Pronouns are words used instead of naming words to avoid repetition of naming words. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 71 Description Singular Plural The person speaking The person spoken to The person or things being spoken about Raghu and Rahim are school friends. Raghu met Rahim in the bus stop yesterday. Raghu and Rahim are school friends. He met Rahim in the bus stop yesterday. We use pronouns to make clear whom or what we are talking about. a. Singular, Plural When the action is done to the person Singular Plural me us you you him/her/it them The falling brick hit me. The falling bricks hit us. The falling bricks hit him/her. The falling bricks hit them. c. Examples HERE THIS IS A HAMMER. THAT IS A WRENCH. THESE ARE TOOLS. THOSE ARE TOOLS. ONE TWO + THERE b. Different pronouns Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 72 This is my hammer. This hammer is mine. This is her hammer. This hammer is hers. Is this your hammer? Is this hammer yours? Is this their hammer? Is this hammer theirs? it you I they he we you she Tenali wants a samosa. I know Nancy. I know Virat Kohli. Tenali wants it. I know ______. I know ____. Vimal sold the bike. The cream is on her face. Kishore has a spare tyre. Vimal sold ____. _____is on her face. Kishore has ___. Treat others well. This is a family. All work together happily. Treat others the way ___want to be treated. ______are all one family. ____work together happily. The trainees had a teacher. The teacher was Mr. Karim. ____had a teacher. ____ was Mr. Karim. 1. Match the correct pronoun with the picture. 2. Replace the nouns underlined with appropriate pronouns. The first one is done for you. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 73 a. _________________ is a b. ____________________________ c. _________________ is a d. ____________________________ 3. Look at the picture and fill in the blanks using this / that / these / those. I me ___know Ramesh. Ramesh knows___. we us ___ know Ramesh. Ramesh knows ___. you you ____ know Ramesh. Ramesh knows ___. he him ___ knows Ramesh. Ramesh knows ___. she her ___ knows Ramesh. Ramesh knows ____. they them ____ know Ramesh. Ramesh knows ____. 4. Fill in the blanks with appropriate pronouns. Use capital letters wherever necessary. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 74 5. Choose the correct response. a. Is that table the Supervisor’s? ( Yes, it is he. / Yes, it is his. / Yes, it is him.) b. Those toolkits belong to the company. (They are them. / They are their. / They are theirs.) c. Is that Prem and Kumar’s package? (No, it isn’t theirs. / No, it isn’t their. / No, it isn’t them.) d. The equipment belong to us. (They are us. / They are our. / They are ours.) e. Is that Krishna’s helmet. (Yes, it is he. / Yes, it is his. / Yes, it is him.) 6. Fill in the blanks with appropriate pronouns. a. This is my spanner, not your spanner. This spanner is mine, not yours. b. I didn’t have my manual so Sanjay lent me his book. I didn’t have my manual, so Sanjay lent me _____. c. Your car is a lot faster than my car. Your car is a lot faster than _____. d. You have borrowed my toolkit. Please return it. Please return ____toolkit at once. e. This wrench belongs to me. You can use it. This wrench is ____but you can use it. f. This bike belongs to me. That bike belongs to you. This bike is ______. g. This shop is owned by Rahul and Raja. This shop is _______. h. This is my pen. Where is your pen? This is my pen. Where is ______? i. The shoes are on the table. The shoes belong to Mohan. The shoes belong to Mohan. It is ______. 7. Fill in the blanks with appropriate pronouns. Lakshmi and Abitha are siblings. One day ______returned from school. _____ were very hungry. ____ wanted to eat something. ____ saw a cat in the kitchen. _____ was drinking the milk mother had kept for _____. Lakshmi ran out screaming. ____ was scared. ____ was always afraid of cats. Abitha was a brave girl. ____ was not afraid of anything. ___ shooed the cat away. ___ ran out. Lakshmi saw the cat running out. ___ came back into the kitchen. ___ praised Abitha for ____ courage. Lakshmi thanked ____. Complete the What I learned column in the KWL chart. • Pronouns are words used instead of naming words. • They can be used in singular and plural like naming words. • They are used to avoid repeating naming words. Look at the objects around you at home or in the ITI. Make a list of the objects. Describe them. Remember to use pronouns when you refer to the object the second time. https://youtu.be/nkjKPhleQ5E Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 75 11. Introduction to Punctuation At the end of this lesson, you shall be able to: • identify basic punctuation marks – capital letter, full stop, question mark and comma • recognize the importance of using basic punctuation marks • use correct punctuation marks wherever necessary. Punctuation isthe system ofsymbols used to separate sentences and parts ofsentences. They make the meaning clear. Commonly used punctuation marks are capital letter, full stop, question mark and comma. Capital letter is used to begin a sentence. A full stop or a question mark is used to end a sentence. A comma is used to separate parts of a sentence or items in a list. What I already Know What I Want to find out What I Learned What are you guys talking about? I think we should stop all together. I think we should take a break, for just a second. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 76 Punctuation mark Use Example Capital letter A - Z used to begin a sentence used for names of persons, places, things, idea Rain destroyed the crops. Rahim, Bengaluru, Computer, Welding Full Stop or Period used at the end of a complete sentence He completed all his work. Comma used to separate parts of a date or a sentence It can also be used to separate items in a list. June 26, 2019. We bought nuts, bolts, screws and nails. Question Mark used to end a sentence that asks a question What is the date today? Capital letter begins a sentence, names of persons, places, things, idea The race was won by Rahul in Mumbai. He received a car for winning. Full Stop ends sentences Do not use water on electrical equipment. Workplace safety is very important. Question Mark ends questions How should the ladder be positioned? When is it safe to climb on the ladder? Comma separates parts of a sentence or items in a list Use switches, sockets and plugs only when they are in good condition. Keep the workshop floor, staircases and other surfaces clean. I begin a sentence. I am called the _______________________. I complete the sentence. I am called the _______________________. I ask questions. I am called the _______________________. I am used to make a list. I am called the _______________________. 1. Identify basic punctuation marks and fill in the blanks. I think we should stop altogether. What are you guys talking about? I think we should take a break. for a second. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 77 2. Identify the missing full stops at the end of the sentences and mark them. a. Plotting work is started after the field work is over. b. The survey is plotted on the drawing sheet with a suitable scale c. It should be plotted always in the North direction, so that the top of the drawing sheet represents North d. The base line is drawn first e. Intermediate stations are marked on the base line. f. The triangles are checked by check lines. g. For plotting offsets, mark the changes of the points along the chain. h. The plotting of offsets should be continued according to the field book. i. The heading should be written at the top of the drawing sheet j. The map should not have any dimensions 3. Read the sentences and circle the correct punctuation mark from the options given. Do you know what happened in the meeting yesterday ( . ? ) All the workers were called for a meeting (. , ) The chief engineer Ramesh convened the meeting ( , . ) He spoke about the safety measures that have to be followed in the factory ( ? . ) The employees gave their suggestions to improve safety in the company ( , .) The chief engineer stated the problems ( , . ) analysed them ( , . ) heard employee’s suggestions and gave recommendations ( ? . ) He also distributed goggles, masks ( , . ) gloves and shoes to the workers ( . , )Will you come for the next meeting ( ? , ) It is on August 29, 2019. 4. Tick the correct punctuation mark to be used at the end of the following sentences. a. The welder used goggles to protect his eyes b. The mason wears a helmet for head protection in the construction site c. There are various hazards that can cause injury and accidents d. How does one protect the feet from injury in the worksite e. Is there any site engineer here f. A skilled electrician should always strive to cultivate safe working habits g. Are safety guidelines followed to avoid accidents h. Why should you stand on a wooden stool i. What kind of footwear should Kumar wear to the mechanical workshop j. It was a terrible accident 5. Underline the full stop and circle the comma in the given passage. It is very important to be aware of conditions that may cause a fire emergency. It may endanger the safety of occupants in the workplace. The major causes of fire in the workplace include overloaded electrical outlets and extension cords, misuse of space heaters, mishandling of flammables, improper storage of combustibles and improper disposal of smoking materials. Implementing fire prevention measures is important to ensure one’s personal safety and the safety of others. The most important thing to remember is that fire occurs when three things come together at the same time – fuel, oxygen and an ignition source. One of the methods to prevent fires is to keep these elements safely stored in different locations. This will ensure that they do not come into contact. 6. Use proper punctuation (full stop/question mark) at the end of each sentence. a. Did the manager replace the damaged tools yesterday b. The inspector checked the electrical connections c. The engine was stopped by Mahesh d. Does Rahim always wear safety shoes e. All must keep the floor clean and clear Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 78 f. Can the craftsmen clear the work area g. Who repaired the machine h. Have they started the machine after mounting the workpiece securely i. The workmen follow safety procedures j. Where has the plumber gone 7. Write the sentences using proper punctuation mark at the end of each sentence. a. I can write simple sentences _______________________________________________________________________________ b. Can I go to the classroom _______________________________________________________________________________ c. It is safe to wear goggles during welding _______________________________________________________________________________ d. Are you coming to the workshop _______________________________________________________________________________ e. What is the name of your company _______________________________________________________________________________ f. Please repair the engine _______________________________________________________________________________ g. How much money do you want _______________________________________________________________________________ h. Does it happen today _______________________________________________________________________________ i. It was a useful programme _______________________________________________________________________________ j. All the trainees completed their training in Ahmedabad _______________________________________________________________________________ 8. Use comma and full stop wherever necessary. a. I bought apples mangoes and grapes from the shop. b. The box is full of nuts bolts screws and nails c. She has pens papers manuals and a few tools. d. The job got over on June 16 2019 e. Welders plumbers fitters and engineers were called for a meeting. f. The company will work on 6th 7th 11th and 12th of this month g. The exam is on December 7 2019 h. There are ten days left for the conference i. Keep away from acids gas cylinders and fire. j. They are offering training in embroidery skills 9. Rewrite the given sentences with appropriate punctuation marks: The first one is done for you. a. unsafe working practices result in loss of life material and money. _______________________________________________________________________________ Unsafe working practices result in loss of life material and money. _______________________________________________________________________________ b. when is it safe to remove or replace fuse _______________________________________________________________________________ Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 79 c. what is the use of a micrometer _______________________________________________________________________________ d. what will happen when kerosene comes into contact with fire _______________________________________________________________________________ e. the company has opened its branch offices in mumbai kolkata bangalore and Shimla _______________________________________________________________________________ f. remove fuse grips while working on dead circuits _______________________________________________________________________________ g. turn an adjustable wrench towards the movable jaw. _______________________________________________________________________________ h. don’t you have shoes to wear in the workshop _______________________________________________________________________________ i. the training was conducted on February 24 2019 in delhi _______________________________________________________________________________ j. the chest has cutting pliers screwdrivers drilling machine hammer and nails in it _______________________________________________________________________________ Complete the What I learned column in the KWL chart. • Punctuation makes sentences meaningful and clear. • Capital letter is used to begin a sentence. • Full stop, question mark and comma are used to end a sentence, end a question and separate parts of a sentence or items in a list. Try the activity in the following link to assess the importance of punctuation: http://www.mcpshs.net/ourpages/auto/2014/5/28/30055908/Dear%20John%20Grammar%20Activity.doc https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=B9bJaoIHRp4 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Wk0k2FLjM1c https://dictionary.cambridge.org/grammar/british-grammar/writing/punctuation Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 80 12. Kinds of Sentences - Introduction At the end of this lesson, you shall be able to: • identify the 4 kinds of sentences • practise framing declarative, interrogative, imperative and exclamatory sentences • use sentences in appropriate contexts. Kinds of Sentences A sentence is a complete set of words that convey meaning. A sentence can communicate a statement, a command, an exclamation or a question. Each type of sentence serves a different function. Therefore, it is important to use the type of sentence that best communicates the message or the idea to be conveyed. What I already Know What I Want to find out What I Learned Four Kinds of Sentences Declarative Sentence - Makes a statement. Imperative Sentence - Gives a command. Interrogative Sentence - Asks a question. Exclamatory Sentence - Shows sudden or strong feeling. It ends with an exclamation mark. It ends with a question mark. It ends with a period or exclamation point. 1 It ends with a period. 2 3 4 Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 81 a. Declarative (Affirmative) – A declarative sentence makes a statement. It is necessary to be qualified to do electrical work. b. Interrogative – An interrogative sentence asks a question. There are 2 types of questions – Yes/No questions and Wh- questions Yes/ No questions – The action word is brought to the beginning of the sentence. It is necessary to be qualified to do electrical work. Is it necessary to be qualified to do electrical work? Wh- questions – The sentence begins with a question word. Who can do electrical work? c. Exclamatory – An exclamatory sentence shows strong feeling. Oh! how well qualified he is to do the work! d. Imperative – An imperative sentence gives a command. Qualify yourselves to do electrical work. Assertive sentences state facts and beliefs. Interrogative sentences ask questions. Imperative sentences give commands or instructions. Exclamatory sentences show strong feelings. Welders use goggles and gloves to protect their eyes and hands. Why should welders use goggles and gloves? Use goggles and gloves to protect your eyes and hands. How safe the welders work using goggles and gloves for eyes and hands protection! YES Where? Who? What? How? Which? When? Why? NO Who is a person What is a thing or an action When is a time Where is a place Why is a reason something happened How is a number or the way something is done Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 82 Interrogative Declarative Imperative Exclamatory Use goggles and gloves while doing welding work. It is necessary to be qualified to do electrical work. What a great height the electrician is working at! Is it necessary to be qualified to do electrical work? 1. Match the following picture and sentences. a. Choose the correct soldering iron. ________________________ b. Know the different types of AC motors. ___________________________ c. Have you seen a metal tester? __________________________ d. Electrical wires used for all electrical connections are available in three colours. _______________________ e. How useful it is to have so many types of screwdrivers! ________________ f. What is the purpose of a face shield? ______________________ 2. Different kinds ofsentences are given in the table. Match the pictures with the sentences given. Write the kind of sentence also in the space given. Declarative Imperative Exclamatory Interrogative a. Green & Yellow Single Phase Induction Motor Three Phase Induction Motor synchronous Motor Earth Brown Blue Neutral Live 3. Given below are different kinds of sentences. Identify the sentences and fill the space provided in the table. The first one is done for you. a. Extension cords with lamp guards should be used to protect against breakage. b. Use extension cords with lamp guards to protect against breakage. c. Can extension cords with lamp guards be used to protect against breakage? d. What kind of extension cords help to protect against breakage? e. How useful extension cords are! Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 83 4. Given below are different kinds of sentences. See if they are identified correctly. If not, correct them. a. Place the hot soldering irons in their stand. – Declarative b. What kind of screwdrivers should be used when working on electrical circuits? – Exclamatory c. Is it alright to leave a switched ‘ON’ or heated soldering iron on a bench? – Interrogative d. It is important to discharge static voltage in HV lines/ equipment and capacitors before working on them. – Imperative e. Keep the tools in good condition. – Declarative 5. Identify the kind of sentence. a. You must avoid contact with energized electrical circuits. _______________________________________________________________________________________ b. Will you treat all electrical devices as if they are live or energized? _______________________________________________________________________________________ c. The power source is disconnected before servicing or repairing electrical equipment. _______________________________________________________________________________________ d. The electrician uses only tools and equipment with non-conducting handles when working on electrical devices. _______________________________________________________________________________________ e. Never use metallic pencils when you work with electrical equipment. _______________________________________________________________________________________ f. Why should you minimize the use of electrical equipment in cold rooms? _______________________________________________________________________________________ g. Pratap’s hands are dry whenever he handles equipment that is plugged in. _______________________________________________________________________________________ h. Wear non-conductive gloves, protective clothes and shoes with insulated soles. _______________________________________________________________________________________ i. How efficient an electrician he is in fixing faults! _______________________________________________________________________________________ j. What will you do if water or a chemical is spilled on the equipment? _______________________________________________________________________________________ 6. Rearrange the jumbled words/ phrases to make different kinds of sentences as directed. a. fuses / in the circuit / Use only / correct capacity (Imperative) _______________________________________________________________________________________ b. manage machines / we / how to / don’t know / our (Declarative) _______________________________________________________________________________________ c. kind of a / what / machines is this? (Interrogative) _______________________________________________________________________________________ d. to know / Is it important / how to / switch off / a circuit (Interrogative) _______________________________________________________________________________________ e. all plugs/correctly wired/make sure/are (Imperative) _______________________________________________________________________________________ Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 84 7. Seeking clarification by way of asking questions is an important aspect of everyday work. Insert whquestion words (How, Where, What, Which, When) in the space provided in the following instructions to clarify your doubts. a. Open the brake fluid reservoir in your bike. ______is the brake fluid reservoir in the bike? b. Check whether you have a safe level of hydraulic fluid. ______to check the safe level of hydraulic fluid? c. Check the chain wear, correct tension and rear wheel alignment. ______are the things to be checked on the chain of this bike? d. Show me what checks you would make on the steering movement before using the bike. ______do you want me to show you steering movement on this bike? e. Show me how you would check that the brake lights are working. ______lights do you want me to check? Complete the What I learned column in the KWL chart. • Different kinds of sentences are used though declarative sentences are common. • Interrogative sentences are used to ask questions and help clarify doubts. • Imperative sentences are used to give instructions/command. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ld8r6NGXRts&t=34s https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=kZkfZwTCed8&t=2s Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 85 13. Practice in Framing Sentences What I already Know What I Want to find out What I Learned At the end of this lesson, you shall be able to: • identify basic sentence types • internalize basic word order • rearrange and substitute words to frame sentences. Sentences are group of words that convey meaning. They may be a statement, question, exclamation or command. Words are arranged in a specific order in sentences to convey meaning effectively. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 86 Naming word Action Word (Verb) additional information Peter worked in BHEL as supervisor. him /call it / try quiet / be out / watch straight / standup move / don’t don’t trip / be careful the phone / answer / somebody after / drive / don’t / drinking small pieces / into / cut / the onions 1. Rearrange the jumbled words into meaningful sentences. Write the sentences in the space provided. The first one is done for you. a. speak / English / I I speak English b. the parcel / received / we ____________________________________________________________________________________ c. welding gun / welder / uses ____________________________________________________________________________________ d. love / I / homemade food ____________________________________________________________________________________ e. the work / finished / I ____________________________________________________________________________________ 2. Rearrange the jumbled words to frame meaningful sentences. Write the sentences by filling in the correct columns in the table. The first one is done for you. a. as supervisor / worked / in BHEL / Peter ____________________________________________________________________________________ b. happy New Year / we / you / wish ____________________________________________________________________________________ c. gave / the Principal / the medal ____________________________________________________________________________________ d. immediately / want / money / they ____________________________________________________________________________________ e. yesterday / Sam / I / at the theatre / met ____________________________________________________________________________________ 3. Rearrange the words and frame meaningful sentences. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 87 I walked to the door touched the window opened the book pointed to the table picked up the cassette wrote on the board put down the pen sat on the floor stood on the chair closed moved I we he she it they am is are was were like ate eat walk walked work worked tall lazy smart lunch friendly idlies roties cakes fast slow hard beautiful naughty at work in the canteen in the factory boy girl people manager 4. Frame as many sentences as possible using the words given in the substitution table. _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ 5. Use the words given in the table and frame sentences. Remember to use proper punctuation marks. You may insert the following words, if necessary. a, an, the, some, a few Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 88 _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ 6. Underline the naming words and action words in the sentences written in activity 5. Complete the What I learned column in the KWL chart. Words are arranged in a specific order in sentences. The meaning of the sentences becomes clear only when words are in the proper order. Using proper naming and action words helps in communicating effectively. https://www.khanacademy.org/humanities/grammar/syntax-sentences-and-clauses/introduction-tosentences/e/declarative--interrogative--and-imperative-sentences Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 89 1. Her hair is long and _________. a. curly b. happy c. slim d. late 2. He drives a bright red sports car. It’s very _________. a. wild b. shallow c. fast d. tall 3. Today, the weather’s going to be ___________. a. hopeful b. warm c. blue d. urgent 4. This house is _________ and old. a. young b. electric c. large d. fat 5. I’m feeling really ________ today. a. late b. long c. happy d. round 6. The food at this supermarket is always _________. a. gentle b. hopeful c. empty d. fresh 7. Which word is an adjective? a. after b. pretty c. taste d. bank 8. Which word is an adjective? a. dirty b. ran c. away d. boy 9. Which word is an adjective? a. eat b. hot c. mend d. soup 10. Which word is an adjective? a. beautiful b. park c. wave d. sea 11. Which of the following expressions can be used to make requests? a. I hope b. Please repeat c. I believe d. Maybe 12. Which of the following expressions can be used to make an enquiry? a. I’m sorry b. Can you tell me …? c. Is it so? d. Thank you 13. Which one of the following is a short response? a. Oh, I see b. I have never thought about it this way c. Please repeat d. Sorry 14. Which of the following phrases can be used to share information? a. Thanks b. It is about … c. Sorry d. I see 15. The phrase ‘Could you give me some idea of …’ is used for a. Thanking someone b. Introducing someone c. Asking for information d. Giving information 16. What will be the response to the statement ‘How was class today?’ a. It was fine. We learned many new things b. Oh, I see c. Thank you d. Is it so? 17. What will you say if someone asks ‘How do you go to the library from here?’ a. Not coming b. Please take the next right and go straight. c. I think I borrowed the book last week d. Yes, the library is open. 18. What will be the apt response for ‘I’ve got some news for you’? a. What is it? b. I don’t know c. I’m thankful for this d. Where is it? 14. Recall Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 90 19. Your friend wants you to accompany him for a job fair but you can’t go. How will you decline politely? a. I am not coming. b. I don’t want to come. c. I’m sorry I can’t come. d. I will come. 20. Your instructor has asked you to inform the class to assemble in the workshop at 9 a.m. How will you share this information with your class? a. We all must go at 9 a.m. b. We need to assemble in the workshop c. We need to assemble in the workshop at 9 a.m. d. We must go at 10 a.m. 21. Which of the following is used to begin a sentence? a. Lower case letters b. Full stop c. Capital letters d. Comma 22. What punctuation marks can end a sentence? a. Full stop and comma b. Comma and question mark c. Comma d. Full stop and question mark 23. The punctuation mark used to make a list is a. period b. comma c. question mark d. none of the above 24. Which punctuation mark is always curious and wants to know something? a. Comma b. Question mark c. Full stop d. Capital Letter 25. Pick the correctly punctuated sentence. a. The wrench is a useful instrument b. the wrench is a useful instrument c. The wrench is a useful instrument. d. the wrench is a useful, instrument. 26. Pick the correctly punctuated sentence. a. Where is the generator? b. where is the generator? c. Where is the generator. d. where is the Generator. 27. Pick the correctly punctuated sentence. a. We need some more screws, nuts and bolts b. We need some more screws nuts and bolts c. We need some more screws, nuts and bolts. d. We need some more screws, nuts and bolts? 28. Pick the correctly punctuated sentence. a. The Ganges is a holy river b. the Ganges is a holy river c. The Ganges is a holy river, d. The Ganges is a holy river. 29. Pick the correctly punctuated sentence. a. Who is the new instructor b. who is the new instructor c. Who is the new instructor? d. who is the new instructor? 30. Pick the correctly punctuated sentence. a. The United States of America is near Canada b. The United States of America is near Canada. c. The United States of america is near Canada d. The united states of america is near Canada 31. A pencil is a a. thin, long, wooden object used to write b. thick, flat, wooden thing used to write c. thin, long, glass thing object to write d. thick, short, metallic thing used to write 32. A college is a a. ground with small buildings for playing b. campus containing many buildings and big playgrounds where trainees learn c. campus with many hospitals treating patients d. ground with open spaces for birds and animals Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 91 33. A SIM card is a. A big, heavy, round object inserted in mobile phones b. A small, thin, rectangular object inserted in mobile phones c. A small, round, thick object used in television d. A small, thin, rectangular object inserted in transistors 34. A needle is a a. thin, small object with a sharp point b. thick, big object with a blunt point c. thin, small object with a blunt point d. thin, big object with a sharp point 35. A container truck is a a. small, industrial vehicle used to carry goods b. large, industrial vehicle used to carry goods c. large, passenger vehicle used to carry people d. small, industrial vehicle used to carry water 36. A helmet is a a. hard, round protective gear b. soft, long gear for motorists c. hard, rectangular protection wear d. soft, triangular protective gear for motorists 37. A godown is a a. small, narrow space for walking b. large, open space for playing c. large, empty space for storing goods d. small, busy place for selling goods 38. An email is a a. chatting feature on phones without internet b. virtual message exchanged between people using the internet c. mail posted in a post office d. speed post sent through the post office 39. A computer keyboard is a a. flat, square-shaped board with black and white keys b. circular board with numeric keys c. flat, rectangular board with alphanumeric and special keys d. spherical object with colourful keys 40. Rearrange the words to form a sentence. a. its best b. is simply c. science d. common sense at i. abdc ii. dbac iii. bcda iv. cbda 41. Rearrange the words to form a sentence. a. he came b. some sugar c. from her house d. to borrow i. bcda ii. bcad iii. adbc iv. abcd 42. Rearrange the words to form a sentence. a. I wanted b. to tell her c. to listen d. to me. i. abcd ii. abdc iii. adbc iv. bcad 43. Rearrange the words to form a sentence. a. The CEO b. made c. right decision d. the i. abcd ii. abdc iii. acbd iv. bcda 44. Rearrange the words to form a sentence. a. She wondered b. how c. was so rich d. he i. abcd ii. abdc iii. acbd iv. bcda Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 92 45. Rearrange the words to form a sentence. a. She danced with joy b. that she had topped c. when she found out d. the board examination i. abcd ii. abdc iii. acbd iv. bcda 46. Rearrange the words to form a sentence. a. She was b. looking for jobs c. browsing d. a website i. abcd ii. abdc iii. acdb iv. bcda 47. Rearrange the words to form a sentence. a. I was certain b. the management meeting c. be allowed to attend d. that subordinates would not i. abcd ii. abdc iii. adcb iv. bcda 48. Rearrange the words to form a sentence. a. The managing director b. in listening to her c. was not interested d. explanation i. abcd ii. abdc iii. acbd iv. bcda 49. Rearrange the words to form a sentence. a. We were b. on an excursion c. to Goa d. going i. adbc ii. abdc iii. acbd iv. bcda 50. Identify the correct sentence type. AC mechanics are in great demand now. a. Imperative b. Declarative c. Interrogative d. Exclamatory 51. Identify the correct sentence type. Wear your safety gear while welding. a. Imperative b. Declarative c. Interrogative d. Exclamatory 52. Identify the correct sentence type. You are hired. a. Imperative b. Declarative c. Interrogative d. Exclamatory 53. Identify the correct sentence type. Did you apply for the apprenticeship program? a. Imperative b. Declarative c. Interrogative d. Exclamatory e. Identify the correct sentence type. Can I accompany you to the job fair? a. Imperative b. Declarative c. Interrogative d. Exclamatory 54. Identify the correct sentence type. Leave the room immediately. a. Imperative b. Declarative c. Interrogative d. Exclamatory 55. Identify the correct sentence type. Is it safe to conduct the experiment here? a. Imperative b. Declarative c. Interrogative d. Exclamatory 56. Identify the correct sentence type. Chennai is an upcoming technology hub. a. Imperative b. Declarative c. Interrogative d. Exclamatory 57. Identify the correct sentence type. Use the appropriate machine tools for the job. a. Imperative b. Declarative c. Interrogative d. Exclamatory 58. Identify the correct sentence type. The results are out. a. Imperative b. Declarative c. Interrogative d. Exclamatory Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 93 15. Greetings and Self-Introduction At the end of this lesson, you shall be able to: • identify words used to greet others • find difference between formal and informal greetings • learn how to introduce yourself to others. a. Greetings Greetings are a polite way of starting a conversation. We greet someone when we meet them. How we greet them depends on the person, situation and level. Greetings can be classified as formal and informal greetings. b. Self-Introduction We may meet different people at different points in time. Sharing information about ourselves when we meet people for the first time depending upon the context is called self-introduction. What I already Know What I Want to find out What I Learned a. Formal greetings are used when you meet someone new, older in age or someone in a higher position than you. The conversation may be in the following contexts: • business meetings or job interview • communicating with higher officials • exhibiting respect to elders • meeting people we do not know well • meeting new colleagues. GREETINGS IN ENGLISH Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 94 Expressions When to use For whom to use Good morning/Good afternoon/ Good evening in a formal situation • colleagues • business clients • formal relationships • new neighbours • superiors at office • members of official team • meeting for the first time Good Morning/afternoon/ evening Mr. ______ or Ms. ______ in a formal situation, if you know the person already Good morning/afternoon/ evening everyone with a group of people at a formal meeting Hello. How do you do? while meeting someone for the first time, business meeting. Nice to meet you. / Pleased to meet you. in a formal situation when you meet someone for the first time How are you? to start a conversation in a formal meeting b. Informal greetings are used when you meet friends, people of the same age group and people you are closer to. Informal greetings do not follow the rigidness of formal greetings. An informal question may be responded in many ways. c. Self-Introduction When you meet someone new, you introduce yourself by telling them what your name is, where you come from, what you are studying, where you work, what you like to do. My name is George. I am from Goa. I am a residential electrician. I inspect electrical components for safety. I like installing wiring and lighting at home. I find my job exciting and interesting. Hello, John! How are you? Hi, Kelly! I’m fine thanks! Great, thank you! I’m very well, thank you! Not too bad, thanks! Not very well, thanks! How are you? How are you? How are you? How are you? Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 95 1. Sortthe following formal and informal greetings.Write formal / informal in the space provided. Identifywho you will greet them with. Also write the appropriate response you may receive in the space provided. Expressions Formal / informal Used to greet … Response Hi, how are you? Good morning. Hello! How have you been? How are things? How do you do? 2. Formal and informal greetings are given in the following table. Identify them and tick against them in the space provided. The first one is done for you. Expressions Formal Informal Hi, how’s life? How are you? Good evening, Jerry. Hey, come and join us. I am Satish from Ranchi. Hello, this is Janaki from Nagpur. Hey, it’s long time since we met. My name is Ranjith. 3. Choose a partner. Use the following frames and words given. Introduce yourself and listen to your partner’s introduction. Note down your partner’s responses in the space provided. I am ________________________ (name) I come from __________________ (village/town/city) My father is a _________________ (father’s job) My mother is _________________ (mother’s job) I have _______________________ (brothers and sisters) I like ________________________ (actor, food, game, music) I want to become _____________ (businessman, fitter, welder) My aim is ____________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 96 4. Look at the following examples for self-introduction. Using the words given fill in the blanks with details about your family. Hi. My name is Deepak I come from a big family. I am the only child in the family. I have 3 aunts, 6 cousins. My mother is not tall. She has short hair and green еуеs. My mother is a typist. She is very kind. I like her. I am Thara.I am 17 years old. I live with my family. Our family has four persons. I have a younger brother. My mother is a teacher in a primary school. My father is a government employee. My brother is a trainee reading in class 7. We live in Baroda. I am also a trainee. I am training in welding in ITI. I just passed from my school. Letmeintroduce aboutmy familyfirst.Iliveina small but nice village with my family. In my family, there five members, my two brothers, my parents and me. My father is a farmer. My mother is a housewife. My elder brother works for a company. My younger brother is a motor mechanic. I am Shekar training in secretarial practice in Pusa ITI in Delhi. My name is Kirana. Let me introduce my family first. l livewith my dad, my mother and my elder sister. We live in Chhattisgarh. My dad is selfemployed. My mother is a housewife. My sister is 20 years old and works in a bank. Hi. My name is Deepak. I come from a big family. I am the only child in the family. I have 3 aunts, 6 cousins. She is very kind and I like her. I miss my mother when we are not together. (father, mother, brother, sister, work, study, like, tall, short, happy, small) My name is __________________________________ I live with my family in _________________________ There are __________________ members in my _____________ I have _______________________________________________ My _____________________________ in __________________ My brother __________________________________________ (chocolates, ice-cream, movies, colour, bike, car, city, food, games) I am _____________________________________ I like to eat __________________ during summer. I like watching/playing ____________________________ My favourite colour is _____________________________ I like driving _________________________________ I like to visit _____________________________ I like to eat ________________ for lunch/dinner. 5. Choose a partner. Using the words and frames given, introduce yourself to you partner. This time the introduction is about your likes and dislikes. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 97 6. Look at the table below. Details about two people are given in the table (two columns). This is an activity to be done in two parts. a. Choose a partner. Read the details of the person in the first column. Imagine that you are the person. Introduce yourself to your partner. Ask your partner to make notes in the space provided. b. Your partner will read the details of the person in the second column. Your partner will imagine to be the person in the second column and introduce himself. Ask your partner to make notes in the space provided. Column 1 Column 2 Arvind is a welder. He is 24 years old and is unmarried. He completed his diploma from Cuttack. He is working in a furniture manufacturing company. He has a younger sister. He is also getting training in pipe welding. He is planning to go abroad after the training. Rahim is a carpenter. He is 30 years old. He is married and has 2 children. He learnt carpentry from his uncle. He designs furniture for a dealer in Pune. He runs his own firm and supplies to the dealer. He is planning to start his own furniture showroom in the future. Complete the What I learned column in the KWL chart. • Greetings can be formal or informal. • Self-introduction helps others know about you. • Using appropriate expressions to greet people in formal and informal situations is important. __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ Make a list of phrases used in greeting others. Try to recognize why they are formal or informal. https://youtu.be/chWUolYBgjA https://youtu.be/dOlCQrRraMA Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 98 16. Asking and Responding to Questions At the end of this lesson, you shall be able to: • distinguish a question from a response • identify and use common phrases and expressions to ask and respond to questions • ask and respond to questions. A question is used to seek information, get doubts clarified and ask for help. A response is the answer given to the question. Responses provide information, clarify doubts and offer or decline help. When a response is positive, we say ‘yes’. If the response is negative, we use ‘no’ or ‘not’. What I already Know What I Want to find out What I Learned Question Am Do Have Can Will I? Are Do Have Can Will you? we? they? Is Does Has Can he? she? it? Will Response (answer) I am do have can will You We They are do have can will He She It is does has can will Responses Common words/expressions Positive Negative Oh Sure. I’m sure. OK. Yes. Of course. Certainly. Definitely. It’s possible. Set Phrases in the train, on the phone, on the first floor, at the office, in the workshop, to the factory, on Friday, in 2019, at 8:00 a.m., from 1 to 1:30 p.m., for two years, for one hour, in the morning, last week, last year… a. Questions and responses b. Common words and phrases used as responses I’m not sure. I’m doubtful. Never. I’m sorry. Not oK. None, rarely. No use. None. It’s not true. It’s not possible. It’s impossible. Nobody. No, not yet. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 99 Positive (yes) Negative (no) is are was were do does did have can will c. A negative response is formed by adding ‘not’ with the “to do/to be” form of the verb. is not = isn’t are not = aren’t was not = wasn’t were not = weren’t do not = don’t does not = doesn’t did not = didn’t have not = haven’t can not = can’t will not = won’t d. Types of questions and responses a. Questions checking/confirming the present situation (what is happening or going to happen and what has just happened ) Responses (answers) Positive (yes) Negative (no) Am I safe now? Are you a mechanic? Are we going to work tonight? Are they engineers? Yes, you are. Yes, I am. Yes, we are. Yes, they are. No, you’re not. No, I’m not. No, we’re not. No, they’re not. Is he a supervisor? Is she a clerk? Is it working well? Yes, he is. Yes, she is. Yes, it is. No, he’s not. No, she’s not. No, it’s not. Do you know him? Do we work on Sundays? Do they work every day? Yes, I know. Yes, we work. Yes, they work. No, I don’t. No, we don’t. No, they don’t. Does he work in the weekend? Does she know the job? Does it take more time to do? Yes, he works. Yes, she knows. Yes, it takes. No, he doesn’t. No, she doesn’t. No, it doesn’t. Have you reported the accident to the engineer? Have we complained about the damage to him? Have they lost their tools? Yes, I have. Yes, we have. Yes they have. No, I haven’t. No, we haven’t. No, they haven’t. Has he come today? Has she finished her job? Has the engine stopped working? Yes, he has. Yes, she has. Yes, it has. No, he hasn’t. No, she hasn’t. No, it hasn’t. b. Questions checking/confirming situations of the past (what happened yesterday/ last week/last year or before) Responses Positive (yes) Negative (no) Were you at the office yesterday? Were we doing the welding work last Sunday? Were they angry about the delay? Yes, I was. Yes, we were. Yes, they were. No, I wasn’t. No, we weren’t. No, they weren’t. Was the supervisor late yesterday? Was she working in the institute last year? Was the motor in a good condition last week? Yes, he was. Yes, she was. Yes, it was. No, he wasn’t. No, she wasn’t. No, it wasn’t. Did you use the wrench yesterday? Did we bring those tools last week? Did they gauge the object with micrometer? Did he meet the site engineer last evening? Did she connect the wires yesterday? Did it work properly yesterday? Yes, I did. Yes, we did. Yes, they did. Yes, he did. Yes, she did. Yes, it did. No, I didn’t. No, we didn’t. No, they didn’t. No, he didn’t. No, she didn’t. No, it didn’t. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 100 c. Questions (asking for help/clarifying doubts) Responses Positive (yes) Negative (no) Will you give the pipe connection tomorrow? Can she hold the ladder? Will you help her measure the object? Should we operate the machine? Will he cut all the wires? Yes, I will. Yes, she can. Yes, I will. Yes, we should. Yes,he will. No, I won’t. No, she can’t. No, I won’t. No, we shouldn’t. No, he won’t. d. Questions that come with a choice Responses (words) Are you a fitter or a plumber? Fitter Would you like coffee or tea? Tea Are they coming on the 5th or the 6th June? 5th Is the meeting today or tomorrow? Today Do you want a hammer or a screw? Screw only Is the training over or not? Not over/not yet e. Questions that are open/direct Responses (phrases) What is he doing? talking on the phone Who is he? Anil, the mechanic Where were you? in the lab Why are you late? train was late When is the lunch break? 12.30 to 1.00 p.m. How should the engine be stopped? press the red button When did he reach the head office? this morning How long will you work? for six hours How much money will it cost? ten thousand rupees 1. Read the sentences and identify the differences between questions and responses. Write Q for question and R for response in the space given. a. Are you a trainee? Q b. Am I late? _____ c. I’m fine. _____ d. Is he a draughtsman? _____ e. Will you? _____ f. No, I’m not. _____ g. Is it raining? _____ h. Are they ok? _____ i. We are ok. _____ j. Good morning! _____ k. Certainly. _____ Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 101 Responses / X Yes, he is. No, we are not. Not possible. She hasn’t come. I won’t. You can. I don’t know. Yes, I am. No, he is not a fitter. Never. Good! None. Of course. Sure. She hasn’t. No. Questions Yes No 1 Is the class interesting? 2 Did you read the concept? 3 Do you like the training? 4 Are the activities useful? 5 Are you learning to ask questions? 6 Can you respond confidently? 7 Are you familiar with all the responses? 8 Will you complete all the activities? 9 Are the activities easy? 10 Have you finished reading all the questions? Are you safe? Yes, I am. Are you an engineer? Can you check the fuse? Do you know how to use a Vernier Caliper? Can you measure the height of an object? Does your friend know swimming? Did you read the newspaper? Can you ride bikes? Did you pay the examination fee? Will you attend the training in your institute? Have you finished reading all the questions? 2. Look at the table of responses. Put a tick for the positive response and a cross for the negative. 3. Read the checklist given and tick your response in the appropriate box. 4. Fill in the blanks with positive or negative responses. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 102 d 5. Use the responses as clues and complete the blanks with suitable question words (what, when, who, where, why, how). The first one is done for you. Responses Questions a. I’m fine. How are you? b. John ______ is the plumber? c. Tomorrow ______ is the training? d. Hyderabad ______ is the training? e. Five ______ many spanners do you need? f. Tools ______ do you want? g. To tighten the nuts ______ do you want the cutting plier now? 6. Match the following questions with appropriate responses. A. Q R a. How do you go to your ITI? Bus broke down. b. What colour is the car? It’s on the first floor. c. How was the programme? In 2021. d. Why are you late? By walk. e. When will you pass the ITI exam? Excellent! f. Where is the lab? Blue. B. Q R a. Who is he? It wasn’t over. b. Was the job over or not? No, never. c. Have you ever taken leave? Not sure. d. How many wrote the test? He is a fitter. e. Are you sure about the examination dates? Mumbai. f. Where were you born? None. 7. Read the questions based on the picture and choose the right answer given in brackets. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 103 Who is talking in the picture? __________________ (the lady/the mechanic). Is the lady complaining about the car? __________________ (yes/no). What is the mechanic doing in the picture? __________________ (talking/listening). Is the mechanic responding to the lady? __________________ (yes/no). Is there a conversation between them? __________________ (yes/no). Questions Responses Is he a plumber? What tool is he holding? Does he fix pipes with this tool? What does he do? Can you do his work? Questions Responses Can you see the electrician? What tool is he holding? Is he busy? Does he check electric supply? Is the bulb on or off? Questions Responses Who is he? What tool is he holding? Can you see his face? How many cylinders are there? Have you done any welding work? Questions Responses What is the man doing? Is he happy or upset? What is wrong with the car? Can you repair cars? Do you know a good mechanic? Do you know a good mechanic? A: _____________ fix the pipe? B: Yes, I can. A: ________ is your ITI? B: My ITI is near the park. A: When does your class start? B: ________________. 8. Give suitable responses to the questions using the picture clues. a. b. c. d. 9. Complete the blanks given in the dialogues and role play them with your friend. A: Hi! How are you? B: I’m____________. How about you? A: Is it raining? B: _______________. A: Then, take the umbrella. A: Do you want to read the manual? B: ______________. A: Do you have the lunch break? B: Yes, it is from _______ to _________. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 104 Questions Responses What is your name? How do you go to work? How old are you? Where do you live? Whose car is this? I’m eighteen. Mary. In London. On foot. It’s my mom’s. Complete the What I learned column in the KWL chart. • Questions are used to seek information, for clarifying doubts and to get help. • A response is an answer to the question. • Responses help to gather details, clarify doubts and get help when needed. Responses can be either positive or negative. Select a set of 5-6 questions of your choice and ask them to your friend next to you. Write your questions and your friend’s responses in the table given. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=t4yWEt0OSpg https://eslvideo.com/quiz.php?id=28363 Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 105 At the end of this lesson, you shall be able to: • identify set phrases/expressions to be used to share information • role play to engage in conversation to share information • exchange information using appropriate expressions. Sharing information: People need to share information in different contexts. Getting to know a few relevant expressions is important to share information. Knowledge of what expressions to use builds confidence to both provide and get information. The information to be shared may be in the form of data, directions, help or instructions. What I already Know What I Want to find out What I Learned 17. Sharing Information with Others Making request Sharing information Making enquiry Giving opinion Short responses / comments Please repeat. Please listen. Once more please. Tell me. Please share. Please explain. Check whether… Tell me about … It is about … It is on … It is at … It is about … Can you …? Will you …? Would you …? Is it? When is it? What is it? Who is it? How to do it? What if …? Why not? Really? Where is it from? I hope … I believe … I think … I’m sure that … It is because of … (reason) That’s why … (reason) It’s simple. It’s clear. It’s useful. It’s great! It’s wonderful! It’s nice. It’s interesting. It’s right/wrong. Oh, I see. Fine. Good. Well, … Possibly. Probably. Maybe. I got it. I know. Sure. I understand. Thanks for sharing. a. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 106 Sam Ram Hi! Hi! What are you looking at? Advertisement? No, an infographic. What is it? It is a visual presentation of information. Oh! I see. It is usually in the form of a graph, image or chart like this. Have a look at it. It’s nice! It looks colourful! Also, see that it has less words. Yes, less words and more images. It’s interesting! It’s informative too. I can see five tips for a healthy life. Well, it shows how to manage time. I believe it is an important tip. Yes, but I’m not good at that. That’s why, I feel stressed sometimes. Oh! You must learn to manage time. Yes, I will. Thanks for sharing. You’re welcome. Step away Get moving Build healthy habits Manage your time Talk through your problems 1. Can you tell me ...? 2. Could you tll me ...? 3. I’d like to know ...? 4. Do you know ... 5. Do you have any idea ...? 6. Could anyone tell me ...? (use this phrase when asking a group of people) 7. Would you happen to know ...? 8. I don’t suppose you (would) know ...? 9. I was wondering ...? 10. I’m calling to find out ... (use this phrase on the telephone) 11. Do you happen to know ...? 12. Could you find out ...? 13. Could you give me some idea of...? 14. I’m interested in ... 15. I’m looking for ...? 16. Have you got an idea of ...? 17. Don’t suppose you (would) know ...? 18. I wonder if you could tell me ...? 19. I wonder if someone could tell me ...? b. Conversations/dialogues sharing information Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 107 Suren Thanu Hi! I received an email from our site engineer. Is it? Yes. Did you receive any mail? No, I didn’t! What is it about? It is about the safety of workers in the factory. Well, please forward it to me. Sure. I’ll do. Thanks. Hi Ajay! Hi Rani! Hope you are preparing for the semester exam. Yes, I am. Can you please lend me your trade theory book for a day? Why not? Thanks! What about your book? I think I lost it. Oh! I’ll photocopy your book and return it soon. I don’t think it is necessary. What do you mean, Ajay? I mean, you can download it from our official website. Really? Yes, Rani. Just tell me how to do it. Well, go to the directorate general of training website, that is, dgt.gov.in. Ok. You will find “useful links” on the home page. Click on it. Fine. A list of links will appear. Click on “Bharat Skills.” Ok, then … Click on CTS icon and choose your course for course materials. Oh, I see! It sounds easy! Yes. You can download the eBook in your smartphone itself. Wow! It will be very useful for me to prepare for the exam. Yes, and it’ll save some paper and money too! Oh, yes! I don’t have to photocopy it! You got it! But, I don’t have a smartphone or any device to read it online or download it! Don’t worry. I’ll lend my book then. I shall read it in my smartphone. Thanks, Ajay! It’s alright. Prepare well for the examination. Sure, I will. All the best, Ajay! All the best, Rani! Bye. Bye. See you tomorrow. 1. This is a conversation between two friends. Choose a partner and role play the conversation. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 108 Eswar Kevin Are you staying in the hostel? _______________________. I hope the food in the hostel is good? Yes, but I like to cook my food. Really? You know cooking! Yes, ____________ and I’m good at it. Oh great! What else do ______ know? I know ___________ and ___________ too. Good! Now, tell me what you _______ and what you are _______ at? I know swimming and I’m good at painting and ________. Excellent! That’s why you have joined this trade! Yes I like _______very much. I can create things! Wonderful Eswar. After finishing our course we should apply for apprenticeship training. Definitely. Any idea about how to apply. Yes. Go to home page of DGT official website. That’s www.dget.nic.in. Am I right? Yes. __________! Ok then, … Click on __________ __________ ________________________. Thanks Kevin for sharing the information. My pleasure. All the best! All the best, Eswar! Is your ITI situated in Karnataka? No, It is in _____________. How long is it from the central railway station? It is ________ kms. Oh! It is too far from the railway station. Yes, but transport is available. I heard there are more than _______ trainees in your ITI. Yes, we have different trades. I hope there are many trades available in your ITI. _______, trades such as Fitter, electrician, __________________. Fine. Which trade are you in? When did you join this ITI? Oh, then you will be completing this course in two years. I hope your ITI has a campus placement drive. 2. Complete the conversation with suitable words. 3. Complete the information about your ITI. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 109 Your Friend You Hi! Hi, look at the __________. Yes, I saw it. It is about the __________ work going on there. Is it? I think it has warning signals. Yes, there are three signs. No, _________________ signs. You have a look at it now. Oh yes! I was wrong! It’s four. What are they? The yellow one is a danger sign. The two ________ ones warn us about ________ & _________. And the blue one? It is for _______. It tells that they _______ report to reception. Please repeat. You want me to _______. Ok. The ______ one is for visitors. It tells them to report to ________. So, does it mean we should not go to the site directly? Yes, you’re _________. You Your Friend Hi ________! Look at this message. I have seen it already. I don’t get this message. Can you tell me what it is about? It is about the ______ of _________ skills in our graduates. ‘Lack’ means? ________ means ‘no’ or ‘absence’. You mean our ________ don’t have _________ skills. Yes. The message means that. Ok, I got it. Then, what can be done for employability? More skill based training can be given. Danger construction work in progress No unauthorised access No smoking on site All visitors must report to reception 4. Look at the poster and share the information given in it with your friend. 5. Complete the dialogue with the clues given and role play sharing the information with your friend. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 110 Your Friend You Hi! How was the class today? Fine. I learned the application of tools today. What tools? Well, tools like Vernier Caliper, micrometer, wrench, hammer, and so on. Are Vernier Calipers and micrometer tools? I think they are instruments! Are they? What’s the difference? Instruments in our workshop are used to measure something. Yes, like ______ and _______. You are right. Did you measure anything today? ___________________________________. Fine. Can you guess the difference between _____________ and tools now? Yes, tools are simpler than instruments. Good. They are used to move or repair something. Now, tell me about the tools that you used at the workshop. Hammer, axe, ________ and _________. Well, any new tool today? Yes, I learned to use a wrench. Is wrench a spanner? ______________. It is a _______________. I have never used a wrench. Tell me how to turn it. Oh, sure. Always_____________________. Ok. Never turn __________________________. Why? If you turn the jaw ______ from the wrench, it will strain the wrench. Oh, ok. Hope you got the point. Yes. Now, I understand. Thanks for sharing. I thank you too for ________________. 6. Using the picture clue and the context complete the dialogue. Role play the dialogue with your friend. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 111 You Friend 1 Friend 2 Hi all! I’ve got some news for you. What _______? What _______? It’s about the _______ workshop for our trade trainees. We had it ________ year too. (last/ this) Did we? Yes, we had, but this time it is on a _______ (same/different) topic. Please tell me the topic of the workshop. Is it on Weaving? No, It’s _____________ So. We will be given training on embroidery___________. Well. Yes. Date and time please. And the venue? It’s on _______ at ________ Ok. Fine. Any other details? You should _______ on or before ________, and for further _______ contact ________. Can you _____ this message through WhatsApp? Please do. It would be useful. ________, I’ll do. Thanks________! Thanks _______! You’re welcome. JOB MELA For ITI passed trainees All trades on 21.08.2019 at 10.00 a.m in Government ITI Guindy, Chennai GOVERNMENT INDUSTRIAL TRAINNING INSTITUTE (ITI) Himachal Pradesh CRAFTS WORKSHOP on Surface Ornamental (Embroidery) Techniques for SEWING TECHNOLOGY TRADE STUDENTS on 05.09.2019 at 9.00 a.m in Main auditotrium Register on or before 03.09.2019. For details contact ganesh@gmail.com 7. Read the following information and fill in the blanks in the conversation between A, B & C. Role play the conversation with your friends. 8. Use the clues given and role play conversation sharing the given information with your friends. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 112 You Friend 1 Friend 2 Hi friends! There is a ___________ ___________ ? Really? Yes, it is on ___________ ___________ ? Oh, in our campus! Yes, ___________ At what time? Fine. It’s at ___________ Ok. Are you all attending? Yes, ___________ No, ___________ Why ___________? Tell us why? I’m going to Bangalore to attend an interview. Oh, Ok. All the best! Thanks friends! All the best for you too! All the best! HINDUSTAN COPPER LIMITED Indian Copper Complex, Ghatsila Ref:- HCL/ICC/HR/R&E/TA/2018 Applications invited for Trade Apprenticeship (Training) WEB Hoisting Date : 14/08/2018 Item Description Trade Apprentice 52 (fifty two) 1. Fitter (ex ITI) - 20 2. Electrician” - 18 3. Welder (G&E)” - 03 4. Machinist” - 01 5. Turner” - 02 6. Crane Operator” - 08 Total :- 52 Name of the post No. of post Place of posting Moubhandar Works Type of Employment (i.e. Training (only for one Year) Engagement) Method of Recruitment Written Test Training Eligibility Qualifications High School or equivalent + ITI with 60% Marks in respective Trade (for SC/ST/OBC/PWD-50% Marks). The ITI passout should be not before the year 2015 One year (As per Govt. Guidelines) Stipend Money (at present) Rs. 6008/- (Those who have completed two Years course of ITI.) 2 3 4 5 6 7 : : : : : : 1 Complete the What I learned column in the KWL chart. • It is necessary to share information with others in social, professional and academic contexts. • There are specific phrases and expressions used to share information. • Practice in using appropriate expressions and application in real life situations is important. 1. Collect recent job advertisements like the one shown below and share information regarding the opportunities available for your trade with your friends. 2. Visit Bharat Skills at https://bharatskills.gov.in and share the information available related to your field with your friends. https://in.video.search.yahoo.com/yhs/search?fr=yhs-trp-001&hsimp=yhs- 001&hspart=trp&p=sharing+information+ESL+videos#id=5&vid=461c56981884ab4c25844452e10 4a4df&action=click Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 113 18. Recall 1. Saran: “I’d like to __________ you to Mary. Mary this is Helen.” Helen: “How do you __________.” a. point...do b. introduce...do c. show...go d. give...be 2. Helen: “It’s __________ to meet you.” Mary: “It’s my __________.” a. nice...pleasure b. good...pleasure c. great...pleasure d. All of the answers are correct 3. Jamal: “I’m going home now. See you __________.” Paul: “__________!” a. tomorrow...ok b. later...ok c. soon...sounds good! d. All of the answers are correct 4. Rani: “Hey Mala. What’s __________?” Mala: “Not much. I’m __________ watching TV.” a. on...trying b. home...sitting c. going...not d. up...just 5. Hey there, Jai, What’s __________? a. going on b. in the way c. on d. Hi, how’s life? 6. Hey, come and join us. To whom will you say this? a. Teacher b. Friend c. Parent d. Superior 7. Hello, this is Janaki from Nagpur. This sentence can be used for a. apologising b. welcoming c. thanking d. introducing 8. Can I please finish the job tomorrow, Sir? To whom will you say this? a. Father b. Friend c. Parent d. Supervisor 9. Hello Ms. Anita. How are you today? To whom will you say this? a. Teacher b. Colleague c. Postman d. Classmate 10. It was a pleasure seeing you. This statement is a a. formal welcome b. informal welcome c. formal departing d. informal departing 11. What will be the best response to the question ‘Are you coming to the picnic tomorrow? a. Yes b. I wrote it well. c. It was good. d. Great 12. When are you going to London, then? a. Yes b. On Tuesday c. No d. Maybe 13. Will you be doing some shopping? a. Last week b. Congratulations c. I certainly will. d. Yes, I’d submitted. 14. Has Malliga called us for the party? a. She will go. b. Yes, she has. c. I will certainly. d. On Monday 15. Was Ajay crying? a. No, he wasn’t. b. Yes, they were. c. I left it. d. Congratulations 16. Can we leave early? a. We’ll go tomorrow. b. Yes, you can. c. He’s okay now. d. I met him. 17. Should I be doing this differently? a. Please don’t sit. b. Yes, you should. c. He’s not here. d. Thank you 18. The date is wrong on the letter. a. I wrote it. b. Oh, yes it is. c. I told the teacher. d. I did not inform him. 19. So we have to be here by eight o’clock, not nine o’clock. a. Who’s that? b. Okay, fine. c. Yes, yesterday. d. I met him. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 114 20. I’ve had a headache all day. a. Poor you! I hate headaches. b. That’s fantastic. c. Congratulations d. Thank you 21. The statement ‘Can you please take me to the lathe?’ can be used for a. making request b. sharing information c. none d. giving opinion 22. The statement ‘Do you know about the seminar?’ can be used for a. none b. sharing information c. making enquiry d. giving opinion 23. The statement ‘I think this job is very easy’ can be used for a. making request b. none c. making enquiry d. giving opinion 24. The statement ‘Is this the way to the library?’ can be used for a. none b. sharing information c. making enquiry d. giving opinion 25. The statement ‘I feel we need to help him’ can be used for a. making request b. none c. making enquiry d. giving opinion 26. The statement ‘Are you going to the workshop?’ can be used for a. making request b. none c. making enquiry d. giving opinion 27. The statement ‘Please help me finish this’ can be used for a. making request b. none c. making enquiry d. giving opinion 28. The statement ‘May I know your mobile number please?’ can be used for a. making request b. none c. making enquiry d. giving opinion 29. The statement ‘This is the schedule for tomorrow’s conference’ can be used for a. making request b. sharing information c. none d. giving opinion 30. The statement ‘I feel you shouldn’t have spoken so harshly’ can be used for a. making request b. none c. making enquiry d. giving opinion Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 115 19. Formal and Informal Communication At the end of this lesson, you shall be able to: • identify what communication is • identify the types of communication • recognize and use relevant expressions to communicate. What I already Know What I Want to find out What I Learned Communication is exchange of information from one person to another. People who are involved in the process of communication are called the sender and the receiver. Communication becomes complete when the information is being understood by both. The information may be in the form of speaking, writing or other mediums like image, gestures or videos. We communicate depending on the place or situation or the relation we share with the other person. Sender Reciever Telling: Sender Sender Receiver Receiver Message Message Feedback Communication: www.Business-Online-Learning.com Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 116 Based on the style and purpose, communication is of two types. a. Formal communication: It is also called official communication. It can be both written as well as oral. It can be verbal or non-verbal. b. Informal Communication: Communication between individuals or groups which is not official. It can be verbal or non-verbal. Verbal – Written/Oral Talking to your friends, family or work colleagues on the phone about personal matters. Hi Jenny! I am going out for shopping this weekend. Talking around the dinner table with family/friends. Don’t spill the food, Priya! Sending a friendly email to friends or colleagues. Chatting casually with people. This coffee is too good. Waving to friends as you walk by them. Bye! See you tomorrow. Patting someone on the back to show that you support them. That was a good presentation, Mr. Vikram. Sending wishes/ congratulating on achievements. My best wishes for your future endeavours! New Message seema123@yahoo.com Dear Seema, Hope this mail finds you in the best of your health. I had a wonderful time at your home in Kerala last week. I wanted to thank you for showing me around. Thanks to your mother for cooking yummy food for me. This was the best vacation i have over had:-) Please do plan to visit us in Hyderabad next vacation. Would be glad to return the favour. Keep in touch. Regards to uncle and aunty. Love Raji Subject Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 117 1. Read the three options provided for each question and decide which option issuitable to use as a response in formal written communication. Write your answer in the space provided. Non-verbal Facial Expression, Body Language, Gestures Answer a. Addressing your boss in an email. i. Dear Manickam ii. Hey, Manickam iii. Dear Sir b. Introducing oneself i. This is with regard to … ii. This is with reference to … iii. I want to tell you that … c. Closing the letter/email i. Lots of love ii. Warm regards iii. Many thanks d. Thanking someone. i. Thanks a million for that. ii. Many thanks for that. iii. Thank you very much for that. e. Saying sorry for your mistake. i. I’m sorry about that. ii. I wish to apologize for that. iii I sincerely apologize for that. 2. Sort the following formal and informal expressions. Write formal / informal in the space provided. Verbal Communication Formal Informal What’s up? Thank you, sir! With reference to your email, … I wish to bring to your kind notice … Listen, I wanted to tell you something. You are requested to complete the given assignment by Monday. No problem. I look forward to … Guess what? Let me congratulate you on … ANGER FEAR JOY SADNESS DISGUST SURPRISE This one ... Hello ... Hmm ... Calm down ... Yes!!! Oh no ... Woo hooo ... God, please ... Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 118 Look at the following non-verbal methods of informal communication. Gesture isnon-verbal communicationinwhichvisible body actions communicate aparticular message. Gestures include movement of the hands, face or other parts of the body. Facial Expressions The human face is extremely expressive, able to express countless emotions without saying a word. And unlike some forms of non-verbal communication, facial expressions are universal. The facial expressions for happiness, sadness, anger surprise, fear and disgust are the same across cultures. Hand movement (e.g.waving) Closeness (e.g. ‘Invading someone’s space’) Body contact (e.g Shaking Hands) Facial expression (e.g. frown) Eye movements (e.g. winking) Head movements (e.g. nodding) Appearance (e.g. untidiness) Posture (e.g. slouching) Sound (e.g. Laughing) Ways of talking (e.g. pauses, stress on words) Non-verbal communication /Body language Poor Posture Forward head Flat back Balanced upright posture Rounded shoulders Weak abdominal musdes Forward head Sway back Good Posture Poor Posture Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 119 worried Happy sleepy Angry Scared Wink Thinking Crying unwell Confused sleepy exhausted Thinking Crying unwell Confused sleepy exhausted 3. Identify the facial expression of each emoticon and match them with the appropriate word in the second column. 4. Look at the following pictures. Try to sort them into formal and informal communication. Write your responses in the space provided. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 120 Phrases for Writing a Formal Letter Dear Sir/Madam, Dear Mr/Mrs (surname) Beginnings Making a request Apologising Complaining Endings Signing off With reference to our telephone conversation yesterday (about) Thank you for your email regarding I am writing on behalf of I am writing to draw your attention to I would appreciate if you could I would be most grateful if you would Would you be so kind and I was wondering if you could We apologise for any inconvenience caused Please accept our sincere apologies I am writing to express my dissatisfaction with I find it most unsatisfactory that I’d like to complain about I look forward to hearing from you If you require any further information, please don’t hesitate to contact me Please feel free to contact me if you have further questions Yours sincerely (Dear + name) Yours faithfully (Dear Sir/Madam) 5. Look at the expressions used for writing a formal letter. 6. Choose the appropriate expressions and write a letter applying for apprenticeship in BHEL, Ranipet. From __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ To __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ Dear Sir/Madam, __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ Complete the What I learned column in the KWL chart. • Communication can be verbal or non-verbal. • The purpose of communication determines whether communication should be formal or informal. • Formal communication follows a prescribed format. There is no format for informal communication. It is more spontaneous. Make a list of words that are used in informal communication, but cannot be used for formal communication. https://in.video.search.yahoo.com/yhs/search?fr=yhs-trp-001&hsimp=yhs-001&hspart=trp&p=formal+and+inf ormal+communication+youtube#id=2&vid=ab6234d3a834635b78d405e4d89ce4cb&action=click Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 121 20. Speak and Share Information about Workplace At the end of this lesson, you shall be able to: • recognize words related to jobs • describe jobs and workplace environment • provide specific information about workplace. What I already Know What I Want to find out What I Learned A workplace is a location where people do their jobs. A worker has to speak and share information to his/her supervisor/manager/subordinate. He/she has to describe the job and details about workplace to customers too. It is essential to speak clearly and politely about workplace with others. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 122 1. Match the description in Column A with the suitable words in column B & C. The first one is done for you. Sl.No. A Job Description B Who? C Where? a. Install, maintain, and repair electrical wiring, equipment, and fixtures. May install or service street lights, intercom systems, or electrical control systems. Fitter Electrical unit/ workshop b. Format typescript and graphic elements using computer software to produce publication-ready material. Operate desktop publishing software and equipment to design layout. Electrician Machine workshop c. Cut or drill holes in walls or floors to accommodate the passage of pipes. Measure, cut, thread and assemble new pipe, placing the assembled pipe in hangers or other supports. Customer Representative Buildings/plumbing unit d. Workers align parts, use jack, turnbuckles, wedges, drift pins, pry bars, hammer, move partsinto position, manually or using crane. Desktop Publisher Front Office e. Interact with customers in order to provide information about products and services, to take orders or cancel accounts, or to obtain details of complaints. Understand people with different cultural backgrounds. Plumber DTP Centre 2. Using the job description given in activity 1, complete the dialogue given. You You friend Which job do you think is difficult? Please wait. Let me read the job descriptions given. OK I think the job of a plumber is difficult. Why Plumber! A plumber has to __________________ __________________________________ __________________________________ __________________________________. He has helpers to work with him. Right, but if anything goes wrong, it is not easy to find the fault and the job has to start all over again. Yes. A plumber needs good skills and some patience too! Certainly! Now tell me which job you think is _________________. I will say the job of _____________________________. Is a Customer Representative job that difficult? ____________________________. Tell me how. A Customer Representative has to ______________________________ ______________________________ ______________________________ __________________________________ __________________________________ __________________________________ He has to listen carefully and understand _____________________ ______________________________ Yes, one has to be customer friendly. A customer may speak different _________, and may come from _________ places Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 123 3. Using the job description table given in activity 1, discuss any two jobs performed by people at their workplace with your friend. You You friend Which job do you think is difficult? I think the job of a plumber is difficult. Why ___________! A _________ has to __________________ __________________________________ __________________________________ __________________________________. ______________________________ __________________________________ Yes. A ________ needs good skills _____________________________. Certainly! Now tell me which job you think is _________________. I will say the job of _____________________________. __________________________________ __________________________________ ____________________________. __________________________________ A _______________________ has to ______________________________ ______________________________ ______________________________ ______________________________ __________________________________ __________________________________ __________________________________ __________________________________ 4. Practice role play with your friend. You Your friend What do you do? I am a desktop publisher at ABC software solutions. Where is your office located? It is at Kumaran Nagar, Chennai. It is on the third floor in a building. How do you commute to your workplace? I go by train. Tell me about the nature of your job. I enter data and process information using computers. Fine. How do you process information? I compile, codify, categorize, and verify information or data. What else do you do? I also proof-read documents and correct the errors. How do you interact with your customers? We connect with our customers through email or phone. My office is customer-friendly. We also meet them in person. Oh I see. Do you do graphic designing and editing? Of course. We edit graphics using pixel or bitmap editing. Can you give me your office contact information? Yes. Here it is. Thanks! It’s my pleasure. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 124 5. Complete the dialogue and practise role play with your friend. You Your friend What do you do? I am a ____________ at _____________ . Where is your office located? It is at _____________________________________ __________________________________________ How do you commute to your workplace? __________________________________________ __________________________________________ Tell me about the nature of your job. I _________________________________________ __________________________________________ __________________________________________ Fine. How do you __________________? I_________________________________________ __________________________________________ __________________________________________ What else do you do? I _________________________________________ __________________________________________ __________________________________________ How do you interact with your customers? I contact my customers through ________________ __________________________________________ __________________________________________ Oh I see. Can you ___________________ __________________________________? Of course. Can you give me your office contact information? __________________________________________ Thanks! __________________________________________ 6. Provide information about the workplace given in the chart and practise role play. Printer placed on floor instead of on table 6 3 10 4 7 1 5 11 8 9 2 Person carrying too much at once Rocking on chair Sitting at desk (repetitive movements) Overloading trolley to move files Boxes and files stacked too high Boxes blocking fire exit Work station ergonomics (layout of dest) Cord on Files on floor ground OFFICE My Workplace Uneven floor, carpeting How many hazards do you find? (trip hazard) Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 125 Supervisor Worker I have received complaints about our workplace safety. Please check them immediately and share the details with me. Madam, I have already checked our office. Ok, tell me about it. There are many hazards like _________________ ____________________ _____________________________________ ____________________________________ ____________________________________ ____________________________________ ____________________________________ ____________________________________ ____________________________________ What about the workers in the office? Some have poor work habits which may affect their health. An awareness programme on occupational hazards can be conducted. Any other ___________? There is no fire alarm in the office. Oh! __________ will be installed soon. Thanks …. 7. Complete the telephone conversation with the customer and practise role play. Customer Customer Representative Hello! Hello! This is AB Car customer service. I am ___________. I’m __________, how can I help you sir? I want to know whether my _____ is ready for use. Give me your car details please. It’s a _____________________ PB 7767. Just a minute sir. Let me check. Ok. It’s ________ for delivery. Fine. Can I collect it by 7 p.m today? _________ sir. Our office ________ by 6 p.m. If you confirm the address, we will deliver it ourselves before 6. That’s fine. Please deliver it to my address. Sure ____________. What is your work timings? We provide service from ______a.m. to ______ p.m. only sir. Ok. Thanks. ________________. Goodbye sir. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 126 8. Complete the dialogue. Hi _____________ Hi _________, How are you? Fine, ____________? Fine. What do you do? I work in a clothing company. Oh fine! Tell me about your workplace. Well. It’s a small scale company with 50 people working in it. There is a godown attached to it. Ok. What are you there? I work as _____________________. Fine. I do ___________________________ _______________________________. Is it an ISO certified company? Yes, ______________ How many hours do you work? I work for _________________________ Fine. You Your Friend Where do you work? I work in _________________________. Tell me about your office. It is ______________________________ __________________________________ Fine. What are the facilities available? __________________________________ __________________________________ That’s good. We also have _______________________ __________________________________ That’s fine. I wish to work in such a place. If you are interested, you can apply for the post of AC Mechanic as there is a vacancy. Yes, I would like to. You can send your _________ to the HR. Can you ___________________it please? ___________________________________ ___________________________________ ___________________________________ ___________________________________ ___________________________________ 9. Using the picture clues, speak to your friend about the facilities available in the workplace. Day care centre Cafeteria Gym Library Health centre Complete the What I learned column in the KWL chart. Listen to the video and explore different ideas about workplace experience. https://www.khanacademy.org/college-careers-more/career-content/manage-people-and-processes/businessoffice-manager/v/jay-business-office-manager-how-i-got-my-job-and-where-im-going https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=OayCm263kIM • One must be aware of workplace information in order to deal with one’s peers, superiors and subordinates. • Usage of apt information and expressions are essential for success in the workplace. • Talking politely helps to maintain good environment at workplace. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 127 21. Discussions on Current Happenings At the end of this lesson, you shall be able to: • express thoughts, views and opinions • ask clarifications, agree/disagree with others • use expressions to initiate and engage in discussions. What I already Know What I Want to find out What I Learned Discussion is an activity in which participants talk about a specific subject. It requires all participants to share their ideas, thoughts and opinions. It helps to understand how ideas/thoughts are organized and expressed with clarity. a. Common expressions/phrases used in discussions. Initiating Discussion Asking for Opinion/Explanation/Clarification Ending Discussion Let’s talk about … Let’s discuss … Shall we discuss …? Did you read/hear about …? Let’s begin … Let’s start … Can you tell me …? What do you think about/of …? What’s your opinion about …? Do you think/feel ...? How do you feel about ...? May I ask you …? Tell me about … Please explain/clarify … Let’s conclude … Let’s finish … In conclusion … To sum up … To conclude … Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 128 b. A few practical hints to help you do discussions. In a discussion … • maintain eye contact while speaking • speak clearly and sensibly • allow others to speak • listen to others carefully • make sure to bring the discussion on track • have positive attitude • be polite. Ganesh Peppin Aiysha Let’s talk about the career opportunities for ITI trainees. I think there are many. Is it? I hope so. There are very good opportunities for ITI trades. I disagree with you. There was a mention of 3000 vacancies for ITI trainees in public sector companies. There are opportunities in foreign countries too. Really? It is generally considered that ITI courses are not competitive, but it is not so. There is a shortage of skilled craftsmen all over the world. Do you mean there’s a need for people who fix things and provide services? Definitely! For example, trades like fitters have more opportunities in international oil and gas factories. I agree, but many do not know how to apply for these jobs. Personal Point of View • In my experience ... • As far as I’m concerned ... • In my opintion ... • Personally, I think ... • I’d say that ... • I’d like to point out that ... • I believe that ... Agreeing with an opinion • Of course. • You’re absolutely right. • Yes, I agree. • I think so too. • That’s a good point. Exactly.• • That’s true. • Neither do I. • I couldn’t agree more. General Point of View • It is thought that ... • Some people say that ... • It is considered ... • It is generally accepted that ... • Disagreeing with an opinion • Yes, but ... • I’m sorry to disagree with you, but ... • That’s not entirely true. • On the contrary ... • I’m not so sure about that. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 129 1. Choose the best response. The first one is done for you. a. When you start a discussion on a topic, what do you say? i. Let’s discuss ii. Let’s finish b. To express an opinion, you say ___________ i. My opinion is ii. Let’s start c. How do you ask for clarification? i. That’s true ii. Can you please clarify …? d. When you agree with an idea/opinion, you say ________ i. Yes, I agree. ii. I’m not sure. e. When you disagree with an idea/opinion, you say ___________ i. Do you know …? ii. I’m sorry, but … f. How do you express a personal view? i. In my experience … ii. I disagree … g. How do you give a general opinion? i. Tell me about … ii. Generally, it is considered … h. What do you say when you strongly disagree? i. That can’t be right. ii. I’m not sure. i. What do you say when you politely disagree? i. You’re wrong. ii. I’m afraid, I have to disagree. j. How do you keep the discussion moving? i. Next, let’s talk about … ii. To summarize … 2. Observe the pictures and match the columns with the correct responses. The first one is done for you. The placement cell will help us to get the right jobs. Yes, they have tie-ups with many national and international companies. Oh I see! We had a good discussion. To sum up, ITI trainees have better opportunities if they have right skill sets. It’s very informative, thank you friends. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 130 A B What do you see in the first picture? She maintains a good eye contact. It is an essential skill required in discussions. Don’t you think it’s a negative attitude? Definitely! We should avoid such behaviour in discussions. What do you see in the second picture? You may lose the track of discussion. You will not be able to speak sensibly. How do you say that she’s listening? I think in the first picture, friends walk off because they are unhappy or have disagreed on something. Correct, but if you don’t listen …? The second one is positive. The lady listens carefully to the speaker. Exactly! What about the next picture? Yes, it will. They should sort out their differences to have a healthy discussion. Won’t impolite behaviour affect discussions? The third one looks like an argument. Their body language seems to be aggressive. 3. Read the following text on MUDRA Loan and fill in the blanks. Role play the same with your friends. MUDRA LOAN • Mudra loan is provided by the MicroUnits Development&Refinance Agency Ltd., underthe Pradhan Mantri MUDRA Yojana scheme. • This loan is particularly for non-farming and non-corporate micro and small enterprises. • The enterprises can avail loans up to Rs.10 Lakh under this scheme. • The scheme was launched by the Prime Minister in 2015. A B C Do you know about MUDRA loan? Yes, I have heard of it. No, I __________________. Tell me what it is. It is a loan provided by ____________________. It comes under the ________________ scheme. Who can apply for it? Non-farming and ___________ enterprises can apply. Oh, I see. Fine. How much amount one can get? Up to Rs __________. Oh, that’s great. This will be helpful for micro and small ________. Do you know when it was launched? I think it was in ___________. A good initiative. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 131 4. Read the following passage on Hydraulics and Pneumatics. Imagine that you are Rakesh. Complete the given sentences and use the same to discuss the topic with your friend, John. Issues Hydraulics Pneumatics Power Hydraulic tools are powerful, because they use pressurized liquid (oil). Pneumatic tools cannot deliver the same power, because they use pressurized air. Maintenance Very little maintenance is required, as the internal parts are always bathed in oil. More maintenance is required as it includes draining moisture from air tanks and constantly keeping tools oiled. Noise They are quiet. They are accompanied by loud compressors. Temperature It will operate in sub-zero temperatures. It will not freeze up. Due to moisture in the air, they can freeze up. Cost They are about twice the cost of pneumatic tools. Pneumatic tools are cheaper and easier to build. John Rakesh I am planning to buy a Pneumatic water pump for my house. What is your ______________? In my opinion, Hydraulic pumps are better than ________________. How do you say that? Hydraulics is more powerful because ______ _________________________________. Yes, but doesn’t it need a tank to store the liquid/oil? Of course, but comparatively it has more advantages. Oh I see! It requires very little ______________________. That’s a good point to be considered. In terms of noise, _____________________________ ____________________________________ ________. That’s good. Another advantage is that it will operate in _ ___________________________________ ___. But I think Hydraulic pumps are very costly. Yes, they are. But it’s only the initial cost. The running cost is very less compared to Pneumatic pumps. Really! Now I agree. _______________________. Thanks for the ___________________________. So, have you changed your mind? Yes, _______________________________. It’s a better option. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 132 5. You have already applied for the apprenticeship program. Your friend also wants to apply for the same. Complete the conversation and role play the same with a partner. A B I’m interested in applying for _____________. Do you have any idea? I have already _______________________. Where do you find the application form? Go to ___________________ website. Click the link ________________________________. Ok. Can you tell me ______________________? Sure. You need to fill: 1. contact details. 2. ___________________________________. 3. ___________________________________. 4. ___________________________________. 5. ___________________________________. Then click Submit to complete the process. Thanks a lot for _________________________. ________________________________________. Note: www.apprenticeship.gov.in is the official website to apply for the apprenticeship training. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 133 NSDA invites innovative ideas/concepts. Innovators may send proposals. Appointed committee reviews the proposals. Shortlisted proposals are invited for presentations. Selected ideas are implemented. 6. Initiate a discussion with your friends highlighting the benefits of overseas internship. You may use the details given in the passage. Use the frames given below. Overseas Internship India is one of the youngest nations in the world with nearly 65% of its population in the working age group of 15-64 years and more than 54% of its total population below 25 years of age. India needs to equip its workforce with employable skills and knowledge so that they can contribute to the economic growth of the country. The Ministry of Skill Development and Entrepreneurship has engaged actively with several countries with the purpose of technology transfer in skill training, training of trainers, setting up of model and centres of excellence. In this respect, Technical Intern Training Program (TITP) offerstraining to the workersfor a specific period of 3-5 yearsin Japan’s industrial society. It also promotes international collaboration through the transfer of skills, technology and knowledge among the participating countries. This will contribute towards human resource development. Do you know about ______________? I think ___________________. It is considered that _________________. In my opinion, __________________. TITP offers ___________________. It promotes ____________________. It contributes ___________________. 7. Your friend has invented a camera equipment to diagnose plumbing issues in sewer lines. Using the information given below, tell him about NSDA’s Innovation Cell and ask him to submit his idea to the Agency. You may use the ideas given. Innovation Cell The National Skill Development Agency (NSDA), invites innovative ideas, concepts and practices on skill development. A committee has been set up to review all such innovations and to facilitate their application on a wider scale. All the innovators who wish to bring their ideas and practices may send their proposals and presentation to the National Skill Development Agency via email to innovations@nsda.net.in. Shortlisted proposals will be invited to make presentation before the Committee which will meet every month on the third Wednesday of the month at 11 a.m. in the NSDA office. Selected innovative practices will be facilitated and propagated for wider application. For more details, visit http://www.nsda.gov.in/ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ 8. Read the passage and in group sdiscuss the various career options you may have if you are skilled in CAD. Computer Assisted Design (CAD) CAD is a process of creating a technical diagram with the use of computersoftware. It is an important technology in the field of drafting and design. It hasthe benefits of lower product development costs and a shortened design cycle. The ability to create diagrams and illustrations with computer software is a useful skill that can lead to a variety of jobs. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 134 Complete the What I learned column in the KWL chart. Electrical drafters They create diagrams that lay out wiring setups. These diagrams are used by professionals who repair and install electrical equipment and wiring. CAD Mechanical drafters They prepare detailed assembly drafts for use with mechanical devices and machines. These drawings include methods of fastening, dimensions and other specifications. Aeronautical drafters They create plans and drawings that detail engineering specifications for use in the manufacturing of airplanes and missiles. Architectural drafters They draw features of buildings, both structural and architectural, used in construction jobs. Diagrams may include materials needed to complete the job for both commercial and residential buildings. Civil drafters They create topography and relief maps for use in civil engineering projects. These projects include bridges, water and sewage systems, highways and flood control setups. __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ • Discussion helps in generating ideas about a topic. • It helps to listen actively, think clearly and respond meaningfully. • Discussing a topic becomes easier when common expressions/phrases are used. Visit https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=nAGvLAoqmUk. Listen to the video on NSQF and discuss the role of NSQF in skill developmentwith friends. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 135 22. Telephone Skills Caller – person who makes a call On hold – phone is kept in waiting with a purpose Engaged/busy – person you are trying to call is speaking to someone else Receiver – person who receives a call Hang up – end a telephone call Hang up – end a telephone call At the end of this lesson, you shall be able to: • identify phrases related to the use of telephones • recognize the three phases of a telephone call • role play and practise making telephone calls. Basics of Telephone Call Let us try and learn the different situations that might arise during a call. the (tele) phone The receiver The dial The keypad The key What I already Know What I Want to find out What I Learned a. Parts of the phone Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 136 Answering the telephone Pick the phone in three rings. Greet the caller “hello, Good Morning”. Speak clearly. Answer by mentioning who you are. Listen actively. Keep a pen and paper handy. Taking a call How can I help you? May I know where you are calling from? May I know your name please? Note down the information. Thank the caller for calling. Say goodbye. Phases Step What you should do Example 1 Greet the person. Good morning Sir/Madam. 2 Introduce yourself. I am Rahim from ITI, Guindy. I am trainee in the electrician trade. 3 Say why you are calling. I am calling to find out if I may come for internship. 4 Discuss what should be done. If there is a chance, please let me know. My contact number is 9999922222. 5 Thank the person. Thank you Sir/Madam. Have a nice day. 6 Say goodbye. Goodbye, Sir/Madam. Speak politely. Use short sentences. Address the person using “Sir/Madam” in formal situations. Beginning Middle End b. Receiving a call The phone rings. I lift the receiver. I answer. I hang up the phone. I pick up the phone. I dial the phone. I talk. I hang up the phone. d. Receiving a call involves greeting the caller and finding out the purpose of the call. c. Making a call e. Three phases of telephone call Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 137 When you have to pass on a message to someone immediately, what do you do? Tell (speak) the message to him/her. What will you do if the person is far away? Tell the message over the _________________________ (caller, receiver, telephone) The person who makes the call is called ___________________ (caller, receiver, telephone) The person who receives the call is called ____________________ (caller, receiver, telephone) Trainees can contact the ITI over the ______________________ (caller, receiver, telephone) Press the numbers on the phone to call someone. End a phone call. Caller waits for information while on the phone. The phone number that was called is busy. 1. Read the following statements and write your responses in one or more words in the blanks. The clue to the responses is in the pictures given. The first one is done for you. 2. identify the appropriate word from the given words and match them. The pictures given may help you identify the meanings. You may get the help of your instructor, if necessary. on hold, dial, disconnect, engaged 3. Read the following expressions from telephone conversations. Try to break them into different parts like “greetings, identifying self and purpose of the call”. Fill them in the appropriate box. The first one is done for you. a. Hello! My name is Ramesh. I would like to speak to Anju, please. b. Good afternoon! This is Shanthi. May I speak to Arti? c. Hi! I’m Ajith. Is Anu at home? d. Hello! My name is Rajesh and I’m calling from HSBC. I would like to speak to Mr. Chetan from the marketing division. e. Good morning! I am calling from Harsha Trading Company. Could you connect me to your accountant? f. Good evening! Rakesh Sharma here. I would like to speak to Ms. Rekha. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 138 Sl. No. Greeting Identifying Self Purpose of Call 1. Hello! My name is Ramesh. I would like to speak to Anju, please. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Step What you should do 1 Greet the person. 2 Introduce yourself. 3 Say why you are calling. 4 Discuss what should be done. 5 Thank the person. 6 Say goodbye. Step What you should do 1 Greet the person. 2 Introduce yourself. 3 Say why you are calling. 4 Discuss what should be done. 5 Thank the person. 6 Say goodbye. 4. The pipe in your kitchen is leaking. Call the plumber. Tell him what needs to be done. 5. There is no electricity supply in your ITI workshop. Call the electricity board. There is electricity in the buildings near the ITI. Tell them what needs to be done. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 139 Step What you should do 1 Greet the person. 2 Introduce yourself. 3 Say why you are calling. 4 Discuss what should be done. 5 Thank the person. 6 Say goodbye. Step What you should do 1 Greet the person. 2 Introduce yourself. 3 Say why you are calling. 4 Discuss what should be done. 5 Thank the person. 6 Say goodbye. 1 Answer the call in the first ring. 2 Answer the call after ten rings. 3 Greet by saying “Hi, how are you?” 4 Tell the caller your name. 5 Speak while the caller is saying something without listening. 6 Speak very fast and make noises. 7 Be ready to note down what the caller has to say. 8 Ask politely what the caller has to say. 9 May I know your name please? ü 6. Your construction site needs to erect scaffolds for working at heights. Call the empaneled fabrication company. Tell them that you need scaffolds installed. Give them the site location. 7. Your garment unit makes reflective jackets. The reflective jackets are ready. They need to be packed and sent to the distributor in Lucknow. Call the cargo company. Tell them what needs to be done. 8. Your instructor has called you over the phone. You do not have his/her number. Tick the correct manner to answer the call from the given options. The first one is done for you. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 140 10 Who is this? 11 What do you want? 12 May I know what the matter is? 13 Call me later. I am watching a movie. 14 It is a holiday. Give me the details on Monday. 15 How did you get my number? Dos for Caller Always Sometimes Never Give your name. Greet. Give your telephone number. Say why you are calling. Give your address. Give the name of your company. Explain your relationship to the person you are calling. Answer with ‘Hello’. Answer with your number. Answer with your name. Answer with the name of your company. Answer with the name of your department. 9. When you make a call and introduce yourself, which ofthe following should you do? Tick always,sometimes or never as applicable. 10. Which of these ways would you use to answer the phone at work? Tick the appropriate column. Complete the What I learned column in the KWL chart. • Telephone calls have three phases: beginning, middle and end. • Making a call involves greeting, introducing oneself, describing the purpose ofthe call, discussion and thanking before ending the call. • Some common telephone call expressions include “to hang up”, “to hold”, “line busy”, “line engaged”, “dialling” and “disconnect”. Make a list of situations in which you will use the telephone to communicate. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6tfFRD0enV0 Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 141 What I already Know What I Want to find out What I Learned At the end of this lesson, you shall be able to: • identify expressions to make calls politely • practise to role play telephone conversations in given real-life situations • note down messages left by the caller to be passed on. Courtesy in Telephone Communication Courtesy is an important aspect of telephone communication. Courtesy is the politeness, concern and respect shown to the person spoken to. Expressions that show respect and being sensitive to gender are important. 23. Telephone Skills - Role Plays Unacceptable expressions Acceptable expressions ‘You will have to wait.’ ‘Thank you, I’ll check, or I’ll see.’ ‘Yeah.’ ‘Yes Madam/Sir.’ ‘I do not know.’ ‘One moment please, I’ll find out.’ ‘No, we can’t.’ ‘Yes, you may.’ a. Unacceptable and acceptable expressions Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 142 When requesting for something on the phone, use polite expressions like “may” or “could”. Could you please give me your number? May I take your number? When someone is not available, inform the caller politely. Request for a message. Note down the message. I am sorry. Mr Richard is not available. Shall I take a message? Would you like to leave a message? Mr Richard is not in office now. Ask for clarifications, when you are not sure about what they are saying. Could you repeat that, please? Could you speak a little more slowly, please? If you cannot hear very well, you need to ask them to be louder very politely. Could you please speak a bit louder? Would you mind increasing the volume of your voice, please? Be polite when you ask them to wait. Could you wait for a moment please? Hold the line for a moment please. When giving negative information, be polite. I am afraid, Mr Ramesh has left office. I am sorry. Mr Ramesh is on leave. Sl. No. Situations Expressions Answers a. You are not able to hear properly. Just a moment please. Let me get ready to take notes. b. The person the caller wants is not available. I am afraid that the person you want is in a meeting now. c. You want to take a pen and paper to note down the message. Could you please tell me your name and where you are calling from? d. You want to note down the details of the caller. Would you like to leave a message? e. You have not understood what the caller is saying. I am, sorry. He/She is not available now. f. You want to know if the caller wants to leave a message. Would you mind speaking louder? g. The person the caller wants is in a meeting. Could you repeat what you just said, please? b. Expressions to use 1. Match the following with the correct expressions to be used. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 143 a. The person is on another call. b. The person is on leave. c. The person is busy at the moment. d. The person is not in his seat. e. The person is in a meeting and will be free at 4. f. The person is available. I’m afraid he/ she is busy at the moment. I’m afraid he/ she is away/ not in at the moment/ in a meeting. I’m sorry he/ she is not available. I’ll put you through. Hold the line, please. Don’t Say Say Hang on … May I put you on ------------------? Hold on … --------- I put your call on --------------? Who is calling? May I know ----------- is --------------? I can’t hear you. Could you speak -------------? I am unable to hear you. I can’t help you. I need to -------------- your call to the ------------ so that they can answer your question, May I do so? Rinki is a COPA trainee. She wants to apply for internship in ABC manufacturing company. She calls Manish, the recruiting officer. Manish is the recruiting officer in ABC manufacturing company. He is receiving a call from Rinki. Rinki wants to do internship training in ABC manufacturing company. Hello, am I talking to Mr Manish? Hello, yes this is Manish speaking. I am Rinki, COPA trainee from ITI, Suratkal. Nice to know. May I know what I can do for you? I wish to apply for internship in your company. I am sorry. We are currently not enrolling candidates for internships. Could you tell when I may approach you again? Sure. Please make a note of it. Just a moment please. Let me take a pen and paper to note down. Our normal internships offer are from January to March every year. Thank you for the information. May I know the process for application? Sure. You need to apply through your ITI. The application should reach the company by December. Thank you, Mr Manish. I shall apply through my ITI in December. Good bye. You are welcome. Good bye. 2. You are answering a call. Note the situations and expressions given in the following table. What will you tell the caller in the following situations? Identify the correct expressions. Write the expressions in the space provided. You may use an expression more than once. 3. Fill in the blanks with the correct expressions to be used while answering telephone calls. You may use the words/phrases given: (transfer, hold, louder, section, who, hold, may, calling). 4. Read the following details about Manish and Rinki. Choose a partner. One of you play the role of Manish. Let the second person play the role of Rinki. Role play the telephone conversation. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 144 Shorab is a welder trainee. He wants to apply for apprenticeship training. He calls Mathew his instructor for advice. Mathew is a retired ITI instructor. He has been helping trainees for apprenticeship training. Shorab, an ITI trainee calls him seeking advice. Hello, am I talking to Mr Mathew? Hello, yes this is Mathew speaking. I am Shorab, trainee in welder trade from ITI, Trichy. Nice to know. May I know how I can help you? I wish to apply for apprenticeship training. Could you guide me, please? That’s good. Where did you complete your trade training? I completed my training from ITI, Trichy. Okay. Have you approached BHEL which is near your ITI? No, sir. Could you please tell me what I need to do? Sure. Please make a note of the following steps. Just a moment please. Let me take a pen and paper to note down. Register in the government of India apprenticeship portal. Choose BHEL Trichy under Establishment menu. It is enough if I register and choose BHEL, Trichy? No. That is the first step. You need to apply online in the BHEL online portal after registering in the government portal. Okay, sir. Is that all? No. You must take a printout of the online application. It must be submitted during verification. Thank you, sir. Could you tell me if there any other way to apply? Yes. BHEL notifies the employment exchange to publicize the information. Could you tell me if it is open to all candidates across the country? Preference is for candidates who can speak Tamil. Thank you, sir for the valuable information and guidance. Goodbye. Best wishes and Goodbye. Anu is a secretarial practice trainee. She wants to know job opportunities. She calls Sindhu, a career counsellor for advice. Sindhu is a career counsellor. She has been helping candidates identify job opportunities. Anu, a secretarial practice ITI trainee calls her seeking advice. Hello, am I talking to Ms Sindhu? Hello, yes this is Sindhu speaking. I am Anu, secretarial practice trainee from Government ITI for Women, Firozpur. Nice to know. May I know how I can help you? I wish to know the job opportunities for me. Could you guide me, please? Do you know what the job role expects from you? I am expected to maintain files and handle human resources efficiently. You are right. You also need to have the ability to plan and coordinate functions in the office. Okay, I got it. Could you please tell me the kind of jobs that I may apply for? Sure. Please make a note of it. Just a moment please. Let me take a pen and paper to note down. You may look for jobs as personal assistant, personal secretary in multinational companies, private offices, banks and other institutions. Where do I find the job advertisements other than in newspapers? You may find it in naukri.com, freshworld.com, timesjobs.com and other related sites. 5. Read the following details about Shorab and Mathew. Choose a partner. One of you play the role of Shorab. Let the second person play the role of Mathew. Role play the telephone conversation. 6. Read the following details about Anne and Sindhu. Choose a partner. One of you play the role of Anne. Let the second person play the role of Sindhu. Role play the telephone conversation. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 145 Okay, madam. Is that all? No. Please do google search typing “secretarial practice” to get the latest job offers. I shall do it. May I call you again while applying for jobs, please. Yes, you may please. Thank you, madam for the valuable information and guidance. Goodbye. All the best and Goodbye. Ms. Seema Receptionist Answer the phone with a company name. Check the company name. Repeat the company name. Introduce yourself and ask for someone. Respond and check B’s name. Clarify who you are. Ask B to wait. Receptionist Sandeep Answer Venkat’s phone. Ask to speak to Venkat. Apologise and say why Venkat isn’t available. Offer to take a message. Case 1: Accept the offer. Case 2: Say ‘No’ and that you will call later. Case 1: Ask for time to prepare. Check B’s Name 7. Ms. Seema of ICF, Chennai wants to talk to Ms. Durgadevi. The Receptionist who attends your call wants to tell you that Ms.Durgadevi is not available right now. Practise this conversation with a partner. Take turns to play each role. 8. Mr. Sandeep wants to talk to Mr. Venkat. Mr. Venkat’s phone was attended by the Receptionist in the office. The Receptionist wants to know whether Mr. Sandeep wants to leave behind a message for Mr. Venkat. Practise this conversation with a partner. Take turns to play each role. Complete the What I learned column in the KWL chart. • Positive and polite words are to be used while speaking on the telephone. • Practise on the identification and use of polite expressions is important. • While answering phone calls, sometimes, messages are to be noted down and passed on. Prepare a list of polite phrases used in telephone communication which you had observed and found to be interesting and useful. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=OWDyWLhu0FY https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Tw2r9DkL5co https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zNpmtVZFXS0 Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 146 What I already Know What I Want to find out What I Learned At the end of this lesson, you shall be able to: • identify specific words/signs in texts. • use contextual clues and recognize the meanings of words • read and show an understanding of general instructions. Reading is a process of understanding the meaning of the written words. It is a thinking activity that requires more concentration. Reading helps expand vocabulary and gives confidence to communicate. Locating key words, connecting prior knowledge, using contextual clues, predicting, questioning, re-reading and retelling are some of the strategies used for reading. 24. Let’s Read How to escape from a sinking car? Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 147 1. Identify the highlighted words as naming (N), action (A) or describing (D) words. The first one is done for you. a. injury wound cut hurt injury (N) sheet blister b. hammer axe micrometer spanner hammer ( ) wrench file c. electrician fitter draughtsman plumber electrician ( ) surveyor d. bobbin bobbin ( ) needle carpenter thread bobbin embroidery e. car truck lorry van car ( ) cycle bus f. finish close start end stop finish ( ) complete g. please sorry thanks welcome paper alright please ( ) h. plug socket plug ( ) switch wire current shirt i. nurse nurse ( ) doctor bank patient medicine hospital j. tablet laptop desktop computer engine ipad tablet ( ) k. bakery machinery savory plenary bakery ( ) berry cookery l. plotting drawing surveying dividing period plotting ( ) segmenting m. alarm fire harm sound ground alarm ( ) risk n. tool cool stool wool tool ( ) pool o. warehouse warehouse ( ) penthouse boathouse welfare factory p. caution warning caution ( ) motion precaution nation ration a. injury Sheet wound cut hurt blister b. hammer axe micrometer spanner wrench box c. electrician fitter draughtsman plumber French surveyor d. sewing needle carpenter thread bobbin embroidery e. car truck lorry van cycle bus f. finish close start end stop complete g. please sorry thanks welcome paper alright h. plug socket switch wire current shirt i. nurse doctor bank patient medicine hospital j. tablet laptop desktop computer engine ipad k. warning caution notice forklift alarm signal l. plotting land survey line draw ball m. varnish paint brush bake spray enamel n. chisel hammer saw clamp cookery nail o. mask gloves shoes book eye glasses helmet 2. Read the words given and circle the odd one out. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 148 3. Using the context and clues given identify and underline the meaning of the words given. a. Evacuate: fill, stay, live, empty, water. b. Immediately: lately, fast, slowly, delay, try. c. Warning: request, suggestion, order, letter, board. d. Alarm: tool, warning bell, sleeping bell, lunch bell, sign. e. Caution: help, sign, warning, operation, vehicle. f. Pedestrian: politician, plumber, child, walker, worker g. Protective: safe, selective, unsafe, proper, plastic h. Visible: dull, attractive, blind, dark, unseen. i. Warehouse: a construction site, a house for workers, a building for storing goods, a factory. j. Walkway: left, right, path, factory, warehouse. 4. Fill in the blanks with suitable answers. 1. There are three kinds of wires. ____ (true/false). 2. Are there five different colours? ____ (yes/no). 3. Green is a live wire. ____ (yes/no). 4. What is the colour of the neutral wire? ____. 5. Is there a red wire? ____ (yes/no). 6. Earth wire is in ________& _______ colour. 5. Read the poster given and choose the best answer. a. What does the first sign in the poster mean? i. Switch off the power. ii. call the police. iii. press the fire alarm. iv. pour water. b. The second sign means ___________. i. run towards the exit. ii. close the exit. iii. check the building. iv. run away from the exit. c. When there is fire in the building, you should _______ the building. i. stay in ii. leave iii. return to iv. go to d. If you hear the fire bell, you should immediately report to the _______. i. assembly point ii. stores room iii. canteen iv. shed. e. When you see the fourth sign, your entry to the building is ________________ i. easy ii. strictly not restricted iii. strictly not allowed iv. allowed f. The last sign means, _______. i. No risk ii. take risk iii. safe to enter iv. not safe to enter. Caution Forklift trucks operating No unauthorised persons allowed beyond this point High visibility clothing must be worn Protective footwear must be worn Pedestriand must keep to walkways Raise the alarm Leave building by the nearest available exit Reort to assembly point Do not return to the building until authorised to do so Do not take risks Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 149 6. Read the posters on tool safety and write the answers. A. a. __________ maintenance of tools is important. (proper/improper). b. Keep your tools clean and ______ (blunt/sharp). c. Is PPE necessary when you use power tools? ______ (yes/no). d. Can you carry a power tool by its cord? _______ (yes/no). e. If you use power tools in wet conditions, it is _______ (safe/unsafe). e. You should inspect all tools before use. ____ (True/False). B. a. Hand tools are _____ operated (manually/ electrically). b. Is hammer a hand tool? ______ (yes/no). c. What does ‘hazard’ mean? ____ (safety/danger). d. If a tool is misused, it is ____ (safe/unsafe). e. When a tool is maintained properly, it is in ____ condition. (good/bad). f. ________(Do/Do not) use damaged tools. Hand Tool Safety C. a. Can you use a carpenter’s hammer on metals? _____ (yes/no). b. Can you drive nails with a Machinist’s hammer? _____ (yes/no). c. Is it possible to use a file with handle? ______ (yes/no). d. Can you use a wrench too large for nuts? ______ (yes/no). e. Should you use improper tools for the job? ___ (yes/no). f. Should you handle the tools with care? ___ (yes/no). 7. Predict and match the actions in column A with their results in column B. A B a. There is fire in the factory. She is knowledgeable. b. He played football regularly. The trainees listened. c. The pipe was repaired. He won the match. d. She reads books and visits places. Entry is restricted. e. The instructor started to talk. Water problem is solved. A B a. The surveyor measured the land. The Mechanic arrived. b. The small object has to be measured. The welder is called. c. The car broke down. The surface became smooth. d. The steel gate is broken. Plotting of land was done. e. He used the file on metals. She brought the micrometer. d d Never drive nails with a Machinist’s hammer Never use a wrench too large for nut Use proper tools FOR THE JOB Take care OF THEM Never use file without a handle Never use a carpenter’s hammer on metal Five Basic Safety Rules Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 150 8. Underline the sequence words as you read the steps about how to spray paint on an object. a. First, wipe the object clean of any debris or dust. b. Then, place the object on a large piece of cardboard or newspaper to protect the surface on which you are spray painting. c. Next, apply the first coat of spray paint. d. Make sure you spray at least 8 inches away from the object and rotate the object as you spray. e. Apply two or three coats of paint for a bright look. 9. Read the points given in the following poster and retell them using sequence words to your friend. Make notes here. Complete the What I learned column in the KWL chart. Visit https://learningenglish.britishcouncil.org and click on ‘Skills’ link. Then, click on the ‘Reading’ link. Choose a reading lesson based on your level and interest and do the activities given. __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ • Reading is a process of getting meaning from texts. • It is a thinking activity that needs more focus and attention. • Reading strategies like predicting, rereading, using context clues and connecting knowledge help one understand the texts better. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 151 25. Recall 1. I work in an IT Company. I am a a. teacher b. software engineer c. doctor d. lawyer 2. I take care of people’s need to look pretty or handsome. I am a a. beautician b. plumber c. welder d. typist 3. I join metal parts together. I am a a. plumber b. welder c. mechanic d. software engineer 4. I repair vehicles and change spare parts of machines. I am a a. nurse b. mechanic c. welder d. plumber 5. I help in designing and building houses. I am a. a fitter b. an architectural assistant c. a turner d. a machinist 6. I work with wood designing doors and windows. I am a a. fireman b. carpenter c. draughtsman d. beautician 7. I specialise in the design and manufacture of shoes. I am a a. footwear maker b. foot doctor c. paediatrician d. shoe mender 8. I am a rubber technician. I work in an industry that manufactures a. medicines b. tyres c. pencils d. soft-drinks 9. I am a plastic processing operator. I work with a. steel b. polymeric materials c. laptops d. robots 10. I use water hoses, ladders and other extinguishers for my job. I am a a. plumber b. fireman c. welder d. machinist 11. The instructor advised the trainees that they should wear their shoes compulsorily inside the workshop. This sentence means a. trainees cannot enter the workshop if they do not wear shoes b. trainees will be asked to wait outside the workshop c. trainees can wear socks and enter the workshop d. trainees may wear shoes if they want 12. Embroidery courses are a great opportunity for enhancing one’s employability skills. This sentence means a. you may find it difficult to get a job if you learn embroidery b. learning embroidery increases the chances of getting a job c. embroidery is a very difficult course d. embroidery courses are not useful 13. Maintaining tools in good condition is the duty of every worker. This sentence means a. workers need to keep their tools with them wherever they go b. tools must be well taken care of c. workers should buy expensive tools d. tools help workmen in their work 14. Fire alarms alert that the inmates should evacuate the building immediately. This sentence means a. people can move to a different room b. you need to run out of the building c. you must try and put off the fire first d. wait till the fire disappears Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 152 15. Apprenticeship exposes learners to real-life situations they can encounter in industries later. This sentence means a. apprenticeships teach theoretical aspects clearly b. you can learn more practical aspects when you are an apprentice c. apprenticeships are expensive and time-consuming d. apprenticeship lessons are not useful in jobs 16. Hotel management is a a. hospitality course b. mechanical trade c. engineering trade d. training to be a driver 17. Find the odd one out in the list: keyboard, CPU, mouse, monitor, charger. 18. Find the odd one out in the list: helmet, glove, varnish, goggles, shoes. 19. Find the odd one out in the list: running, walking, swimming, stitching 20. Find the odd one out in the list: sim card, charger, display, hammer 21. The phrase ‘Let’s discuss’ is used for a. diverting from the main topic b. apologising c. starting a discussion topic d. disagreeing 22. The phrase ‘In my opinion’ is used for a. diverting from the main topic b. apologising c. expressing personal view d. disagreeing 23. The phrase ‘That’s true’ is used for a. diverting from the main topic b. agreeing c. starting a discussion topic d. disagreeing 24. The phrase ‘Can you please clarify …?’ is used for a. elaborating b. apologising c. starting a discussion topic d. disagreeing 25. The phrase ‘I’m not sure, but …?’ is used for a. elaborating b. apologising c. mild disagreeing d. total disagreeing 26. The phrase ‘While I agree with you …?’ is used for a. elaborating b. apologising c. starting a discussion topic d. disagreeing 27. The phrase ‘Generally, it is considered …?’ is used for a. elaborating b. making a common statement c. starting a discussion topic d.disagreeing 28. The phrase ‘Can we now summarise?’ is used for a. summarising b. apologising c. starting a discussion topic d. disagreeing 29. The phrase ‘May I explain what I mean, …’ is used for a. elaborating b. apologising c. agreeing d. disagreeing 30. Vimla was leaning throughout the group discussion. Which aspect of discussion was she missing out on? a. impressive beginning b. posture c. smile d. loud and dominating voice 31. Rajan was looking at his shoes during the group discussion. What mistake did he do? a. gestures b. no proper eyecontact c. poor dressing d.dominating the discussion 32. Which question the person answering the phone may ask you when you call a company. a. What do you want? b. Who’s calling please? c. Why are you calling? d. Who are you? Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 153 33. You say ‘hang on’, a. to put an end to a conversation b. to say you are waiting. c. to mean you are bored d. to keep a telephone connection open 34. Please ... and I’ll put you through. a. stop b. stay c. remain d. hold 35. What is the expression used to connect two people on the telephone? a. I’m talking you through b. I’m putting you through c. I’m sending you through d. I’m telling you through 36. Hang on for ... a. a second b. an hour c. sometimes d. always 37. Just a second. I... if he is in! a. would see b. should see c. will see d. must see 38. Please hold and I’ll ... you through a. give b. let c. put d. have 39. Who ... I say is calling? a. shall b. did c. should d. can 40. You ‘ve ... the Finance Department. a. reached b. got c. had d. achieved 41. ... I speak to Mr Lokesh? a. Should b. Can c. Must d. Need 42. When you answer the phone you need to say your name and …? a. The name of the company b. “Hello!” c. “How are you today?” d. Address 43. Why are telephone greetings so important? a. It is common. b. It shows that you are happy. c. It shows that you are polite. d. It helps in knowing who’s speaking. 44. What is important about your voice? a. the volume b. the speed c. the tone d. all of the above 45. When putting a caller on hold, what do you need to say or ask? a. ask if it is ok to put the caller on hold b. “Would you like to be put on hold?” c. “I apologise for the inconvenience” d. “I will put you on hold” 46. When talking to a caller after putting him/her on hold, what should you say? a. “Nice that you have no other work.” b. “Thank you for holding” c. “I told you it was not going to be long” d. None of the above 47. Who should end the phone call first? a. the person who answered b. the person who called c. it doesn’t matter d. none of the above 48. What item (s) listed below are appropriate while answering the phone? a. chewing gum b. listening to the low music in the background c. smoking d. you shouldn’t have any distractions of any kind Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 154 49.Besides having a paper and pencil ready, why would you ask the caller for their phone number? a. to inform the person the caller wanted to pass on the message b. to show the caller you are polite and considerate c. in case the caller is rude. this way you can call him back d. use it to draw while bored 50. When you leave a message in someone’s voicemail, what is most important? a. say the date and time b. say your telephone number c. just because it is available d. say who you are and the purpose of the call and ask to call back 51. You are having a conversation with your colleague and the phone rings. What do you do? a. Get the caller’s phone number and tell him/her that you will call him / her back. b. Tell your colleague to wait. c. Answer the phone and put the caller on hold. d. Just ignore the call Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 155 26. Writing Simple Sentences At the end of this lesson, you shall be able to: • write sentences using the given frames • arrange the given words in the correct order and make sentences • write simple sentences on your own. What I already Know What I Want to find out What I Learned Ability to write in English is a very important skill. Well-written job applications and resume help one get good jobs. Developing the ability to communicate through writing will help one get employment not only within the country, but will open up opportunities across the world. 1. We write for different reasons and on many different occasions. Let’s write a few sentences using the following words. I, we, he, she, you, they, eats, gave, goes, come, walk, is, are, an apple, the book, coming, I gave the book. Are you coming? She eats an apple. __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 156 2. Look at the pictures in the following table. Use the words and the pictures and write sentences on your own. The first one is done for you. You can give your own names to the children. Ravi is talking. ______________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ 3. Rewrite the sentences in the above activity in the past tense form. (replace is, am, are with was, were). _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ 4. Write sentences using the words given in the pictures. A sample is given for you. __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ SCREWDRIVER BOLT NAILS BRADAWL WRENCH BACKSAW HANDSAW SCREWS NUT Use the words/ phrases given in the box and frame sentences for the picture given. (next to, above, below, on top, in the middle of, in between) Begin the sentences with There is , There are, That is, These are, The There is a handsaw above the backsaw. The screws are below the nails. 5. Use the following words and describe the objects in the picture. A few examples are given for you. (blue, green, brown, yellow, red, round, square, rough, sharp, rectangle, small, big, wet, dry, colourful) The pair of scissors is sharp. There is a yellow brush. It has a brown handle. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 157 ____________________________________________ ____________________________________________ ____________________________________________ ____________________________________________ ____________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ 6. You can also make questions based on the objects in the picture given in activity 5. Is there a white towel next to the paint tin? Make more questions. 7. Using the following words, write a few sentences making requests, ordering, commanding, pleading. An example is given for you. keep, come, close, write, say, walk Keep those books on the table. Complete the What I learned column in the KWL chart. • Written communication introduces us to prospective employers. • Writing simple sentences is essential for success in jobs. • Practice in framing sentences for use in familiar contexts will help in developing written communication. Look at the things around you and describe them to your friends using simple sentences. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jTEATmzxdro 8. Rearrange following words to form simple sentences. The first one is done for you. a. beautiful is flower the. The flower is beautiful. b. run the dogs fast very. c. came late she class to. d. driver the lorry caught was. e. playing were children the with ball. f. aircraft the taking is off. g. police searching the were for the thief. h. the woman speaking the to was Principal. i. many flying butterflies are garden the in. j. old man reading was newspaper the. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 158 27. Speaking • identify and select appropriate expressions to use while speaking • express views and opinions while speaking • identify preferences and express them during conversations. Ability to communicate views and opinions while speaking is an important skill. Effective use of appropriate expressionsin English will help to succeed in life. Speaking can help connect with people, to share views, opinions and preferences. What I already Know What I Want to find out What I Learned Conversations are mostly about introducing oneself and others, sharing opinions and asking for opinions. We have to start a conversation which requires an introduction. You introduce yourself as well learn about others. You also respond when someone introduces you. Grow Your Vocabulary. Read 10 mins/ day. Record Yourself. Listen back. Write your thoughts down. Then say it out loud. Write three questions. Tell a friend to ask you them. Read a book/ magazine article out loud. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 159 . Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 160 Here are expressions to introduce yourself: Here are expressions to introduce others: • My name is ... I’m ....• • Nice to meet you, I’m ... • Pleased to meet you, I’m ... • Let me introduce myself, I’m ... • I’d like to introduce myself, I’m ... • Jack, please meet Nicolas. • Jack, have you met Nicolas? • I’d like you to meet Jack. • I’d like to introduce you to Nicolas. • Jack, this is Nicolas. Nicolas this is Jack. • Useful responses when introducing yourself or other people: • Nice to meet you. • Pleased to meet you. • Happy to meet you. • How do you do? • Hai…Hello If you ask me To be honest Honestly, I think The main points are I’d say that I’d suggest that It seems to me As far as I know I feel that I would say that As far as I’m concerned If I am not mistaken I believe I feel In my opinion In my view It seems likely The way I see it is I agree with Personally, I think My point of view is that Well, if you ask me There are several ways by which you can introduce yourself and others. Everyone of us have opinions to share with others. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 161 Excuse me what’s your name? How do you spell your name? Where are you from? What’s your contact number? What’s your address? Would you like to come to canteen? How do you get to work? I got struck in the traffic. How long is the drive? Normally, I drive. Do I need to wear a tie? About 40 minutes. Why are you late? It’s been repaired. Where’s your car? You’re supposed to, but not everyone does. Sangeeth In my opinion, a good school is one that balances between studies and fun. Sarvesh I completely agree with you, Sangeeth. Too much focus on studies makesschool like a jail, and excessive focus on fun makes it a children’s park. So, balance is better. Sam I’m sorry to say this, but I totally disagree with you. What is the point of fun in a school? To my mind, the good school is the one where one don’t have to study such useless subjects as foreign languages. Sarvesh I don’t agree with you, Sam. I think foreign languages are very important nowadays. Sangeeth You are right Sarvesh. There is no good school that doesn’t teach foreign languages today. Expressing Opinion Agreeing Disagreeing 1. Fill in the blanks with appropriate response. 2. Match the following. 3. Read the conversation and underline the expressions that are used to give opinion, agree or disagree. Fill in the chart with the expressions you have underlined. 4. Answer the following questions. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 162 a. Two things you always do as quickly as possible. b. Three things you always try to do well. c. Two things you take very seriously. d. Two things you always do badly. e. Two things that you do easily, which other people find hard. f. Two situations where you always try to be early. a. What is something you hate doing? b. What are you worried about at the moment? c. What do you hope to do next year? d. When was the last time you helped someone to do something? e. What is something your parents don’t let you do? f. When was the last time you promised to do something and then forgot? What was it? g. What are you used to doing now that you weren’t used to doing before? h. What jobs do your parent’s make you do at home? 5. Answer the following questions. 6. Discuss the following situations with your friend. 7. Your classmate has not come to ITI for the last few days. You don’t know why. Discuss some possible reasons with your partner. _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 163 I Agree I Disagree 8. Describe and compare the people in the pictures. What is their job? What experience and skills do they need to do their jobs? __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ 9. Describe the situation in the picture. Do you agree such incidents will happen in near future? Complete the What I learnt column in the KWL chart. Identifying appropriate expressionsto communicate with people isimportant. Expression of one’s views, opinions and preferences during conversitions help to establish one’s communication ability in the spoken form. Identify key expressions for the following. • Giving Your Opinion • Introducing Information • Giving Examples • Concluding & Summarizing • Showing Cause & Effect • Specific Situations • Raising Points • Clarifying & Restating • Asking for Clarification • Politely Interrupting • Generalizing • Keeping track of the discussion • Agreeing & Disagreeing Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 164 28. Listening • identify the purpose and importance of listening • listen with a purpose to complete tasks • practice listening in simulated real-life situations. What I already Know What I Want to find out What I Learned Listening is the ability to receive and accurately interpret messages in the communication process. We listen to gather information, respond to questions, perform well as trainees, employees and citizens. Listening is the primary skill which enables the development of other skills like reading, speaking and writing. Listening always has a purpose. Therefore, paying attention to instructions, information, announcements and other related contexts that demand listening is important. a. Listen to a High School Principal making an announcement to the trainees. “Children, I have a very special announcement to make. This year, not just one, but four of our trainees will be receiving Government awards for their academic achievements. Krishna Kumar, Harpreet Singh, Sabrina Begum and Sheela Rani Esther have all been chosen for their hard work and scoring of high marks. It is very unusual for one school to have so many trainees receive this award in a single year.” Now, let’s see which of the following are correct statements. i. The school will be adding new classes. ii. Four new teachers will be working at the school. iii. Four trainees have received an award. iv. The school is getting its own newspaper. Here only one sentence gives information mentioned in the announcement – “Four trainees have received an award”. All other sentences are wrong. Find which of the following is true? i. Students have been working hard. ii. Two girls and two boys have passed in the test. iii. Four trainees receive the award in a single year. iv. The school is giving a new award. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 165 b. Listening to a conversation and noting down the important points Jitu: Hi, Leena. Leena: Hi, Jitu! Did you go to the art room today? Jitu: No, why? Leena: Well, Mr.Banerjee, our arts teacher has put up a notice about a big project. They are planning to paint the compound wall with beautiful images. This is to prevent sticking up of posters. Jitu: That’s nice! So, it will be many paintings on the entire compound wall. Leena: Exactly! Jitu: But where? Leena: It’s that long wall on the side of the public library. And trainees from our school are going to do the whole thing. We can create a design, and paint it. I want to be part of this team. Jitu: I too want to. Come let’s go meet Mr. Banerjee. We can note the important points: • Girl’s name – Leena • Boy’s name – Jitu • Teacher’s name – Banerjee • Project on painting compound wall • To prevent poster sticking • On the side of the public library • This school trainee creates his/her own design • Both want to join. Let’s see which of the following statements in true. i. A new art project in the city. ii. An assignment for their art class. iii. An art display inside the public library iv. A painting that the girl saw on the compound. 1. Listen to a teacher making an announcement at the end of the day. Remember that a team of painters is coming in tomorrow to paint the walls. There are plastic sheets in my room on the desk. I want you to put them over your desks. Make sure you cover your desks completely so paint does not fall on them. When the painting is completed, the plastic will be removed by the time we return on Monday. Note down points here: __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ What does the teacher want the trainees to do? a. Take everything out of their desks. b. Cover the painting materials with plastic sheets. c. Bring paints with them to school on Monday. d. Cover their desks so that the paint does not fall on them. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 166 2. Listen to this conversation and answer the questions that follow. Leena and Jitu: Good morning, Sir. Banerjee: Good morning, Leena, Good morning Jitendar. Jitu: Sir, we saw the notice on the project. We want to join. Banerjee: Sure, write your names and other details in that red book on my table. Leena: Yes, Sir. Banerjee: What would you like to paint? Jitu: Animals. I will go to the zoo tomorrow and make a rough sketch of what I see. I will show it to you after I complete it. Leena: I want to paint sunrise. I will watch it from the beach and get a rough painting ready. I will meet you with it. Note down points here. __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ Say which of the following is true. 1. What did Mr. Banerjee ask them to do? a. Mr. Banerjee asked them to sign up for the project in the website. b. Mr. Banerjee told them that they cannot join. c. Mr. Banerjee asked them to fill in their details in a note book. d. Mr. Banerjee suggested they go to the beach the next day. 2. Where does Jitu want to go in the weekend? a. to the zoo b. to an art store c. to main street d. to the public library 3. What does Leena want to paint? a. an animal b. natural scenery c. sunrise d. zoo 3. Listen to a small passage on safety rules and complete the tasks that follow. In every work, accidents happen. Sometimes they cause injury and even death. These accidents can be avoided. Some rules must be followed. Here are some dos and don’ts to be followed. Let’s listen to dos first. • Workers must not adjust equipment while it is in motion. • They must not touch the clamps, chipped tools when the equipment is switched on. • The equipment should be under good maintenance. • Tell the co-workers beforehand if there is any maintenance work has to be done. • Avoid touching tools, devices and equipment with bare hands. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 167 Say true or false. If false say/ write the correct statement. a. Workers can adjust the equipment when it is in motion. b. They cannot touch the clamps when the equipment is switched on. c. It is not necessary to keep the equipment in good maintenance. d. Start doing maintenance work suddenly without telling anyone. e. Don’t touch the equipment with bare hands. f. Workers must check the devices before starting the work. g. Always use gloves to protect palm/fingers or hands. h. Pull up your sleeves up to the elbow. i. Avoid watches, bangles, bracelets in your wrists. j. Wear clothes that are comfortable while working. k. Use and replace the tools from the place it has been taken. l. Be careful while walking in the workshop where loads are suspended. m. Keep all safety materials handy. 4. Listen to this emergency fire evacuation announcement and complete the task that follows. “Ladies and gentlemen, may I have your attention for a brief announcement. As soon as you hear the alarm please leave your place immediately through the emergency exit. The emergency exits and assembly areas are located on the right hand side of the building. Leave the building quickly and don’t block the way. Please follow the directions of the event staff members. Do not use the lift to go downstairs. Wait outside the building until an “All-Clear” is given by event staff members or the Fire Department.” Thankyou.” Which of the following statements are true? Correct the false statements. a. The announcement is only for men. b. The announcer asks for their attention for ten minutes. c. They have to leave the building immediately. d. They can block the way. e. They should not use the lift to go downstairs. f. They can wait inside the building. g. They have to wait until they hear ‘All-Clear’. h. The ‘All-Clear’ will be given by the building staff. i. The announcer thanked them. Complete the What I learned column in the KWL chart. • Listening involves both hearing, understanding and responding to the listened information. • While listening to announcements or conversation etc., we can note down important pointsto remember the ideas better. • While listening to instructions, we must be able to carry out the instruction correctly. Listen to news as broadcast by radio – and TV and see the difference between the medium. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 168 29. Productive Use of Skills • listen to instructions and complete tasks • read and interpret verbal and visual information to carry out tasks • speak and write using appropriate words in given contexts. What I already Know What I Want to find out What I Learned Ability to communicate in English is a very essential skill. Listening to instructions, information and reading in English help in building vocabulary. Comprehension through listening and reading lead to the productive skills of speaking and writing. Communication in English is best demonstrated by the ability to speak and write in the language. 1. Read/listen to yourinstructor. There are a set ofstatements/questions he/shewillread. Tick the appropriate item in the given pay-in-slip as you listen to your instructor. a. Identify the name of the branch. b. Who is the cheque to be given in favour of? c. What is the value of the cheque in rupees? d. How much is the exchange amount? e. Mention the name of the bank. f. When has the application been made? Spoken Word Written Word Body Language Visual Images Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 169 2. The payment details of a cheque/DD will be read out by the instructor. Listen/read carefully and fill in the details as you listen. You will get to listen to it 2 times. a. The cheque /DD No. is ________________________________________ b. The cheque/DD is drawn on _____________________________________ c. The name of the depositor is ____________________________________ d. The name of the bank in which it is drawn is ________________________ e. The branch name is _____________________________________ f. The date in the challan is _________________________________ g. The challan number is _________________________________ Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 170 3. Read the following questions. Look at the infographic given and answer the questions. a. What is the raw material used to make paper? ______________________________________________ b. What is the process of cooking of the chipped wood called? ___________________________________ c. Wood is debarked, cut into chips, screened and made into ______________ before it is put into the paper machine. d. The paper machine helps to convert ______________________ into____________________________. 4. Look at the infographic showing the process of manufacturing paper. Use the clue words given and the following frames to write the steps in the process of manufacturing paper. (collect, carry, convert, take, sort, send, put) a. First, wood from the ___________________ b. It is then ____________________________ c. It goes to the paper mill after ______________________ d. It is converted into ______________________ e. It is taken to ________________________________ f. Paper is sorted for _________________________ g. ________________________________________ h. ___________________________________________ Raw Material (wood) Debarking Chipping Screening Cooking (Pulping) Pulp Washing Paper Machine Finishing Converting Paper Product Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 171 __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ 1. Plantation 2. Harvest 3. Transport 4. Pulp mill 6. Printers 7. People 8. Paper sorting 9. Recycling 10. Landfill 5. Paper mill Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 172 5. Identify the type of words used in the second infographic below. Write a few sentences using the words given in the second infographic. You may use the clues given in the first infographic. Remember to give a title to the sentences. __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ Leaves & Buds Steamed Pan fried/Steamed Withered Dried Dried Rolled/Shaped Oxidized (brief) Oxidized (full) Pan fired/Dried Fired/Dried White Tea Green Tea Oolong Tea Black Tea Bruised Bruised/Rolled Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 173 6. Look at the infographic on coffee break behaviour of employees. Choose a partner and discuss your views. You may use the expressions given. Remember to give reasons for your views. I think it is not correct to _________________________ We need to be ______________________________ It is ok to relax _______________________________ The company’s productivity will _________________________ What if I relax for a few minutes when_________________________ Personal values _________________________________ As an employee, I need to _________________________________ 7. Your friend has been called for an interview in a public sector company. Give him tips on how to prepare for the interview. You may use the details in the pictures if you want. __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ Is it break time? Is break time over? Is the boss around? Go to break area. Check clock. Look busy. Return to work area. Relax. Yes. No. Yes. Yes. No. No. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 174 8. Imagine you are working as a supervisor in ABC manufacturing company. Introduce yourself to Mr Ramesh, the marketing manager of XYZ distributors. Give him details aboutthe product your company manufactures along with your personal details, experience, etc. __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ Complete the What I learned column in the KWL chart. • Listen and read to compete tasks. • Use information to speak and write in real-life contexts. • Make productive use of English in speaking and writing in given contexts. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fYQIgzrkOK4 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=VuzrXLSNyyg Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 175 30. Recall 1. Rahul enjoys ________ with his pet dog. a. playing b. writing c. reading d. washing 2. The company _______ goods to Vietnam. a. buys b. exports c. falls d. goes 3. She said that she was ______in the proposal. a. forgot b. interested c. writing d. gave 4. I was quite _______with his performance. a. differed b. given c. wrote d. impressed 5. Please do not _____ on the grass. a. step b. feel c. cut d. see 6. Father cooks _______ pasta every evening. a. delicious b. painful c. wondering d. hastily 7. My brother ______to be an astronaut. a. sees b. looks c. wants d. speaks 8. Maintaining tools in good condition is ______. a. unnecessary b. essential c. equal d. formal 9. Shouting at the top of his______, the man demanded admission. a. voice b. mouth c. breath d. nose 10. Where have you been all these____? a. while b. during c. days d. always Listen to / Read the following passage on cars and answer the questions below. Karl Benz invented the modern car in 1888 in Germany. Emile Roger worked for Benz in France. He made cars in France. By 1900, many people were building cars in France and in the U.S. The first company to build only cars was Panhard et Levassor in France. Panhard started in 1889. The Peugeot car company started in 1891 in France. In the US, Frank and Charles Duryea started the Duryea Motor Wagon Company in 1893. It was the first US car company. By 1902, Ransom E. Olds started the Olds Motor Vehicle Company. A year later, Henry Ford started the Ford Motor company. It produced the Cadillac. All these early modern cars burned gasoline or diesel fuel. Ford opened factories in France and Britain in 1911. Then, they opened a factory in Denmark in 1923. Later, they opened a factory in Germany in 1925. Ford was one of the first manufacturers to use an assembly line. With an assembly line, factory workers could produce cars faster and safer than other production systems. Most modern cars still burn gasoline or diesel fuel. These cars cause air pollution. They get the air dirty. Now many people are looking for cleaner cars. And, many car companies are looking for cleaner fuels. 1. Which company first built only cars? a. Benz b. Ford c. Duryea d. Panhard 2. When did the Peugeot car company start? a. 1888 b. 1889 c. 1890 d. 1891 3. What was the first U.S. car company? a. Ford b. Olds c. Duryea d. Cadillac 4. The Ford Motor Company opened a… a. factory in Denmark in 1911 b. factory in Germany in 1925 c. factory in Britain in 1929 d. factory in France in 1931 Copyright Free. Under CC BY License English Literacy 176 5. Whose idea was the assembly line? a. Charles Duryea’s b. Emile Roger’s c. Henry Ford’s d. Karl Benz’s 6. In which year did Ransom E. Olds start the Olds Motor Vehicle Company? a. 1903 b. 1901 c. 1902 d. 1904 7. Produced means… a. bought b. named c. made d. sold 8. Fuel is ... a. a car production system b. what makes cars go c. the price of a car d. None of the above 9. Pollution in the air is .… a. dirty air b clean air c. a kind of fuel d. a system of production 10. Most modern cars still use diesel and petrol. True False Copyright Free. Under CC BY License Communication Skills 177 1. Importance of Communication At the end of this lesson, you shall be able to: • identify the characteristics of effective communication • recognize the barriers to effective communication • practice to overcome barriers in communication. Effective communication: We all know how to speak our native language. Some of us have also learned how to speak in English! Then, why do we need to learn ‘How to communicate?’ Isn’t the meaning of communication simply to make ourselves understood to other people? Is knowing the language not enough to achieve this objective? Effective communication is not only about putting across our ideas to an audience. It also means that your message has been fully delivered and understood. It is a rare and valued skill at every workplace. Employees with good communication skills become team leaders and managers. What I already Know What I Want to find out What I Learned The message: What is actually communicated Encoding: The message that the sender wanted to send! Person sending a message Decoding: What is actually understood by the receiver Person receiving the message Noise Barriers This cannot always be controlled. It is also interfering with the message! They are blocking the message - making it unclear Person sending a message Encoding: The message that the sender wanted to send! Decoding: What is actually understood by the receiver Copyright Free. Under CC BY License Communication Skills 178 Step 1 Pair up with any one student from your class. Step 2 Sit with your back towards each other. And, each of you have draw a picnic scene. Do not show each other what you are drawing! Remember to draw food items, which you would like to take with you on this picnic. Step 3 Take another blank page. It is time for you to make a copy of your friend’s drawing. With one condition, you cannot look at each other’s drawing. However, you can use words to describe the picture. Step 4 View each other’s pictures. Step 5 Discuss – Were you able to draw each other’s pictures with the help of words alone? What were the challenges in understanding what is made on a picture by listening to only the words? Step 6 Discuss – How can you improve your communication? What words could your friend have used to clearly describe his/ her picnic scene? 2. Read and discuss. 10-year-old Raheem and his younger sister 7-year-old Rukkaiya are preparing tea for their mother for the first time. They have been observing their mother make tea for a long time. They feel fully prepared for the task. They have observed that their mother starts by heating water. After heating water, she adds a white powder and the crushed tea leaves. After this, she adds milk and heats the mixture for some time. But, just to be sure, they ask their father to come to the kitchen and tell them how to make tea. He points to the utensils of water, milk, tea and sugar and asks them to mix everything and heat. The two children prepare tea and serve it to their mother. She is surprised! She accepts the cup of tea and takes her first sip. It turns out that the children had added salt to the tea, instead of sugar. Discuss with your friends, and write why do you think this happened? What could the father or the children have done to prevent this? ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ 3. Look at the picture and respond. 1. Draw and describe! “I AM DOING GREAT, HOW ARE YOU DOING?” “HI, HOW ARE YOU?” “I AM DOING FINE”. HOW DO YOU THINK THIS FRIEND IS ACTUALLY DOING? HOW DO YOU KNOW THAT? WHAT WOULD YOU SAY TO YOUR FRIEND? ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ Source: My Career Manual, Quest Alliance. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License Communication Skills 179 Boring Fun Lots of learning Less learning 4. Read the following situations and answer the questions that follow. Rita was working as a tailor in one of the boutiques in town. She had been unwell for the past week. So, she was unable to concentrate on her work. The manager of the boutique noticed that Rita was making many mistakes. The manager approached Rita and said: Situation 1: “Rita, you are a good worker, but for the past week, you’ve been making mistakes. You’ve never made such mistakes in the past, can I be of any help and resolve your problem? Or, Situation 2: “Rita, for the past week, you’ve been continuously making mistakes. This is inexcusable. You need to do better or leave the job.” Now that you have heard the example, sit back and think about it. What is the difference between the two situations? __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ What is the impact of the first situation on Rita? How was today’s session? __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ What is the impact of the second situation on Rita? __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ Which is the style of communication that you would like to receive? __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ Complete the What I learned column in the KWL chart. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License Communication Skills 180 Think, and share: a. What is communication? _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ b. How can effective communication help us? _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ c. What are some of the things that stop a message from being received the way it was intended? _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ d. What can be done by the person sending the message to reduce the chances of miscommunication? _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ e. What can be done by the person receiving the message to reduce the chances of miscommunication? ______________________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________________ View the video on youtube to learn what can you do to become an effective communicator today! https://www.you tube.com/watch?v=03FdGaWgp7A (You tube>how to talk to anyone (part 1)/ communication skills (Hindi) – animated book summary) Copyright Free. Under CC BY License Communication Skills 181 2. Components of Communication At the end of this lesson, you shall be able to: • identify the types of communication • recognize and use words that facilitate effective communication • practice the use of body language to facilitate effective communication. Types of communication: Do you communicate only when you speak? Take a quick look around your classroom and observe what your classmates are doing! Some of them are relaxing on their chairs, some are laughing, some are reading and some might be sitting quietly not doing anything. We were able to easily determine this by simply seeing them. How did we do it? By simply observing what their body is doing. In another example, if our mother or father are angry with us, we can usually simply understand that by the expressions on their faces – we do not need to ask them! All of these are examples of non-verbal communication. In our everyday life, we communicate more without the use of words (via body language, tone of our voice, expressions, etc.) than we do using words. It is important to understand and practise both kinds of communication to improve our ability to communicate with others. What I already Know What I Want to find out What I Learned Words are easier to control. We must learn to control our body and tone, if we want to communicate effectively! If your body appears nervous or aggressive, nobody will pay attention to your words. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License Communication Skills 182 Step 1 Team up with any 3 students from your class. Step 2 In your notebooks, make a list of emotions and expressions that you encounter in everyday life. Do not show the list to your friends. Some examples – confident, sad, happy, excited, disappointed, nervous. Step 3 Make your friends guess the words that you have written in your notebook. You cannot use any words! You can only use gestures, and facial expressions to make your friends guess the right words. Step 4 Take turns in guessing the words on each other’s lists. Play 4-5 rounds. Step 5 Discuss – What were the common ways of expressing confidence? What kind of expressions indicate nervousness? Step 6 Discuss – Is it possible that sometimes in life, our body communicates something that we do not intend to? Can we appear bored and sleepy in a classroom without intending to? How can we control this? Step 1 Team up with any 3 students from your class. Step 2 In your notebooks, make a list of your favourite movie dialogues. Do not show the list to your friends. Step 3 Take turns delivering the dialogue in front of your friends! Take care to deliver it in the same style and tone in which it was delivered by the actors in the film. Step 4 Applaud the best dialogues! You can also rate each other’s dialogues out of 5. All 5 star dialogues deserve a huge round of applause. Step 5 Now, attempt this dialogue delivery with a twist. Deliver the dialogue in the opposite emotion. So, for instance, say ‘I have topped the class this year!’ in a sad and miserable tone. Step 6 Discuss – What did we do to change the emotion of the dialogue without changing its tone? What effect did it have on the dialogue? In life, is it possible that sometimes we fail to express our enthusiasm or sorrow through our words? What effect does it have on the effectiveness of our communication? 2. Dialogue delivery! 1. Let’s play a round of dumb charades – with feelings! _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ Copyright Free. Under CC BY License Communication Skills 183 3. Let’s practice communication! Prepare a 2-minute speech on ‘My happiest memory’ and present in front of your class. After presenting, assess your performance. Question Yes/No I prepared the outline and notes for my speech. I practised my speech at least 4 times with the help of notes. I avoided memorizing the speech by heart. I devoted extra practice to the introduction. The person seated in the last row was able to hear me. I varied my tone to convey my feelings for a particular point. I was happy speaking to the audience to convey my views. _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ Copyright Free. Under CC BY License Communication Skills 184 How was today’s session? Boring Fun Lots of learning Less learning Think, and share: What are the different kinds of communication? __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ How can we use our body and tone to improve our communication? __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ How can we create more opportunities to practice communication and get feedback from our friends and mentors? __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ Communication club – Some of your friends can get together to create a ‘communication’ club in your institute. Some of the club activities can include – reading out aloud the news (you may choose sections of sports and lifestyle – practice delivering the news by conveying emotions), discussion of the content of the news, sharing your opinion on the news and listening to others’ point of view. Complete the What I learned column in the KWL chart. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License Communication Skills 185 3. Recall 1. Communication is important for everyone in which of the following situations? a. While studying in a college c. While talking to friends b. While attending interviews d. All of the above 2. Renu thinks about expressing her thanks to her friend Rita for helping her before exams. Which of the following options will best suit the situation? a. Rita I’m so sorry b. Rita, thank you for all your help. c. Rita, I’ll see you later d. Rita, thanks 3. Your friend makes a mistake and you want to point out to him. Which of the following options will best suit the situation? a. I need to talk to you about something. c. I’m sorry. b. You are a bad person. d. Can we eat something? 4. ‘Excuse me sir, may I come in?’ is a a. Friendly way of apologizing c. Formal way of asking permission b. Friendly way of thanking d. Formal way of apologizing 5. The teacher said, “Write the topic of the experiment on the top right corner of the page” is a. A clearly communicated instruction. c. A friendly request b. Not clear to understand. d. An apology to a friend 6. Misunderstanding in communication can lead to a. Good relationships c. Effective results b. Problems in understanding d. Successful projects 7. A good communicator will always use a. Short and simple language b. Long sentences c. Rude words d. Complex language 8. In effective communication, one has to a. Keep listening always. c. Keep speaking always. b. Listen carefully and speak usefully. d. Listen and speak carelessly. 9. When one has to express some difficult situation it is important to a. Communicate everything clearly. c. Do not say anything. b. Say just a few aspects of the problem. d. Use complicated words. 10. When the communicator uses harsh words to point out errors it will a. Be well received. b. Lead to more problems. c. Solve the issue. d. Help the receiver. 11. When we communicate with one another which of the following helps in making more meaning? a. Words b. Body language c. The language we use. d. None of the above 12. An angry person’s body language will be a. Calm and composed c. Friendly and smiling b. Nervous and aggressive d. Relaxed and soothing 13. When you speak to someone who uses a language you don’t know, you guess the meaning using a. Facial expressions and gestures c. Grammar of the language b. Sounds of the language d. Voice of the person 14. When you say “I’ve topped the class this year!” your voice will sound a. Sad and depressed b. Doubtful and down c. Excited and confident d. Arrogant and proud Copyright Free. Under CC BY License Communication Skills 186 15. When you give a speech it is always better to a. Stand fixed. c. Stand slouching and bent. b. Walk fast from place to place. d. Stand straight and walk a little on the stage casually. 16. People who read news on television need to maintain proper levels of a. Voice b. posture c. eye contact d. all of the above 17. One way of improving your communication skills is a. Practising alone c. Reject any feedback given. b. Practising with friends and getting feedback d. Keep observing others. 18. When you mumble while giving a speech you will be understood as a. Confused and not confident b. Confident and aggressive c. Arrogant d. Knowledgeable 19. Which of the following should be avoided while speaking before a group? a. Maintaining eye contact b. Memorizing the speech c. Feel energetic d. Stand rigidly 20. Preparing outline and notes is crucial for beginners before delivering a speech. a. Yes b. Maybe c. No d. Depends on the topic Make a checklist of the steps you need to take for improving your communication Skills. You may use the image given, if needed. __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ Copyright Free. Under CC BY License Communication Skills 187 4. Practising Effective Communication At the end of this lesson, you shall be able to: • identify formal and informal communication • distinguish formal and informal communication • introduce yourself effectively. A great first step to mastering communication can be to practice your own introduction! Can you guess why? You know all there is to know about you. You do not have to worry about the lack of content! Now, we can just practice the best way of presenting information about yourself to others. Another reason to practice your own introduction is that introducing yourself is your opportunity to make a great first impression on your future employer, co-workers and friends! What I already Know What I Want to find out What I Learned Eye contact look at the audience Don’t hide Reading from the book (X) Looking up/down (X) Volume Speak loudly and clearly Don’t whisper / shout Speaking too softly (X) Using mixed up words (X) Body language Stand Smartly! Keep your arms and legs in control Smile! Don’t shake Moving legs (X) Playing with pen (X) Copyright Free. Under CC BY License Communication Skills 188 1. Introducing yourself Step 1: Frame your introduction for a formal and an informal setting. Take care to include 4-5 points in your introduction. Parts of your introduction Formal (interviews and workplace) Informal (meeting new friends) Greeting Hello / good morning / Good afternoon / good evening Hi / Hey / Hello! About me Name / qualification / interests (work-related) Name / interests / hobbies Step 2 : Let’s prepare the non-verbal components of our introduction! Parts of your introduction Formal (interviews and workplace) Informal (meeting new friends) Greeting A firm handshake Wave and say hi / a firm handshake Dress Shirt / pant / salwar / kurta / sari / formal shoes Casual everyday clothes. Expression Smile confidently, but don’t laugh Smile a lot! Body language Reserved and formal Open and warm! 2.Review the following introductions and rate them! Types Introduction Great Good Poor Formal Hello, my name is Rajesh. I am from Varanasi, Uttar Pradesh. I have completed my certificate from ITI Aliganj, Lucknow. I studied electronics. I am passionate learning about new technologies. I really enjoy interacting with new people. Informal Hey, I am Saima Khatoon. I am from Ahmedabad. I am really fond of running and travelling! Formal Good morning, I am Siraj Khan. I have completed my certificate course in the electrical trade from Govt ITI, Chennai. I look forward to a chance to work in the service industry. It will give me an opportunity to stay updated with the latest technology and use my communication skills to build strong customer relationships. Formal Hello, I am Ratan. I am from Delhi. My father is a government employee, and my mother is a homemaker. I studied electronics from ITI, Gurgaon. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License Communication Skills 189 How was today’s session? Boring Fun Lots of learning Less learning Think, and share: What should we talk about while introducing ourselves? __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ What are some of the interests and strengths that you can share while introducing yourself formally? __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ What are some of the interests and strengths that you can share while introducing yourself informally? __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ Ask some of your classmates who met you for the first time in this institute – What did they think of you after the first meeting? What kind of impression did you leave on your classmates? Was this the impression that you wanted to leave? If yes, how did you manage to do it? If no, what can you do differently the next time you meet new people? Complete the What I learned column in the KWL chart. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License Communication Skills 190 5. Mastering Effective Communication At the end of this lesson, you shall be able to: • use your voice to convey emotion • modify the rate of your speech to lay emphasis on important points • practise and master loud and clear speech. Mastering effective communication: We have been working very hard to overcome our hesitation to speak. We have also spent some time trying to learn the English language. And, in the past few sessions, we have been practising how to communicate effectively with each other. Now, it is time to learn a few tips and tricks that will help us become excellent communicators! In this session, we will learn how we can speak more expressively and influentially. What I already Know What I Want to find out What I Learned SPEAK UP If you tend to whisper, mumble or speak with your head down, it is much easier for people to talk over you or ignore you. SLOW DOWN Speaking too quickly is a bad habit and it can be difficult for people to keep up with you or even understand what you’re saying Copyright Free. Under CC BY License Communication Skills 191 PRACTICE DEEP BREATHING Deep breathing is essential for a full, rich speaking voice. Your breath should come from your diaphragm, not from your chest. ENUNCIATE Make sure to open your mouth, loosen your lips and keep your tongue and tooth in the correct position as you speak. VARY YOUR PITCH The pitch of your voice can have a real impact on the quality of your speech and the impact it makes on your listeners. DO SOME VOCAL EXERCISES Practicing vocal exercises can be a good way to develop your natural speaking voice. PRACTICE READING ALOUD In order to work on pronunciation, pace and volume, it is a good idea to practice reading aloud. RECORD YOURSELF Even though most people don’t like listening to the sound of their own voices, it’s a good idea to record yourself speaking. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License Communication Skills 192 Step 1 Team up with any 6 students from your class. Step 2 Obtain today’s newspaper and select any 6 news pieces of your choice! Step 3 Each of you have to prepare a ‘breaking news’ piece using the material of the selected news article. Step 4 Deliver the news to each other. Recall popular news TV anchors. You can deliver the news in their style! Do it in an engaging manner. Step 5 Discuss – Which news delivery was the most engaging? Why? Which news delivery seemed to be the least engaging? How could it be improved? Step 6 Discuss – How can we break our inhibitions and express our emotion better through our voice? How will this be useful for us? Step 1 Pair up with one student from your class (someone who has never been to your home!). Step 2 Ask your friend to draw a map to your home – by asking you the directions to your home. You should answer his / her questions in complete detail, but do not tell him/ her which questions to ask. Step 3 In reply to your friend’s question, share detailed directions including landmark, etc., to your home. Do not tell your friend if the map he/she drawing is correct or incorrect. Time: 15 minutes Step 4 Discuss – Was your friend able to draw a correct map to your home? Ask your friend for feedback on the clarity of your directions. How could you have communicated the directions more clearly? What were the instructions that confused her/him the most? SMILE AS YOU SPEAK People will judge you and the content of your speech more favorably if you use an open, friendly, encouraging tone. SMILE AS YOU SPEAK People will judge you and the content of your speech more favorably if you use an open, friendly, encouraging tone. Source: Wiki How 1. Follow the steps given to do the activity to break inhibitions. 2. Giving and getting directions. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License Communication Skills 193 Boring Fun Lots of learning Less learning Complete the What I learned column in the KWL chart. How was today’s session? Think, and share: How can you learn to improve the clarity of your communication? __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ Why is it important to vary the tone to convey emotion? __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ What can you do to increase your confidence to communicate? __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ What can you do get a better feedback on your ability to communicate? __________________________________________________________________________________________ Let us do some theatre! along with your friends prepare a skit on your first day at workplace. On your first day, you have to greet all your co-workers and have to introduce yourselves to each other. Assign each other roles and create a skit. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License Communication Skills 194 6. Assessing your Communication Ability At the end of this lesson, you shall be able to: • identify your strengths and areas that need improvement in communication • identify and create opportunities to improve your communication ability outside the classroom • practice communicating outside the classroom. Learning is a lifelong process! You have not mastered the art of communication yet. You have only begun your journey towards mastery. This module will help you assess your own ability to communicate. After completing this session, you will know what your strengths are and what your weaknesses are. What I already Know What I Want to find out What I Learned Essential Communication Skills for Your Career Source: The balance careers.com Copyright Free. Under CC BY License Communication Skills 195 Is this you…? 5 4 3 2 1 Yes Some what Neutral Mostly no No 1. I am open minded and am willing to change my viewpoint based on the valid opinion of others. 2. I prepare for all communication and think things through before I speak. 3. I always choose my words to suit the person (s) I am talking to. 4. I find it easy to listen to what other people have to say without interrupting. 5. I am good at making eye contact with people when I am talking to them. 6. I am not intimidated by situations where I need to communicate with difficult people. 7. I am confident when I talk to people and speak clearly without mumbling. 8. I am good at getting my point across in a clear, concise manner. 9. I find it easy to concentrate on what others are saying and don’t lose my focus. 10. I don’t start planning my response whilst the other person is talking. 11. I don’t think that my opinion is the most important one in the room. 12. I only speak up if I have something valuable to contribute to the conversation and I avoid talking just for the sake of it. 13. I make a conscious effort to match my body language to the message I want to convey. 14. I am good at reading the body language of others. 15. I can keep my cool when talking to other people even if I feel angry about what they say. 16. When other people in the group are quiet, I encourage them to contribute. 17. I don’t shout and point at people when we have a heated conversation. 18. When group discussions get heated, I am good at keeping everyone calm and on the point. 19. I feel comfortable attending meetings. 20. I am good at summarising the key points of conversations which I have with people Column Score (number of ticks in each column) Overall Total (five column scores added) Result: 76 -100 : You seem to have good communication skills. 51 – 75 : There is a good foundation of communication skills. 26 – 50 : You have a lot of work to do to develop your communication skills. 1. Read the following statements and rate yourself from 1 to 5. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License Communication Skills 196 2. Follow the steps and reflect. Step 1 Pair up with one student from your class. Step 2 Ask your friend to use his/ her smartphone to make a recording of you, as you introduce yourself formally. Make sure your introduction lasts for, at least, 2 minutes. Step 3 View the recording together. Step 4 Discuss – What is it about your communication that you really liked? Is there anything that you could do differently to improve your non-verbal communication? Do you like the way your voice sounds? Is there anything that you can do to make it more expressive? Boring Fun Lots of learning Less learning How was today’s session? Take more tests of your communication skills. You can take the following tests for assessing your ability to communicate: https://www.activia.co.uk/communication-skills-test https://www.mindtools.com/pages/article/newCS_99.htm Think, and share: What are your strengths as a communicator? __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ What are the areas of improvement for you as a communicator? __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ While working in teams, what are the tips of good communication that you have learned by observing others in the team? __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ How can you continue to practice communication while studying in this institute? __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ Complete the What I learned column in the KWL chart. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License Communication Skills 197 7. Recall 1. Introducing ourselves effectively helps in creating a good impression among a. Future friends b. Future employers c. Teachers d. All of the above 2. ‘Hey, I am Saran. I am from Ahmedabad. I am really fond of running and travelling!’ is a a. Formal introduction b. Informal introduction c. Both of the above d. None of the above 3. When you are in a formal situation, your facial expression needs to be a. Smile but not laugh. b. Laugh but not smile. c. Keep laughing. d. Don’t smile. 4. Casual clothes is a good choice for a. Meeting interviewers b. Meeting friends c. Business meeting d. Formal occasion 5. Details of place of study, branch and specialization should be communicated elaboratedly during a. An interview b. Friendly chat c. Group discussion d. Debate 6. Introducing ourselves is a key component in communication because a. First impressions are lasting. c. Everyone will know our good qualities. b. We get a chance to talk. d. We can say anything about ourselves. 7. When you shake hands with an interviewer, it has to be a. Tight and firm b. Firm and confident c. Loose and quick d. Sweaty and long 8. When you chat with new friends, you can speak about your a. Technical skills b. Hobbies c. Financial issues d. qualifications 9. While we communicate, it is important to pay attention to a. Our verbal expression c. Both verbal and non-verbal expression b. Our non-verbal expression d. Neither verbal nor non-verbal expression 10. Non-verbal expressions include which of the following aspects? a. Good eye contact b. Standing or sitting position c. Smile d. All of the above 11. If someone is open minded and willing to change a viewpoint based on the valid opinion of others, they are a. Good communicators b. Rigid communicators c. Poor communicators d. Difficult communicators 12. It is important to always choose words to suit the person(s) you are talking to because a. It shows you are not interested in communicating with them. b. You need to show off your word knowledge. c. The other person needs to understand your message. d. Communication is always difficult. 13. When you want to make a quick point it is better to be a. Clear and long b. Clear and concise c. Concise and confusing d. Concise and slow 14. While the other person is talking, a good communicator will always a. Listen carefully. b. Plan the response. c. Ask too many questions. d. Be impatient. 15. Why should you match your body language to the content of your talk? a. Because communication is verbal c. Because communication is both verbal and visual b. Because communication is visual d. None of the above 16. When a group discussion gets heated, it is better to a. Raise our voice. c. Quarrel with other participants. b. Be calm and express our opinion. d. Complain to the panelist. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License Communication Skills 198 17. When a participant is quiet during a group discussion a. I will encourage him/her to participate. c. Forget their presence. b. Use the chance to speak. d. Speak for their sake. 18. One way of showing interest when you have a conversation is a. Summarizing their ideas at the end c. Fall asleep as they talk b. Interfere as they speak d. Speaking your point of view when not asked 19. Recording oneself speak in a smart phone can be useful for a. Looking at it whenever you are free c. Showing to friends b. Assessing strengths and weaknesses in one’s communication d. Posting it on facebook 20. The top communication skills that can helps in one’s career are a. Listening and confidence c. Non-verbal communication b. Friendliness and open-mindedness d. All of the above __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ How can you communicate better? List the steps you will take. Refer the image given. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License Communication Skills 199 8. Verbal Communication - Speaking At the end of this lesson, you shall be able to: • identify expressions to use in making telephone calls • make telephone calls on given contexts • practise making telephone calls. What I already Know What I Want to find out What I Learned Ability to identify appropriate expressions in making telephone calls is a very important skill. Formal telephone calls to prospective employers, supervisors and others are to be made in professional life. Learning to make formal telephone calls will help one perform well in the workplace. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License Communication Skills 200 1. Choose a partner. Answer the following questions. If your response is different from that of your partner, write both responses in the space provided. a. List a few occasions when you will need to make a telephone call in the workplace. __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ b. What are the important things to consider when you make a formal telephone call? __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ c. Is it necessary to be polite when you make a formal telephone call? Give reasons. __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ d. What are the important things to follow to make an effective telephone call to your supervisor to request for a day’s leave? __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ 2. Fill in the blanks with the appropriate words with the help of the infographic given. Be prepared for your calls Don’t just put call through Take messages properly Summarize the call before it ends Promptly Answer Calls Be warm and welcoming Introduce yourself and your business Speak Clearly Do not use slang or buzz words Ask before you put people on hold Copyright Free. Under CC BY License Communication Skills 201 a. The tone of the voice has to be ______________________________________________ b. One should speak ______________________________________________ c. When we expect calls, we need to __________________________________________ d. If someone gives messages during a telephone call, we should ____________________________ e. Should we ask before putting people on hold. Yes/No f. It is necessary to ______________________________________________, before it ends. g. We should pick up calls in three rings. Yes/No h. We should use slang and buzz words on the telephone. Yes/No 3. You are the supervisor of XYZ Automobiles. You have a problem in delivering the car ordered by a customer on time. Call the customer and inform him of the inability in the delivery as scheduled. Request the customer 15 days more time for you to deliver. Make notes here: __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ 4. Your boss is travelling to Hawaii during summer. He is asking you to get information on the dos and don’ts to be followed while going to Hawaii. He has asked you to consult a travel advisor and get the details. Frame questions to ask the travel advisor from the graphic organizer given and make a call to the travel advisor. __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ Copyright Free. Under CC BY License Communication Skills 202 5. You have applied for the post of an intern in ABT Maruthi Ltd. You have attended the interview a month ago and have not heard from them yet. Make a call to the HR manager to find out your position. Remember to be polite and have all your application information ready before you make the call. Make notes here: __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ Complete the What I learned column in the KWL chart. Telephone communication with superiors and team members in the workplace is an essential skill. Using polite language and making prompt calls help one succeed in profession. https://youtu.be/MO8Jz7b9wH8 https://youtu.be/kaH4xfodN3w Copyright Free. Under CC BY License Communication Skills 203 9. Verbal Communication - Writing At the end of this lesson, you shall be able to: • identify the features of formal letters • recognize the structure of formal letters and resume • respond to advertisements and write letters and resume. What I already Know What I Want to find out What I Learned Ability to communicate in writing is an important skill. Applying for jobs with resumes is a basic requirement when one applies for jobs. Formal letters and informal letters are written from many purposes in real-life contexts. A good letter of application and a resume create a favourable impression on the employer. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License Communication Skills 204 Name: XXX Address: YYY Date of Birth: 00/00/0000 Contact information: Landline: 000 00000000 Mobile: 00000 00000 Email:abcd@efgh.com Academic Qualifications: Technical Qualifications: CAD, MS-office Work Experience: Apprenticeship in NMOP industry Personal Interests: Gardening, singing, housekeeping. Examination Board Marks obtained SSLC/10thStd NCVT Signature XXX From H Rishab Fitter Trainee IIT, Pune To The Principal IIT, Pune Sir, I am not well. I ____________________ you to give me _______________________ to avail ___________ for ________________. I will come to ITI on __________________________. Thank _______________. Pune 01.07.20___ Yours obediently, ________________ From ________________ ________________ ________________ To ________________ ________________ ________________ Sir, ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ Thank _______________. ______________ ______________ Yours obediently, ________________ 1. Rishab is not well. He is applying for leave for 2 days. Help him complete the leave letter. Since he is writing to the Principal, it is a formal letter. 2. Your father is not well. You need to take him to the hospital. Write a letter to the ITI Principal requesting for leave. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License Communication Skills 205 3. Look at the advertisement for ITI trainees. Write a formal letter of application and a resume. You may refer to the structure of the letter and resume in the illustration. Write the letter and resume in the table given to the Director, ABC industry, Cantonment, Delhi. Eligibility: NCVT certificate, 18-28 years old. Salary: Rs. 15,000 – 25,000. Date: From __________________ __________________ __________________ __________________ To __________________ __________________ __________________ __________________ Dear Sir/Madam, Sub: Application for the post of _______________________ I saw your advertisement in naukri.com. I have completed ITI training in _____________________ trade. I wish to apply for the post. I am ______________ years old. I have __________________________ certificate. I have enclosed my _______________ for your reference. I assure that if I am selected, I will work hard and follow all rules and regulations of your company. __________________. Yours Faithfully, _____________ Sl. No. Trade No. of Posts Copyright Free. Under CC BY License Communication Skills 206 Resume Name: Address: Date of Birth: Contact information: Landline: Mobile: Email: Academic Qualifications: Technical Qualifications: Work Experience: Personal Interests: Signature Examination Board Marks obtained SSLC/10th Std. NCVT 4. You have completed ITI training and have NCVT certificate. You wish to apply for internship in BHEL, Delhi. Draft a resume and covering letter to the DGM, BHEL, Delhi. You may use the format used for the previous activity. Date: From __________________ __________________ __________________ To __________________ __________________ __________________ Dear Sir/Madam, Sub: Application for the post of _______________________ I saw your advertisement in naukri.com. I have completed ITI training in _____________________ trade. I wish to apply for the post. I am ______________ years old. I have __________________________ certificate. I have enclosed my _______________ for your reference. I assure that if I am selected, I will work hard and follow all rules and regulations of your company. __________________. Yours Faithfully, _____________ Copyright Free. Under CC BY License Communication Skills 207 Resume Name: Address: Date of Birth: Contact information: Landline: Mobile: Email: Academic Qualifications: Technical Qualifications: Work Experience: Personal Interests: Signature Examination Board Marks obtained SSLC/10thStd. NCVT Complete the What I learned column in the KWL chart. Verbal communication in the form of writing letters of application and resumes is important. It will help to succeed in getting jobs. Well-written and good resumes and letters of application will create a good impression about the applicant on the employers. https://youtu.be/Ix0sy7-ivxM https://youtu.be/MYaXN8j7rL8 https://youtu.be/1RfZcU3DFz0 https://youtu.be/lviKtfayAUs Copyright Free. Under CC BY License Communication Skills 208 10. Non-verbal Communication At the end of this lesson, you shall be able to: • identify the spatial distance appropriate for formal and informal communication • recognize the importance of maintaining appropriate bodily movements and appearance • practise to maintain spatial distance and proper body language. What I already Know What I Want to find out What I Learned Ability to identify the appropriate spatial distance to be maintained during communication is an essential skill. The spatial distance varies with the context of communication. The distance is minimum in informal communication while it is greater in formal communication. Spatial distance is a form of non-verbal communication. Body language communicates more than the spoken word. It includes gestures, postures, facial expressions, eye contact and personal appearance. Identifying appropriate bodily movements and personal grooming help to achieve success in interviews as they create a good first impression. a. Spatial Distance Copyright Free. Under CC BY License Communication Skills 209 b. Bodily movements/Gestures c. Postures d. Facial Expressions e. Eye Contact f. Facial Expressions 1. Choose a partner. Answer the following questions. If your response is different from that of your partner, write both responses in the space provided. a. Do you like people who are neatly dressed? _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ b. What are the important things to consider to look good and neat? _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ ANGER DISGUST FEAR JOY SADNESS SURPRISE Copyright Free. Under CC BY License Communication Skills 210 c. Is it necessary to look good when you are in the ITI as a trainee? Give reasons. _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ d. What are the important things to follow to maintain a neat appearance every day? _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ 2. Fill in the blanks with the appropriate words with respect to your everyday appearance in the ITI. tucked in, shoes, buttoned, neatly cut, combed, teeth _______________ shirt, clean ___________, polished _________________, _________________ shirt, _________________ hair, _________________ nails 3. Read the following passage and tick the appropriate column in the table with dos and don’ts of non-verbal behaviour. The eyes and facial expression are important to a speaker/listener. If a listener is rolling her eyes, has a bored expression or seems glazed over. Itmeans that the listener is not actually listening or does not care about the speaker has to say. Although some find it hard to make eye contact, attempting to do so during conversations makes you come across as alert and caring. Head movements such as nodding are also important visual cues that let people know you are listening, processing the information and care about what is being said. This area of non-verbal communication depends on the person. Not everyone “talks” with their hands, but integrating hand gestures into communication is a good way to get your point across. Examples to avoid would be pointing at the listener or wild hand gestures that take away from what you are saying. Speakers often use hand gestures to help solidify a point they are making. Crossing your arms over your chest signifies to a listener that you do not agree with them and you are closed off from what they are saying. Fidgeting while listening also imparts cues that you are not interested in what is going on. This includes playing with your hands or objects, as well as swinging/shaking/moving your feet. Keeping still while listening may not be easy, but it lets the speaker know that you care about what they are saying. Body positioning is subtly different from actual body movements. For example, even if you are sitting perfectly still but are leaning backwards, this gives the impression of disinterest or even downright disagreement. Inclining towards your listeners or the person who is speaking to you gives them the impression that you are engaged in the conversation. When people don’t get along, they may give off subtle cues in their body positioning by turning slightly away, giving the impression that they want to leave the conversation. Open and engaged body positioning is important in a conversation. Non-verbal Behaviour Dos Don’ts Rolling eyes when someone is speaking Maintaining good eye contact with the speaker/listener Nodding the head makes the speaker know that you are listening. Using hands while speaking is a bad practice. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License Communication Skills 211 Using hands while speaking is called gesture. Keeping hands crossed means obedience. Playing with objects, shaking legs are good signs of listening. Leaning forward makes listening to the speaker easy. Leaning backwards gives the impression of indifference to the speaker. 4. You are talking to your supervisor. List the appropriate non-verbal behaviour you would follow: spatial distance, posture, facial expressions, eye contact. You may refer the passage in the previous activity and the visuals in the illustration. _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ 5. Rahim is an electrician trainee. He has joined your ITI this year. As a senior ITI electrician trainee in the second year, give some advice on how Rahim has to come to the ITI every day. Remember to include information on his appearance, shirt, pant, shoes, hair, nails, etc. _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ 6. Read the following descriptions. Identify the inappropriate behaviour. Write reasons to show why they are inappropriate. a. Saleem is called by the instructor. The instructor tells Saleem how to use a Vernier Caliper. Saleem does not look at the instructor. He looks down when the instructor is talking to him. _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ b. Thomas is listening to a guest lecture on employability in his ITI. He is not interested in the session. He is drawing in his notebook and showing it to his friend, Ajay. _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ c. Mallik is called by the Principal as he has been very irregular to the ITI. Mallik stands very close to the Principal. He takes a paper weight on the Principal’s table and starts playing with it. _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ Copyright Free. Under CC BY License Communication Skills 212 d. Raghu is sitting in the classroom. The instructor is demonstrating safety rules and on how to use PPE. Lokesh is walking in the corridor. Raghu sees him from inside the class and waves his hands. _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ e. Radha comes to the ITI wearing a pretty saree. She has lots of jewels on her and is wearing flowers on her hair. Her anklets are making noise and disturbing the other trainees from paying attention. She distributes sweets and throws the papers on the floor. _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ 7. You are called for an interview in Hyundai. You may mention how you will conduct yourself at the interview. Remember to include details on gestures, postures, facial expressions, eye contact and personal appearance. _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ Complete the What I learned column in the KWL chart. Non-verbal behaviour like gestures, postures, facial expressions, eye contact and personal appearance communicate more about a person than the spoken word. Maintaining proper spatial distance in formal and informal communication situations is important. Conscious practice of appropriate non-verbal behaviour helps in creating a good impression in interviews. https://youtu.be/SKhsavlvuao https://youtu.be/PsVYsBPWbgc Copyright Free. Under CC BY License Communication Skills 213 11. Being Aware of Good and Bad Touch At the end of this lesson, you shall be able to: • identify good and bad touch • distinguish good and bad touch • learn to discourage bad touch and report it at all times. What I already Know What I Want to find out What I Learned Ability to identify the difference between a good and bad touch is very important. Sometimes, the lack of awareness of the difference between the two may lead to unwanted experiences. It is, therefore, important to know the difference between good and bad touch and take suitable measures tto prevent and report them to elders. a. Good touch Pat from the teacher Dad giving bath to you Brother pulling your cheeks Copyright Free. Under CC BY License Communication Skills 214 b. Bad touch Stranger touching you c. Areas to prevent strangers from touching 1. Identify good and bad touches in the following pictures. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License Communication Skills 215 2. Salma does not like strangers touching her. She does not like anyone hitting her too. Look at what according to Salma is bad touch. Tahir is Salma’s friend. Salma shares her idea about bad touch and wants to know what Tahir’s idea about bad touch is. Choose a partner and role play the situation. Make notes here: ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ 3. Your younger brother is 9 years old. He studies in a private school and goes by van to school. Tell him what good touch and bad touch are. Teach him what to do if anyone touches him inappropriately. Use the picture to make him understand better. Make notes here 4. Choose a partner. Use the information given on good and bad touch and engage in a discussion. You may add points, if you wish. Bad touch for me is when someone hits me. Or someone who I don’t know touches me when I don’t want to be touched. Or someone touches me, where I don’t want to be touched What about you? Copyright Free. Under CC BY License Communication Skills 216 5. Read the information in the graphic organizer. Make a list people you can permit to touch you, people you should not allow to touch you. Give reasons. People Allowed with reasons Not allowed with reasons Complete the What I learned column in the KWL chart. It is important to be aware of good and bad touch. Awareness about different types of touch will help prevent abuse by strangers. https://youtu.be/3T7Sox_h9Zs https://youtu.be/2Bw70foSSQI https://youtu.be/S_ozRNyUZNI Bad Touch Bad touch make us feel bad or uncomfortable. • When someone Kicks, hits, pinches or slaps. • When being touched where you are not supposed to Touched. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License Communication Skills 217 12. Recall 1. To call someone back means a. to wait on the phone b. to connect it to someone c. to return a phone call d. none of the above 2. What does to “hold on” during telephone call mean? a. to hold the phone well b. to wait for a short time c. to put the phone down d. to switch on a phone 3. Which one of these phrases is not related to a telephone call? a. make up b. pick up c. hold on d. call back 4. It is necessary to be polite while speaking on the phone. True False 5. What would you do if someone gives messages during a telephone call? a. refuse to note down if you don’t want to pass the message b. request to wait till you get pen and paper to take down c. ask the caller to talk later d. none of the above 6. When you are not able to repair an equipment in time a. you can tell the customer to wait for one more week as you have other jobs b. you can request the customer to give you one more week c. you can ask the customer to go to another company if he/she wants d. you can hide yourself when the customer comes 7. You must ask the callers before you put these on hold True False 8. Slang words and impolite words are not prevented in formal phone calls. True False 9. To ‘hang up’ means to end the telephone call by disconnecting the line. True False 10.Rasheed picked up the phone means a. he took a phone that was lying down b. he kept the phone up in the table c. he answered the phone d. none of the above 11.A well-written letter of application and resume help in creating a good first impression. True False 12.Resume is a brief description of one’s qualifications, skills and experience. True False 13.Leave letters written to the instructor and principal are informal letters, as you meet them in your institute almost every day. True False 14.I will convey my instructor about my availing leave through my friend. No leaver letter is needed. True False 15.NCVT means a. National Centre for Vocational Training b. National Council for Vocational Training c. National Council for Vocational Training d. National Centre for Vocational Training Copyright Free. Under CC BY License Communication Skills 218 16. Resumes introduce applicants to employers. True False 17. We can write anything in resumes. We do not have to prove everything. True False 18. Non-verbal communication includes spatial distance, bodily movements, appearance, eye contact and facial expressions. True False 19. Appropriate body language and neat appearance help achieve success in interviews as the give confidence. True False 20. Looking into the speaker’s eyes while listening and listener’s eyes while speaking shows one as a confident person. True False 21. Having an upright back is the best posture. True False 22. How should one greet people? a. with a sad face b. with a pleasant smile c. with an angry face d. with fear 23. Personal hygiene includes a. shiny teeth, clean hair & nails b. stained teeth, clean hair & nails c. stained teeth, dirty hair & clean nails d. stained teeth, dirty hair & nails 24. Every day ITI trainees should wear shoes, tucked in and buttoned shirt, have clean hair and nails. True False 25. Crossing your arm over your chest signifies to a listener that you agree with him / her. True False 26. Playing with phone or other objects while listening to someone is good behavior. True False 27. Nodding the head is an important visual sign to show that you are listening. True False 28. Lack of awareness of the difference between good and bad touch leads to unwanted experiences. True False 29. Which one of the following is an example of bad touch a. pat from the teacher b. dad giving bath to you as a small child c. brother pulling your cheeks d. stranger touching you when you are alone 30. Bad touch is when someone I don’t know touches me or hits me. True False 31. When someone you do not know touches you, it is good to a. shout ‘NO’ loudly b. go away from that person/place c. tell an elder or someone trusted d. all of the above 32. I feel bad, hurt, sad and scared, when I experience a bad touch. True False 33. I feel good, happy, loved and protected, when I experience a good touch True False Copyright Free. Under CC BY License Communication Skills 219 13. Workplace Communication At the end of this lesson, you shall be able to: • identify the importance of effective communication • recognize the characteristics of effective communication • identify and eliminate the barriers to effective communication. Workplace communication: You have already learned so much about effective communication. Why do we need to spend time learning more about communication at workplace? Once you have cleared your interview and secured a position in a new company, you enter the life of a working professional. This life has some rules of conduct that are very different from those of your student days. Knowing how to communicate with your supervisors and co-workers can open up many opportunities for you. Not knowing how to communicate properly can make your professional life very difficult! What I already Know What I Want to find out What I Learned Copyright Free. Under CC BY License Communication Skills 220 PERCEPTUAL BARRIERS EMOTIONAL BARRIERS LANGUAGE BARRIERS CULTURAL BARRIERS PHYSICAL BARRIERS OVERCOMING COMMUNICATION BARRIERS The differences in oponion and varied perceptions between people give rise to a need for effective communication. The fear and mistrust stop us from communicating effectively with our co-workers. Language that describes what we would want to express and communicate to others, serve as a barrier to them. A cultural barrier arises when two individuals in an organization belong to different religions, states or countries. Language and Physical barriers can be overcome by training employees on the language and also training managers, supervisors, and heads on dealing effectively with their subordinates. Hierarchy in the organization forbids team members from 5 effective interaction with each another. 4 3 2 1 6 OVERCOMING BARRIERS OF EFFECTIVE COMMUNICATION Copyright Free. Under CC BY License Communication Skills 221 When you are looking everywhere but at the person in the eye. It makes them think you can’t be trusted and that you are holding something back. Make good eye contact to build trust and show you are engaged and interested. Keep tabs on what you do with your arms. If you have them crossed, it makes you look defensive and closed off, or that you are distegarding what they are saying. Open your arms so that you appear to be inviting. There is cool, stylish and there is, well, just plain sloppy. If you look sloppy, it will come across that you are unprofessional and just dont’t care. It may also be an indicator of the way you do business. But if you are stylish and well put together, on the other hand, it shows that you are current and caring. If you are looking at your PDA when someone is talking to you, it’s a clear signal that you are not interested in what they are saying. It’s also a sign of pure arrogance. Turn the PDA off and put it out of site. If you are looking at your PDA when someone is talking to you, it’s a clear signal that you are not interested in what they are saying. It’s also a sign of pure arrogance. Turn the PDA off and put it out of site. Whether it is looking at your watch or checking the time on the wall, it says to the other person that you have something more important than what they are saying. It will make the other pweson focus on the meeting at hand. You’ve probably heard how important body language is. Body language includes all the things that are being said from your posture to the way you play with your hair in the midst of a conversation. Here are some of the most common mistakes that people make; NO EYE CONTACT ARM CROSSING DRESSING MESSY LOOKING AT YOUR SMARTPHONE EYE ROLLING CLOCK WATCHING M O R E C O M M O N M I S T A K E S 6 BODY LANGUAGE MISTAKES TO AVOID Copyright Free. Under CC BY License Communication Skills 222 Read and discuss the following situations with your classmates. 1. When work goes off manual A big manufacturing company has recently opened a plant. You have been hired as part of its new team. You are in charge of one important section. You are very excited about your new job, and have recently completed the training. You work every day from 9 a.m - 5 p.m. At precisely, 5 p.m. the shift changes and you hand over the operation of your machine at 4.45 p.m. Today, at 4.45 p.m. the machinery started malfunctioning, as per its manual. It is the kind of symptom that must be immediately repaired. However, once started the repair will take a minimum of 4 hours. The people from the evening shift are unwilling to accept responsibility and start the repair. Now, it’s just you, your team from the morning shift and the evening shift people standing on the floor. An argument has started. a. What is the way forward? __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________________ b. Is this a case of perception barrier in which both sides have a different opinion about the same issue? How can we overcome this barrier through communication? __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ Hint: Do not avoid responsibility. Follow the factory manual. Document your work hours and when in doubt in your early days of work about if it is your responsibility or not, always choose over performing than risking poor performance. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License Communication Skills 223 2. Breach of safety rules You have been hired by a multinational company and in your training one rule of working at a construction site was made very clear to you. While working at a heights of more than 2 meters, all personnel must always wear a belt. No workers are allowed to work on heights without a written permit by a supervisor. You are working with a team of 2 other people, who are senior to you. Your seniors continuously neglect the safety guideline. When you ask them to at least not to work at heights without a signed permit, they make fun of you. a. What are the different ways in which one can try convincing the senior co-workers? __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________________ b. What can be the repercussions of ignoring the safety rules? __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ Copyright Free. Under CC BY License Communication Skills 224 c. How should one approach a supervisor with this issue? __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________________ d. What is the definition of good teamwork here – not complaining against your team or bringing their negligence about their personal safety to supervisor’s attention? __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ Hint: Safety first, follow the training manual, attempt persuasion, and if it doesn’t work, then raise the issue for supervisor. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License Communication Skills 225 14. Workplace Communication Activities 3. You are attending a customer speaking a different language You have joined a very good service company in your city. You are in - charge of providing the on-door service to all the customers who purchase an air conditioner from the company’s biggest store in the city. You have been working in the company for 6 months, and have so far enjoyed your work. You are fairly confident of your skills and always manage to get good reviews from the people whose A/Cs you install. This week, however, there is one customer who has been filing a complaint about a mysterious noise in his air conditioner. The store manager sends you to look at it because he trusts you will be able to deal with a difficult customer. When you reach the site, you find out that the customer is not a native Hindi speaker (he is an American and speaks mostly English) and cannot explain the problem to you fully in Hindi. a. What is the way forward? __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ b. Is it a good idea to just leave and make the customer wait for some time till someone who understands English can return to service the AC? __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ c. What if there is a serious miscommunication and the AC is damaged while the customer waits? __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ Copyright Free. Under CC BY License Communication Skills 226 __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ Hint: Think out of the box! Often while dealing with customers, strange and unexpected problems arise. Perhaps, call a friend and have them speak to the customer on the phone and translate to you! 4. Gender sensitivity You are a woman and you have secured a job in the manufacturing plant. You have always been at the top of your class in the ITI and are confident of your skills. As per company policy, you cannot be assigned a night/evening shift and are given the morning shift. However, you soon observe that the attitude of your supervisor towards you is very biased. He has openly told you that he doesn’t trust you with heavy machine jobs because you are a girl. This is preventing you from working at jobs that will further your promotion. You are also afraid that this will affect your performance review, which will be submitted by this same supervisor. When you approach the HR department, it is suggested that you take up the night shift as that will mean a change in your supervisor. a. What is the way forward? __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ b. There is also an option of just leaving the job, would you take up the night shift? __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ c. What can possibly be the role of other male colleagues in this situation? __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ Copyright Free. Under CC BY License Communication Skills 227 __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ d. What are the different approaches that can be tried while speaking to the supervisor or the HR? __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ e. Is there something you should avoid doing in this situation? If yes, what? __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ Hint: Do not make a vague complaint. Explain what exactly the problem is - you are unable to operate this one machine – clearly suggest to the HR an alternate way forward. Tell him/her exactly that you want to be given a chance to do (i.e. you want to prove that you are as capable of handling machinery like men). Eventually, everyone on the plant should work as per manual and guidelines. 5. Applying for leave You have recently joined a big automobile manufacturing company. As per the company policy, you are not eligible for more than one day leave in 30 days till you have completed the first 6 months of employment. However, in the second month of your work, your family asks you come back to your hometown to attend a close cousin’s wedding. The wedding date is fixed, and the invitations have been sent. You don’t want to miss this wedding, and know that it will upset your whole family, if you don’t go. If the HR on the plant is approached, they will clearly state that he/she does not have the authority to alter policy. a. How will you communicate this to your supervisor and HR? Copyright Free. Under CC BY License Communication Skills 228 __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ b. What are the points to be taken care of while approaching your seniors in an office? __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ c. Should you get an appointment or should you just walk in and ask for a ‘minute’ of their time? __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ d. How will you communicate the result to your family? __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ Hint: Policies, safety manuals, etc., are decided by the top executives of a company and have to be followed by all. You will have to forego the wedding. But, perhaps, make up for it to your family, later, in some other way. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License Communication Skills 229 Boring Fun Lots of learning Less learning Complete the What I learned column in the KWL chart. How was today’s session? Think, and share: What are the characteristics of a good employee? __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ What are the traits of an irresponsible employee? __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ What is the role of safety manuals? Are they important? Why? __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ What is the best way to resolve a conflict in the team during work hours? __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ How can you improve your ability to communicate professionally? __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=kaH4xfodN3w Copyright Free. Under CC BY License Communication Skills 230 15. Decoding Interview At the end of this lesson, you shall be able to: • learn the dos and don’ts of facing an interview • identify the common questions asked in an interview • assess your ability to appear in an interview. Interview skills: Upon your completing your education, you will get an opportunity to appear for job interviews. During these interviews, your ability to communicate about yourself will also be assessed! Through an interview, the employer is able to find out the following things: • if the candidate has the ability to perform the job • if the applicant is reliable, honest, and trustworthy • if the applicant will fit in with the team and organization. What I already Know What I Want to find out What I Learned SO TELL ME ABOUT YOURSELF. This is how all interviews begin! This question gives you a chance to tell the employer about strengths and skills. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License Communication Skills 231 Stages of an interview Pre-interview Interview Post-interview Apply for the right job. Check the required qualifications. Greet the employer with a smile! Write an email to HR. Thank them for the opportunity. Prepare a folder with your resume, identity cards, and mark sheets. Maintain eye contact. Wait for a week or longer for the response. Reach 15-20 minutes before the scheduled time. Speak clearly and loudly. If you are selected, reply confirming your willingness to join. Groom yourself. At the end of the interview, thank the employer for the opportunity. If you are not selected, reply thanking the employer for this opportunity. 1. Discuss with friends and prepare answers to the following questions: Tell us about yourself. __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ Tell us a little about your city. __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ Apart from studies, what other interests did you pursue during your year at the ITI? __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ Why did you choose this trade, and what have you learned from it? __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ Why have you applied for this job? __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ 2. Discuss with friends and guess the reason these questions are commonly asked in an interview by the employers. Some hints are provided for your help. You can also seek the advice of your mentors / local employers. Questions Why are they asked? Tell us about yourself. Your communication skill … and this is also a chance for you to showcase your __________________________ ? Tell us a little about your city. Your communication skill … and this is also a chance for you to showcase your general awareness and ______________________ ? Apart from academic, what other interests did you pursue during your year at the ITI? Your interests, leadership ability (if you led teams), and _______________. Why have you applied for this job? Your awareness of the industry, and the specific job role, and __________________. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License Communication Skills 232 How was today’s session? Boring Fun Lots of learning Less learning Think, and share: What is the purpose of an interview for an employer? What do they judge about the applicants from an interview? __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ How would you answer ‘tell me about yourself’ in an interview? __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ How can we prepare ourselves for an interview? __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ How can you assess your preparedness to appear in an interview? __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ Invite your friend to interview you using the commonly asked questions given in this section. After the interview is over, ask your friend to give you a score in each of the categories in the below table. Identify your areas of improvement and work on them! Your Name: Parameters Scores Indicators Salutation 0: Did not greet. 1: Greeted without eye contact or without a smile. 2: Greeted with eye contact and with a smile. Voice Clarity 0: Was audible. 1: Was not audible. Resume 0: Incomplete or no Resume. 1: Complete Resume but answers not completely aligned to the Resume. 2: Well-structured Resume and answers aligned to the Resume. Introduction 0: Introduction only had few lines. 1: Introduction had clarity on Who and Why. 2: Introduction had clarity on Who I am, Why I want this job and How I will be a good fit. Strength 0: Could not tell about his/her strength. 1: Could tell about a strength, but could not give relatable example. 2: Could tell about a strength and could give relatable example form recent past. Subject Knowledge 0: Could not answer any subject-related question. 1: Could give only incomplete answers. 2: Was able to give complete answers. Complete the What I learned column in the KWL chart. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License Communication Skills 233 16. Handling Rejection and Failure At the end of this lesson, you shall be able to: • identify that failures are stepping stones to succeed • reflect on experiences and set short-term and long-term goals • take measures to improve performance for success. What I already Know What I Want to find out What I Learned Success does not come easily. Everyone who is in top position today has reached there after facing some hardship and with enormous amount of hard work. Failures may be considered as opportunities for better performances. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License Communication Skills 234 1. Choose a partner. Answer the following questions. If your response is different from that of your partner, write both responses in the space provided. a. Have you ever missed the bus? Did you feel unhappy about it? _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ b. What are your ambitions in life? _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ c. Is it necessary to be upset when you fail in one of your attempts? Give reasons. _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ d. What are the important things to you want to do when you get a good job? _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ e. Have you seen a spider climbing on the wall? What is unique about the spider? _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ 2. Look at the picture. Reflect on what it means. Choose a partner and discuss. Take the help of the instructor, if you want. Make notes here: _________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________ Don’t carry your mistakes around with you. Instead, place them under your feet and use them as stepping stones to rise above them. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License Communication Skills 235 3. Look at the following picture. Do you know what it means? Can you recall learning it earlier? Well, you learnt it in the module on English Literacy. Let’s get back to it. All you need is to make a “to do” list and follow it very strictly. List three things you wish to achieve in the table given. Within a month Within 6 months Within a year 4. Look at the picture. Choose one goal from each of the three columns. Prepare actions that you need to take in order to meet the requirements of achieving the goal. Also, make a list of alternate plan of action in case your effort to achieve your goal fails. __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ Overseas holiday Deposit on a house Childrens education Car Boat Holiday house Copyright Free. Under CC BY License Communication Skills 236 5. Reflect on the previous activity that you just completed. What did you learn? Choose a partner and share. __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ Complete the What I learned column in the KWL chart. Failure does not mean that one is worthless. It only means that a little more hard work is necessary. Failure helps to identify shortcomings and improve. Google and find how many famous personalites were school dropouts, rejected by teachers and society. Make a list and put it in a poster on the wall to draw inspiration to succeed. https://youtu.be/aUjbiZWnF3s https://youtu.be/WR8lQOplZhY https://youtu.be/vOev6zSII1U Copyright Free. Under CC BY License Communication Skills 237 17. Professional Networking At the end of this lesson, you shall be able to: • identify the basics of professional networking • practice the use of effective communication in building a professional network • develop the ability to build professional networking. A professional network can be defined in very simple terms as your circle of acquaintances (friends) who are from your chosen field of work. Is it nuisance or a benefit to have a large circle of such acquaintances? A large professional network can help you find great job opportunities. It can also help you stay updated about industry trends and technology. This network is a resource for life. Let’s learn how to make friends in the professional world, and grow our network. Easy ways to create a professional network are: • join online networking websites, like LinkedIn, etc. • attend job fairs organized by both government and private companies, and • keep in touch with your teachers and fellow students. What I already Know What I Want to find out What I Learned Copyright Free. Under CC BY License Communication Skills 238 1. Read and discuss with your friends! You have been asked to go for a job fair in your city. Make a list of all the documents that you will carry with you to this event. i. _______________________________________________________________________________________ ii. _______________________________________________________________________________________ iii. _______________________________________________________________________________________ iv. _______________________________________________________________________________________ v. _______________________________________________________________________________________ 2. Your seniors have been placed in a prestigious service sector company in your city. What can be the best way to stay in touch with your seniors? Ask them to share with you any relevant job opportunities in that company. _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ Copyright Free. Under CC BY License Communication Skills 239 How was today’s session? Think, and share: Boring Fun Lots of learning Less learning a. What is the meaning of a professional network? __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ b. What is the use of a professional network? __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ c. How can we search for better job opportunities through our network? __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ d. How can we make our existing network stronger? How can we use our communication skills to build our professional network? __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ e. What are some of the online websites that you can use to build a professional network? __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ Explore the following websites for learning more about online professional networking. The balance careers > How to use linkedIn effectively >https://www.thebalancecareers.com/how-to-uselinkedin-2062597 Wiki How> How to use LinkedIn >https://www.wikihow.com/Use-LinkedIn Complete the What I learned column in the KWL chart. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License Communication Skills 240 18. Recall 1. Most interviews have the question “Tell me about yourself” Why? a. The interviewer expects to know about the family of the candidate. b. The interviewer expects a short and quick introduction of the candidate. c. The interviewer wishes to know the name of the candidate. d. The interviewer wants to know where the candidate studied. 2. When one starts looking for the job the first step is to a. Identify the right job for you c. Check for pay scales of the job b. Apply for all the jobs d. Go for interviews 3. If an interview is scheduled at 10 am in the morning, it is better to reach the venue at a. 10 a.m. b. 10.30 a.m. c. 9.30 a.m. d. 7 a.m. 4. The folder for interview preparation should contain a. resume b. identity cards c. marksheets d. all of the above 5. If you are not selected at the end of an interview it is good to a. reply thanking the employer for this opportunity c. discourage other candidates b. leave the place immediately d. ask the reason for not being selected 6. As part of grooming, which of the following are essential for attending interviews? a. casual clothes b. formal clothes c. strong perfumes d. expensive shoes 7. When you asked about your interests other than academics, your answer should be a. genuine b. imaginary c. irrelevant d. funny 8. While testing your subject knowledge in the interview, you should a. answer precisely and completely c. avoid the question b. answer very shortly d. give descriptive answers 9. When you are speaking about your strength, it can effective if you include a a. story b. example c. lie d. song 10. The Curriculum Vitae should be written containing a. facts b. opinions c. false statements d. none of the above 11. Pick the don’t when participating in the group discussion. a. maintain eye contact while speaking b. speak clearly and sensibly c. allow others to speak d. listen to others carelessly 12. When you disagree with a person’s opinion, you can say a. I have a different opinion about this. b. I think so. c. Yes, you are right. d. See you again. 13. Pick the best way to respond to the question ‘Shall we start the discussion?’ a. To conclude b. But, don’t you think? c. Yes, let’s start. d. To sum up 14. When you want to conclude a discussion, it is better to say a. let’s conclude … b. let’s finish … c. in conclusion … d. to sum up … 15. When you speak to a person, you need to a. Look at the person in a friendly manner. b. Stare at the person. c. Look away from the person. d. Look at the floor. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License Communication Skills 241 16. When a person disagrees with our opinion, we should a. Argue strongly. b. Fight with the person. c. Listen to his/her view. d. Keep quiet. 17. Pick the apt phrase you should use when somebody asks you, ‘Can you tell me more about this? a. You are most welcome. b. Thanks a lot. c. Of course. d. Really? 18. When members get diverted and speak different ideas not related to a given topic, what would you do? a. Tell them that they do not know the rules of a discussion. b. You keep talking only about the topic. c. Alert them and bring them back on track. d. Leave the discussion. 19. What can be done to avoid repeating the ideas that others have already told? a. We should express our idea even if it is the same. b. We should listen carefully to avoid repetition. c. We should apologise for repetition. d. We can listen randomly. 20. How do you ask for clarification? a. That’s true. b. Can you please clarify…? c. Oh, I see. d. Thank you for your help. 21. You apply for an apprenticeship to your dream company but you receive a rejection mail. How will you handle the situation? a. You get depressed. b. You feel worthless. c. You thank them and move on. d. You send them an angry mail. 22. You submit your resume for an interview for job A. You don’t get that job, but they ask if you want to be considered for Job B. a. You say, “Yes, I’d love to!” totally pretending to be excited. b. You say, “No, thanks.” c. You say yes, but don’t hold out much hope. d. You accept it and try to learn job B 23. When you fail an exam you had prepared well you a. Feel you are unlucky. b. Analyse what went wrong. c. Lock yourself up in a room. d. You complain to your friends. 24. A famous company has made an open call for hiring freshers. What will you do? a. Think you’ll not make it anyway. b. Prepare a good resume and apply. c. Fear rejection. d. Tell everyone that you are applying. 25. When someone asks how much you value yourself, your answer will be a. I don’t know. b. I am not valuable. c. I value myself a lot. d. None of the above 26. When others say hurtful things about us we should a. Value their words and believe it. b. Ignore such ideas and believe in ourselves. c. Talk hurtful things about them. d. Behave according to their words. 27. If you are unable to continue your studies in school or college a. You can learn from experience. b. You become illiterate. c. You cannot achieve anything. d. You have to depend on others forever. 28. How do successful people handle failure? a. They learn from their mistakes. b. They get demotivated. c. They blame others. d. They give up their ambitions. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License Communication Skills 242 29. Identify the short term goal from the following a. Maintaining good health b. Leading a happy life c. Being helpfu d. Learning to drive a car 30. Identify a long term goal from the following a. Mastering typing skills b. Working for a reputed company c. Using a computer d. Learning a foreign language 31. Once we enter a workplace, our communication has to be a. personal b. careless c. professional d. useless 32. The people with whom you will have to communicate at the workplace include a. mostly friends b. supervisors and co-workers c. family members d. classmates 33. Which of the following should be avoided while communicating at the workplace? a. Eye contact b. Crossing arms c. Smile d. Looking at your phone 34. What is the basic need for people at workplace to communicate? a. people have different understanding about their work b. for a smooth operation of the work in hand c. to help and encourage each other d. all of the above 35. What kind of emotional barriers can be overcome when people communicate? a. fear b. mistrust c. jealousy d. both a and b 36. Men and women have different ways of communicating at the workplace. Understanding these differences relates to a. cultural sensitivity b. gender sensitivity c. religious sensitivity d. political sensitivity 37.When you need to explain a problem in your workplace, your communication has be a. clear and elaborate b. short and quick c. vague and quick d. long and boring 38. Which of the options below need to be followed strictly at the workplace? a. requests of fellow workers b. policies and safety manuals c. choice of food d. none of the above 39. Which of the following skills is important while speaking to customers while handling sales? a. problem-solving skills b. persuasive skills c. body language d. listening skills 40. When you check your watch frequently while speaking to a supervisor, he or she will get a. excited b. upset c. irritated d. surprised 41. Professional networking are extremely beneficial because a. they make a large group of friends b. it is fun to know many people c. they can help us find good opportunities d. they can solve all our problems 42. Effective and easy ways to create a professional network are a. join online networking websites like LinkedIn, etc. b. attend job fairs organized by both government and private companies c. keep in touch with your teachers and fellow students d. all of the above 43. It is useful to get recommendations and endorsements from a. family members b. friends c. school teachers d. former colleagues and friends Copyright Free. Under CC BY License Communication Skills 243 44. One effective way to make our social presence felt is a. create a page about us on social media b. keep sending messages to people about our qualifications c. keep sharing images and videos d. maintain secrecy about ourselves 45. Keeping our resume and contact card ready during networking events can help us find a. good friends b. job opportunities c. unwanted companions d. old friends 46. Why should we keep personal information private in social media? a. our families will know about it otherwise b. potential employers will do a background check c. our friends will share it to others d. social media will steal our information 47. Professional networking can be done through a. online only b. face-to-face communication c. both online and face-to-face d. none of the above 48. Linkedin is a website that can be used to a. meet new members of our profession b. share photos and videos c. watch movies d. wish people on their birthdays 49. Job fairs are great places for professional networking because a. you can find like-minded people there b. you can meet prospective employers there c. you can learn about opportunities available in your field d. all of the above 50. How often will you contact people in your professional network? a. whenever you need something b. communicate only when they contact you c. keep calling them everyday d. maintain a regular and meaningful communication Copyright Free. Under CC BY License Communication Skills 244 19. Mock Interviews At the end of this lesson, you shall be able to: • identify what mock interview are • learn to prepare for interviews through mock interviews • role play a typical interview. A mock interview is also known as a practice interview. It is often a simulation of an actual job interview. It gives an opportunity to practice for an interview and receive feedback. A mock interview helps you learn how to dress, use appropriate body language, answer interview questions, develop confidence, improve communication skills and reduce stress before an actual job interview. What I already Know What I Want to find out What I Learned a. Benefits Copyright Free. Under CC BY License Communication Skills 245 b. 10 Common interview questions 1. Answer the following questions. Note that your responses will be based on the appropriate dress code, appearance, body language, discipline, trade expertise, communication skills, etc. a. What are your strengths? ________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________ b. What are areas that you need to improve? ________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________ c. Why do you think neat appearance is important? ________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________ d. How confident are you to apply for jobs? ________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________ e. What preparatory steps have you taken for applying for jobs? ________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________ f. Do you have a resume with you? ________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________ 1. Can you tell me a about yourself? 2. What interests you about this job opening? 3. What do you know about our company? 4. Why are you no longer with your last job? 5. Why should we hire you for this job? 6. What are your greatest greatest strengths/weaknesses? 7. What is your greatest achievement? 8. Where do you see yourself in five years? 9. What salary range are you looking for? 10.What questions do you have for me? Copyright Free. Under CC BY License Communication Skills 246 2. Can you list the preparatory steps before, during and after the interview? Before the interview During the interview After the interview 3. Why do you think mock interviews are important? ________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________ 4. Imagine you have applied for the post of a service mechanic in Larsen and Toubro Ltd. You have been one among the shortlisted candidates and are called for the interview. Inform your instructor about it. Request him to organize for a mock interview in the ITI. The interview may be conducted for 15 – 20 minutes with a pre-interview briefing on how the mock session will happen for 15 – 20 minutes and a follow-up of debriefing for 15 – 20 minutes on what went well with suggestions on how it can be improved. i. The instructor will make the following arrangements for the mock interview. • The mock interview will be conducted by the placement coordinator of your institute. The placement coordinator will head the interview panel which will have 4 members including him/her. The other 3 members will be your own classmates. • A checklist of criteria based on which the candidate will be assessed. The following sample from “Decoding Interview” may also be used. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License Communication Skills 247 Criteria Scores Indicators Salutation 0: Did not greet 1: Greeted without eye contact or without a smile 2: Greeted with eye contact and with a smile Voice Clarity 0: Was audible 1: Was not audible Resume 0: Incomplete or no Resume 1: Complete Resume but answers not completely aligned to the Resume 2: Well-structured Resume and answers aligned to the Resume Introduction 0: Introduction only had few lines on 1: Introduction had clarity on Who and Why 2: Introduction had clarity on Who I am, Why I want this job and How I will be a good fit? Strength 0: Could not tell about his/her strength 1: Could tell about a strength but could not give relatable example 2: Could tell about a strength and could give relatable example form recent past Subject Knowledge 0: Could not answer any subject-related question 1: Could give only incomplete answers 2: Was able to give complete answer ii. As the candidate to take the interview, you will be prepared with all the necessary documents to attend the interview in the proper dress code and appearance. Create a checklist. • List the documents that you need to carry along with you. • List the proper dress code that you will follow. • Rehearse the way you will respond to questions. The following sample dos and don’ts during an interview may be used, if necessary. Tell me about yourself? Don’t “I was born in...I like walks on the beac...” Do: In 2 minutes or less, tell why uou’re qualified. What would you change about you last job? Don’t “My boss. He was totally unrealistic”. Do: “I wish we had a larger training budget”. What is your biggest weakness? Don’t “I really don’t have any big weaknesses.” Do: Not delegating enough. I realize I get overwhelmed when I think I have to do it all myself.” Why should I hire you? Don’t “Because I’m the best candidate”. Do: “I’m a hard worker with a proven track record.” Do you have any questions for me? Don’t “Uh, no, I don’t have any questions.” Do: “Can you walk me through a typical day of someone in this role?” Do: “What can I help to clarify that would make hiring me an easy decision?” Mock interviews help to get prepared for the real interviews. Since, the candidate gets an opportunity to practise on the before, during and after of interviews, it gives confidence. Mock interviews help in performing well in real interviews and boost the candidate’s self-esteem to a large extent. Complete the What I learned column in the KWL chart. https://youtu.be/4uFTcfua-_w Copyright Free. Under CC BY License Communication Skills 248 20. Job Search and Mock Interviews At the end of this lesson, you shall be able to: • identify what mock interview are • learn to prepare for interviews through mock interviews • role play a typical interview. Every ITI trainee will have to apply for jobs on completion of their course. Learning to locate job portals online and apply for jobs that match their qualifications and trade expertise is important. Drafting customized letters of application and resumes and eventually facing interviews has to be learnt. What I already Know What I Want to find out What I Learned 1. Trainees will be divided into two groups and asked to browse job portals that they have been introduced to IT Literacy. Step 1: Each group will bring a list of 3 jobs that are relevant to their trade to apply for in 10 minutes. Step 2: In the next 10 minutes the trainees will quickly draft a letter of application and resume. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License Communication Skills 249 (Trainees may be asked to get their resume ready before the session so that only the letter of application is written in the classroom.) Step 3: Instructor to set up the classroom to conduct mock interview for candidates from the groups. While trainees from group one are engaged in the mock interview, group two will be the interview panel. Group two will give feedback to group one in the form of a consolidated group feedback in the format given by the instructor which will not exceed 5 minutes. Step 4: The second mock session will be for 15 minutes. While trainees from group two are engaged in the mock interview, group one will be the interview panel. Group one will give feedback to group two in the form of a consolidated group feedback in the format given by the instructor which will not exceed 5 minutes. Complete the What I learned column in the KWL chart. Browsing job portals to apply for jobs, applying for jobs with resume are the first step in getting prepared to the world of work. The next step is to practise and rehearse on how to conduct oneself during the interview through mock interviews. The feedback given by peers during the mock session will help trainees improve their performance based on the suggestions. This will help them perform better in real interviews. https://www.themuse.com/advice/the-ultimate-interview-guide-30-prep-tips-for-job-interview-success Copyright Free. Under CC BY License Communication Skills 250 Copyright Free. Under CC BY License IT Literacy 251 1. Basics of Computers At the end of this lesson, you shall be able to: • recognize a computer • identify the important parts of a computer • recognise the functions of the various parts of a computer. Basics of Computers: Computers and internet have made communication faster and reduced physical distances. They have improved human capabilities to do many tasks. There are many advantages in using computers and internet today. Computers help to quickly find information, learn new things, communicate with people around the world and manage life better. Computers helps us learn anytime, anywhere and about anything. What I already Know What I Want to find out What I Learned Copyright Free. Under CC BY License IT Literacy 252 Central Processing Unit (CPU) The CPU is like the human brain. It performs the following functions: all calculations, all decisions, and controls all units of the computer. 1. Here is a quick competition for you! With a friend, try and name as many parts of a computer as you can in 2 minutes. Let’s see who can name maximum parts? __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ Escape Capitals Lock Shift Control Windows Alt Space bar Alt Windows Menu Control Shift Arrows Number Pad Function Enter Backspace Delete Print Screen Scroll Indicators A computer is an electronic, device used to process data. It is used to convert data into information that is useful to people/users. A computer system consists of hardware and software components. Hardware is the physical equipment such as the case, storage drives, keyboards, monitor, cables, speakers and printers. Software is the operating system and programmes. The Operating System instructs the computer on how to operate. Programmes or applications perform different functions. 1+2=3 11+22=33 111x222=24642 OUTPUT DEVICES INTPUT DEVICES 1+2=3 11+22=33 111x222=24642 1+2=3 11+22=33 111x222=24642 KEYBOARD MOUSE CPU BRAIN OF THE COMPUTER PROCESS Computers have 2 types of parts – Input devices and Output devices. Input devices help a user work and interact with a computer. It allows the user to enter data into the computer. Input devices include keyboard, mouse, digital camera, scanner, microphone, barcode reader, joystick. a. Keyboard Keyboards allow a computer user to input letters, numbers and other symbols into a computer. It uses an arrangement of buttons or keys. It requires pressing and holding several keys simultaneously or in sequence. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License IT Literacy 253 Shiftlets you type an upper case letter or characters when used in combination with another letter/1number key. Shift lets you type an uppercase letter or character when used in combination with another letter/number key. Backspacekey deletes the character before the cursor, or the selected text chosen Caps Lock allows all letters to be typed in uppercase without having to press shift. Backspacekey deletes the the selected text chosen character before the cursor, or Windows logo key lets you open the start menu. Alphanumeric Keys are for letters, numbers, punctuations, symbols, the spacebar, tab, backspace, caps lock, shift and enter keys. Backspacekey deletes the character before the cursor, or the selected text chosen Backspacekey deletes the character before the cursor, or the selected text chosen Spacebar allows a space to be indicated when pressed. Backspacekey deletes the character before the cursor, or the selected text chosen Backspace key deletes the character before the cursor, or the selected text chosen. Backspacekey deletes the character before the cursor, or the selected text chosen Enter allows the cursor to be moved to the beginning of the next line. b. Mouse Using the mouse involves five techniques • Pointing: Move the mouse to move the on-screen pointer • Clicking: Press and release the left mouse button once • Double-clicking: Press and release the left mouse button twice • Dragging: Hold down the left mouse button as you move the pointer. • Right-Clicking: Press and release the right mouse button. Using the mouse involves the following techniques • Pointing: Move the mouse to move the on-screen pointer • Clicking: Press and release the left mouse button once • Double-clicking: Press and release the left mouse button twice • Dragging: Hold down the left mouse button as you move the pointer. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License IT Literacy 254 Left mouse button click to move the pointer to any position on the screen Parts of the mouse Wheel between the right and left mouse buttons used to move/scroll up and down the pages Right mouse buttonclick to bring up other menus Right click button d. Scanner e. Mic / Microphone f. Barcode Reader g. Webcam c. Digital Camera A webcam is an input device because it captures a video image of the scene in front of it. It is either built in to the computer (e.g. laptop) or it is connected through an USB cable. A webcam is an input device because it captures a video image of the scene in front of it. It is either built in to the computer (laptop) or it is connected through a USB cable. A BCR (barcode reader) or scanner, also known as a POS (point of sale) scanner is a hardware input device capable of reading a barcode using a laser. It can also print out the details of the product or log information about that product into a database. A BCR (barcode reader) or scanner, also known as a POS (point of sale) scanner is a hardware input device capable of reading a barcode using laser. It can also print the details of the product or log information about that product into a database. Microphone is an input device where sound is stored in a digital form or voice instructions. The microphone is used for various applications such as adding sound to a multimedia presentation or for mixing music. Microphone is an input device where sound is stored in a digital form or voice instructions. The microphone is used for various applications such as adding sound to a multimedia presentation or for mixing music. A scanner is an input device that scans documents such as photographs and pages of text. When a document is scanned, it is converted into a digital format. A scanner is an input device that scans documents such as photographs and pages of text. When a document is scanned, it is converted into digital format. From the view point of a computer, a digital camera sends data(photos / video) in to the computer so its considered an input device. From the view point of a computer, a digital camera sends data (photos / video) in to the computer. So, it is considered an input device. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License IT Literacy 255 Output devices are computer hardware equipment that receive or display output from a computer. These devices help us experience and receive data from a computer. Output devices include monitor, printer, speakers, headphones, projector. a. Monitor The device which displays computer output is called a monitor. The monitor displays the video and graphic information generated by the computer through the video card. Monitors are very similar to televisions, but usually display information at a much higher resolution. b. Printer Cathode Ray Tube (CRT) Large Heavy Produce heat Notexpensive Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) Less space Lighter Low power consumption Expensive Limited viewing angle Light-emitting Diode (LED) Less space Lighter Very expensive Provide higher contrast and better viewing angles than LCD monitor Printer is an external hardware device responsible for taking computer data and generating a hard copy of that data. Printers are one of the most used output devices on computers and are commonly used to print text, images and photographs. Printer is an external hardware device responsible for taking computer data and generating a hard copy of that data. Printers are one of the most used output devices on computers They are commonly used to print text, images and photographs. Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) Less space Lighter Low power consumption Expensive Limited viewing angle Light-emitting Diode (LED) Less space Lighter Very expensive Provide higher contrast and better viewing angles c. Speakers A hardware device connected to a computer's sound card that outputs sounds generated by the computer. Speakers can be used to alert the user as well as for music and spoken text. A hardware device connected to a computer’s sound card that outputs sounds generated by the computer. Speakers can be used to alert the user as well as for music and spoken text. d. Headphones Headphones give sound output from the computer. They are similar to speakers, except that they are worn on the ears and so only one person can hear the output at a time. Headphones give sound output from the computer. They are similar to speakers, except that they are worn on the ears. So, only one person can hear the output at a time. Cathode Ray Tube (CRT) Large Heavy Produce heat Not expensive Copyright Free. Under CC BY License IT Literacy 256 e. Projector An output device that can take the display of a computer screen and project a large version of it onto a flat surface. Projectors are often used in meetings and presentations so that everyone in the room can view the presentation. An output device that can take the display of a computer screen and project a large version of it onto a flat surface. Projectors are often used in meetings and presentations so that everyone in the room can view the presentation. Name the part that is called the brain of a computer. __________________________________________________________________________________________ What do you think are the most useful parts of a computer? __________________________________________________________________________________________ How do you think we can learn anywhere and anytime using a computer? __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ Go to a computer store and ask the storekeeper to show you the different parts of a computer and find out their price. What is the most delicate and expensive part of a computer? What is the cheapest part of a computer? https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6Gkd2QOWKAI https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wHGfCn9yZGM https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HrbQ6XvtLFo https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YhaHq3pz_IQ Complete the What I learned column in the KWL chart. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License IT Literacy 257 Exploring a Computer: A computer also has many uses and benefits. Identifying these benefits can help us focus on how to use computers well. It will also inspire us to do things a lot faster, smarter and better. From learning about your trade to getting a job, a computer can be your best friend in today’s world. It can help you know and grow to unimaginable heights! 2. Exploring a Computer At the end of this lesson, you shall be able to: • start and shut down a computer • connect different devices to a computer • explore the benefits of a computer. What I already Know What I Want to find out What I Learned Don’t be an elephant, when you can be a friendly mouse! Copyright Free. Under CC BY License IT Literacy 258 Start Menu Now let us understand how to systematically start a computer, connect some important devices to the computer (a mobile phone, a USB drive or pendrive, and a speaker) and then shut it down. 2. Starting or booting a computer Starting a computer is also called booting a computer. Here is how you can boot a computer. PRESS POWER BUTTONof a Computer to start it.. Desktop Desktop After Booting a computer, you will be able to see a Home Screen like this. This home screen is called a Desktop. This is the start button. Press the Start Button in the KEYBOARDor use your MOUSEto click on it. Click the left button of your mouse. The Start Menu appears once you click on this button. This is the start button. Press the Start Button in the KEYBOARD or use your MOUSE to click on it. Click the left button of your mouse. The Start Menu appears once you click on this button. Start Menu Start Menu Search Box • The “Search box” on the Taskbar will allow you to search within your documents and files or on the Web for anything you write. • The initial results will appear within the Start Menu itself. The taskbar is an element of an operating system located at the bottom of the screen. It allows you to see the programs that are currently open. You can even start certain programs by clicking here with the mouse. The taskbar is an element of an operating system located at the bottom of the screen. It allows you to see the programmes that are currently open. You can even start certain programmes by clicking here with the mouse. Search Box • The “Search box” on the Taskbar will allow you to search within your documents and files or on the Web for anything you write. • The initial results will appear within the Start Menu itself. 1. The starting and ending steps of this process are given below. Fill in the rest of the steps. Choose a partner and consult your instructor for help, if necessary. Start the computer Shut down the computer Copyright Free. Under CC BY License IT Literacy 259 Turn both your phone and computer on Connect the USB wire to your phone and the computer Locate the phone folder on the computer and transfer the files 3 Connect the USB wire to your phone and the computer 3. Connecting devices to the computer Once you start a computer, you can connect many devices to it. Let us learn about 3 simple devices. These devices can help transfer pictures from phone to the computer. a. Mobile phone There are 3 important steps to connect your phone to your computer. USB debugging connected Tap to turn off USB debugging Android system Android system Charging device via USB Tap for more options. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License IT Literacy 260 b. USB Drive or Pendrive There are 3 important steps to connect a USB drive phone to your computer. Start your computer Start your computer Connect the pen drive to the USB port on the side of your computer 1 2 USB Drive (G:) 3 Locate the USB folder on the computer and transfer the files Locate the USB folder on the computer and transfer the files USB symbol USB flash drive USB port Start your computer Start your computer Connect the pendrive to the USB part on the side of your computer Copyright Free. Under CC BY License IT Literacy 261 c. Speaker: There are 3 important steps to connect a speaker to your computer. 4. Shutting down a computer A computer can be shut down in 2 simple steps. This is the start button. Press the Start Button in the KEYBOARDor use your MOUSEto click on it. Click on the Shut Down button. This switches off your computer. Start Your Computer Connect the speaker to a power or electricity socket Connect the speaker wires (as per the colour) to the CPU or laptop 1. Microphone (on some computers, the microphone can also be configured as the Centre/Subwoofer out through the Sound Manager software) 2. Line-out (to front powered speakers) 3. Line-in (on some computers, the microphone can also be configured as the rear speaker out through the Sound Manager software) 1 2 1. Side speaker out 2. Rear speaker out 3. Centre and subwoofer out 4. Microphone 5. Line-out (to front powered speakers) 6. Line-in Copyright Free. Under CC BY License IT Literacy 262 What did you learn today? __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ What are some other common devices that are connected to a computer? __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ How do you think a computer can benefit you in your life and work? __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ Complete the What I learned column in the KWL chart. Now talk to your trainers, friends and elders to find out more about the benefits of a computer. You can even use google to find out more! https://in.video.search.yahoo.com/yhs/search?fr=yhs-trp-001&hsimp=yhs-001&hspart=trp&p=comouters+bas ics+tutotial+youtube#id=3&vid=af478e149aabd775ed40219e0a40dd63&action=click https://in.video.search.yahoo.com/yhs/search?fr=yhs-trp-001&hsimp=yhs-001&hspart=trp&p=comouters+bas ics+tutotial+youtube#id=4&vid=11e7f17761a61ad9672251c8a1162191&action=view Copyright Free. Under CC BY License IT Literacy 263 3. Basics of Operating System At the end of this lesson, you shall be able to: • identify the basics of an operating system • recognize the types of operating systems • describe and list operating systems. Basics of Operating Systems: A computer has multiple programmes that run in the background. These programmes do different tasks so that we, as users, get to experience and enjoy many of its benefits. When we open a programme like YouTube, the computer runs several software programmes in the background – different software programmes run together for sound, for colour display, for video display, for moving the mouse, for internet, etc. A computer’s director has a special name – Operating System (OS). This OS makes sure that different programmes run at the same time and yet do not interfere with each other. The operating system is also responsible for security, ensuring that unauthorized users do not access the system.The operation of a computer is controlled by a software known as the Operating System (OS). This software is as important to the running of a computer as its hardware. The operating system directs the input and output of data, keeps track of files, and controls the processing of computer programmes allocating computer resources to various functions. The operating system also serves as an interface between the computer and the user. It helps the user give commands to the computer. For example, pressing on the play button indicates that you have given a command to the computer to play something. An OS helps the computer and user understand each other. Microsoft’s Windows OS and Apple Inc.’s Mac OS are examples of operating systems for personal computers. The operating system controls the behind-the-scene activities of a computer. It manages a computer’s memory, file systems, network connections, and input/output devices, such as the keyboard, mouse, monitor, speakers, printer, and modem. Critically, the operating system also controls access to the central processing unit (CPU), which is the heart of the entire computer system. Early computers had no operating system. For this reason, they could perform only one task at a time, such as running one programme or printing. Modern operating systems allow multitasking, in which many processes can be active at the same time. What I already Know What I Want to find out What I Learned Copyright Free. Under CC BY License IT Literacy 264 Communication between a Human and a Computerwithout Operating System 2+3=Answer? 2+3= È� �¡ � ? 2+3=T �_ G ? 2+3= ������� ? Communication between a Human and a Computerwith Operating System 5 5 5 5 1. Basics of Operating System An operating system is the most important software that runs on a computer. It manages the computer’s memory and processes, as well as all of its software and hardware. It also allows you to communicate with the computer without knowing how to speak the computer’s language. Without an operating system, a computer is useless. Communication between a Human and a Computer with Operating System Communication between a Human and a Computer without Operating System Binary 0101101101? Binary 0101101101? Communication between a Human and a Computerwithout Operating System 2+3=Answer? 2+3= È� �¡ � ? 2+3=T �_ G ? 2+3= ������� ? Communication between a Human and a Computerwith Operating System Communication between a Human and a Computerwithout Operating System 2+3=Answer? 2+3= È� �¡ � ? 2+3=T �_ G ? 2+3= ������� ? Communication between a Human and a Computerwith Operating System Answer Copyright Free. Under CC BY License IT Literacy 265 2. Understand the types of Operating Systems What is an Operating System? __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ Why are there different types of Operating Systems? __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ What is the Operating System that is running on your/institute computer? __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ To know more about this topic, explore this: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5AjReRMoG3Y https://www.webopedia.com/TERM/O/operating_syste Linux is much more stable than Windows, it can run for 10 years without the need of a single Reboot. Linux is open source and completely Free. Linux is much more secure than Windows OS, Windows malwares doesn't effect Linux and Viruses are very less for linux in comparison with Windows. Linux is much more stable than Windows, it can run for 10 years without the need of a single Reboot. Linux is open source and completely Free. Linux is much more secure than Windows OS, Windows malwares do not affect Linux and viruses are very less for linux in comparison with Windows. Mac OS is a line of operating systems created by Apple. It comes preloaded on all new Macintosh computers, or Macs. All of the recent versions are known as OS X. Mac OS X users account for less than 10% of global operating systems—much lower than the percentage of Windows users (more than 80%). One reason for this is that Apple computers tend to be more expensive. However, many people do prefer the look and feel of Mac OS X over Windows. Operating systems usually come pre-loaded on any computer you buy. Most people use the operating system that comes with their computer, but it's possible to upgrade or even change operating systems. The three most common operating systems for personal computers are Linux, Mac OS X, and Microsoft Windows. it is Complete the What I learned column in the KWL chart. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License IT Literacy 266 4. Exploring Windows Operating System At the end of this lesson, you shall be able to: • identify the key differences between Windows 7 and Windows 8 OS • identify the features of Windows 10 • explore Windows 10. Exploring Windows Operating System: In order to be a self-learner, one needs these 5 simple qualities – openness to learn, bravery to try again, curiosity about trying something new, patience, boldly seeking help from others. Well then, this session will not only help you understand about self-learning, but will also make you a champion self-learner. It will also teach you some very interesting things about Operating Systems and Windows 10. What I already Know What I Want to find out What I Learned Copyright Free. Under CC BY License IT Literacy 267 1. This activity will help you get started on your journey as a self-learner. You have 3 tasks to complete the journey. a. Understand the key differences between Windows 7 OS and Windows 8 OS. Why learn this: The Windows Operating System has evolved over the last 30 years and understanding Windows 10, which is the latest version becomes easier if you have a good idea about Windows 7 and Windows 8. Also, many computers still have Windows 7 or Windows 8 OS and learning this makes you smarter because you can use any version of Windows after learning this! Start the task: To help you kick start your journey, we have already noted down some key differences between Windows 7 OS and Windows 8 OS. Read this and then find out more differences between the two Operating Systems. The main differences Windows 7 was (and perhaps still is) the easiest version of Windows! It is built for laptops and desktops. It has a taskbar, which makes the navigation on screen very easy. Win 7 The search is a new feature in Windows 7. Type a search term (ex: video player, music player) in the marked area, and you will get a list of results. Windows 8 looks quite different from Windows 7. This is because it is designed to also work with touchscreen computers and tablets. When you log into Windows 8, the first screen you see is the new ‘Start Screen’ also known as ‘Metro’. It still has the familiar ‘Desktop’ as well. In Windows 8, instead of icons, the new Start Screen has ‘Tiles’. You click these to open your ‘Apps’ (short for Applications). If you can not find a particular tile, do a right mouse click in the space at the bottom of the screen and click All Apps. Additional apps can be downloaded from the Windows Store in Windows 8. Challenge for Self-Learning: Windows 8 does not have a Start Menu. Then how do you think one can start or shut down the computer? ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ Win 7 Clicking on the windows icon, will open up the Start Menu that opens up all the other Windows programmes. This grey bar is the taskbar. A user can pin their most frequently used programmes, here. Clicking on the windows icon, will open up the Start Menu that opens up all the other Windows programmes. This grey bar is the taskbar. A user can pin their most frequently used programmes, here. Clicking on the windows icon, will open up the Start Menu that opens up all the other Windows programmes. This grey bar is the taskbar. A user can pin their most frequently used programmes, here. The search is a new feature in Windows 7. Type a search term (video player, music player) in the marked area, and you will get a list of results. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License IT Literacy 268 b. Explore Windows 10 Operating System Why learn this: The Windows 10 Operating System is the latest OS and it is compatible on tablets, laptops, mobiles and computer. The OS is also App friendly, and a user can now use mobile apps such as WhatsApp on the computer too, thanks to Windows 10 OS. Start the task: To help you kickstart your journey, we have already noted down some key features of Windows 10 OS. Read this and then find out more about this Operating System. Welcome to the world of Windows 10 OS. Microsoft released Windows 10 in July 2015 as a follow-up to Windows 8. It is built to support touch and keypad devices. Windows 10 OS has the same look and feel on a mobile device as well as a laptop or desktop. Windows 10’s integrated search feature allows users to search all local locations, as well as the web simultaneously! Microsoft Edge debuted with Windows 10 and replaced Internet Explorer as the default web browser. The minimum Windows 10 mobile hardware requirements for a smartphone are 1 GB RAM, 8 GB flash storage, 32 bits of colour per pixel and 720p screen resolution. The start menu that is common in Windows 7 and 8, is present in 10. Additionally, it has a bunch of tiles that show news from the internet, different apps, weather, etc., as tiles which can be touched to open. Challenge for Self-Learning: Windows 10 has a special feature called TILES. What are the benefits of having this feature? See the image above for clues and answer the question, by learning more about TILES on your own. __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ What are the major differences between Windows 7 & Windows 8 Operating Systems? __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ Which of the 3 tasks did you enjoy the most? Why? __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ How can learning on your own benefit you as a student? __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ Explore these apps on your own to learn English and Typing. http://www.wordhippo.com (free app on Google playstore that can help you build your vocabulary) http://www.rapidtyping.com (free app that helps learn typing in a fast and fun manner) http://www.microsoft.com/en-in/p/learnenglish-grammar/9wzdncrfhwpx (free app to help you learn new words in English) Complete the What I learned column in the KWL chart. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License IT Literacy 269 5. Using Storage Features on Windows At the end of this lesson, you shall be able to: • identify basic features of Windows • use external memory like USB drive, CD, DVD, etc. • create, copy, move and delete files and folders. Using storage features on Windows: Documents, files and other digital material (pictures, videos, projects) can be stored in an organized and safe manner on the computer. When these files are large (movies, software, games, books), they can be organized and stored in USB or pendrives, CDs and DVDs. Computers help us to store, retrieve, add, delete, move and organize files and data. What I already Know What I Want to find out What I Learned 1. Opening files from storage devices a. CD or DVD Both CD (Compact Disk) and DVD (Digital Versatile Disk) have to be used through a similar process in a computer. CD and DVD compress data and store large amounts of information on the disk. They also store videos on high quality. A DVD stores only videos where as a CD can store music, videos and pictures. A well-organized computer can help you be a smart user! Copyright Free. Under CC BY License IT Literacy 270 Here is a step by step process: In the CPU of the computer, Press the Eject buttonon the disc drive. In the CPU of the computer, Press the Eject buttonon the disc drive. if it is a Laptop Place the disc in the tray. Make sure the shiny side faces down. . Place the disc in the tray Make sure the shiny side faces down. If it is a laptop, press the button on the side of the laptop and this tray opens up. Place the CD or DVD in this tray. Close the tray gently, by pushing it back. Close the tray gently, by pushing it back. Usually this type of button appears after inserting a CD or DVD. Click on it to play the movie. If you don't see this notification appear on your screen, then the CD or DVD automatically plays. Click this button next. If you don’t see any buttons appear, then search for Windows Media Player of VLC Media Player to open your file. b. USB Drive You have already learned how to connect a USB drive (also called a pen drive) to a computer. Find a friend and recall the steps needed to connect a USB drive. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License IT Literacy 271 Once you connect the USB, you can open the files inside. After connecting the USB, use the mouse to double click on the button ‘My Computer’or ‘This PC’ After connecting the USB, use the mouse to double click on the button ‘My Computer’or ‘This PC’ In a computer, you can store many files. These files can be neatly sorted into different folders. For example, documents related to health, bank papers, mark cards, identity documents will be stored carefully in different folders or boxes. Let’s learn to be smart and fast while using a computer. So, let’s understand how computers store information and then learn how to can create, copy, move, and delete files and folders. a. Storage Devices Computers store information in 3 ways. Storing data is one of the core functions of the modern computer. A device that stores data has space or memory in which it stores data. Just like boxes of different sizes, storage devices in a computer have different storage capacity. You will then see a folder named‘Removable Disk’. Open that folder and select the files you want to open. Removable Disc (H) Copyright Free. Under CC BY License IT Literacy 272 Storage devices Primary Storage Devices • RAM • ROM Secondary Storage Devices Hard Disk • Internal • External Tertiary Storage Devices Optical Disc Floppy Disk USB Flash drive Memory card i. Primary Storage devices It is also known as main memory. It is directly or indirectly connected to the central processing unit via a memory bus. The CPU continuously reads instructions stored there and executes them as required. Characteristics RAM ROM Stands for Random Access Memory Read-only memory Uses RAM allows the computer to read data quickly to run applications. It allows reading and writing. ROM stores the programmeme required to initially boot the computer. It allows only reading. Definition Random Access Memory or RAM is a form of data storage that can be accessed randomly at any time, in any order and from any physical location. Read-only memory or ROM is also a form of data storage that cannot be easily altered or reprogrammemed. ii. Secondary Storage devices Hard Disk: The hard disk drive is the main, and usually largest, data storage device in a computer. It can store from 160 gigabytes to 2 terabytes. Hard disk speed is the speed at which content can be read and written on a hard disk. A hard disk unit comes with a set rotation speed varying from 4500 to 7200 rpm. Disk access time is HARD DISK Characteristics Internal Hard disk External Hard Disk Portability No Yes Price Less expensive More expensive Speed Fast Slow Size Big Small Copyright Free. Under CC BY License IT Literacy 273 measured in milliseconds. iii. Tertiary Storage known as disconnected storage It is a computer data storage on a medium or a device that is not under the control of a processing unit. It must be inserted or connected by a human operator before a computer can access it again. Optical disc is any storage media that holds content in digital format and is read using a laser assembly is considered optical media. The most common types of optical media are – Blu-ray (BD) – Compact Disc (CD) – Digital Versatile Disc (DVD) Optical Disc A small, portable flash memory card that plugs into a computer’s USB port and functions as a portable hard drive. Flash drives are available in sizes such as 256MB, 512MB, 1GB, 5GB, and 16GB and are an easy way to transfer and store information. USB Flash Drive An electronic flash memory storage disk commonly used in consumer electronic devices such as digital cameras, MP3 players, mobile phones, and other small portable devices. Memory cards are usually read by connecting the device containing the card to your computer, or by using a USB card reader. Memory Card 2. Create a New Folder or File in Windows a. Right-click on a blank space. Doing so opens a drop-down menu. Make sure you don’t right-click on a file or folder instead, as this will open the wrong drop-down menu. b. If you are in an existing folder (Documents), you can also click the Home tab on the top-left side of the File Explorer window and click New Folder in the toolbar that appears. c. If you are on a computer with a trackpad instead of a mouse, click the trackpad with two fingers to perform a right-click. d. Select New. This option is near the bottom of the drop-down menu and opens another pop-out menu. e. We can create a • New folder • Open a New MS-Word document A small, portable flash memory card that plugs into a computer’s USB port and functions as a portable hard drive. Flash drives are available in sizes such as 256MB, 512MB, 1GB, 5GB, and 16GB and are an easy way to transfer and store information. An electronic flash memory storage disk commonly used in consumer electronic devices such as digital cameras, MP3 players, mobile phones and other small portable devices. Memory cards are usually read by connecting the device containing the card to your computer or by using a USB card reader. Optical disc is any storage media that holds content in digital format and is read using a laser assembly. It is considered optical media. The most common types of optical media are – Blu-ray (BD) – Compact Disc (CD) – Digital Versatile Disc (DVD) Copyright Free. Under CC BY License IT Literacy 274 Microsoft Wordor MS-WORD(often called Word) is a Graphical word processing programme that users can type with. It is made by the computer company Microsoft. Its purpose is to allow users to type and save documents. Similar to other word processors, it has helpful tools to make documents. docor docxis a file extension for a MS-WORD file. Microsoft Excelor MS-EXCELis a spreadsheet programme included in the Microsoft Office suite of applications. Spreadsheets present tables of values arranged in rows and columns that can be manipulated mathematically using both basic and complex arithmetic operations and functions.xlsor xlsxis a file extension for a MS-EXCEL file. Microsoft PowerPointor MS-POWERPOINTis a powerful presentation software developed by Microsoft. The programme uses slides to convey information rich in multimedia. pptor pptxis a file extension for a MS-POWERPOINTfile. Notepadis a simple text editor for Microsoft Windows and a basic text-editing programme which enables computer users to create documents. txtis a file extension for a textfile. Zipped (compressed) filestake up less storage space and can be transferred to other computers more quickly than uncompressed files. Combine several files into a single zipped folder to more easily share a group of files. What are the benefits of storing data on a hard disk or USB? _________________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________________ Why do you think a computer should be neatly organized? _________________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________________ You have learned how to create files and folders. Now take help from your friends, trainer or Google and learn • Bitmap image • Open a New MS-Excel Worksheet • Open a New MS-PowerPoint Presentation • Open a New Text Document • Open a New Compressed (Zipped) Folder how to copy and delete files. Share the information you learned with your friends. https://in.video.search.yahoo.com/yhs/search?fr=yhs-trp-001&hsimp=yhs-001&hspart=trp&p=creating+files+ and+folders+tutorials+videos#id=3&vid=19a977d9a689fbf58cd1bf0de2b5cb37&action=click Microsoft Word or MS-WORD (often called Word) is a Graphical word processing programmeme that users can type with. It is made by the computer company Microsoft. Its purpose is to allow users to type and save documents. Similar to other word processors, it has helpful tools to make documents. doc or docx is a file extension for an MS-WORD file. Microsoft Excel or MS-EXCEL is a spreadsheet programmeme included in the Microsoft Office suite of applications. Spreadsheets present tables of values arranged in rows and columns that can be manipulated mathematically using both basic and complex arithmetic operations and functions. xls or xlsx is a file extension for a MS-EXCEL file. Microsoft PowerPoint or MS-POWERPOINT is a powerful presentation software developed by Microsoft. The programmeme uses slides to convey information rich in multimedia. ppt or pptx is a file extension for a MS-POWERPOINT file. Notepad is a simple text editor for Microsoft Windows and a basic text-editing programmeme which enables computer users to create documents. txt is a file extension for a text file. Zipped (compressed) files take up less storage space and can be transferred to other computers more quickly than uncompressed files. Combine several files into a single zipped folder to share a group of files more easily. Complete the What I learned column in the KWL chart. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License IT Literacy 275 Software programmes like ‘MS-Word’ can help people transform their office from looking like this ... to looking like this! 6. Basics of MS-Word At the end of this lesson, you shall be able to: • identify basic features of MS-Word • explore the basic features of MS-Word • learn how to create an MS-Word file and save it. Basics of MS-Word: In today’s world, a computer can do the job of many older machines, including a typewriter. A software programme called MS-Word is used to do all the tasks – typing documents, editing documents, creating different types of layouts, printing documents and many more. MS-Word, created by Microsoft is the most popular word processing software used today. MS-Word has features like spell check, save and store features, copy and paste functions, provision to add images and shapes. When attached to an email, electronic documents created by MS-Word can be delivered in seconds. What I already Know What I Want to find out What I Learned Copyright Free. Under CC BY License IT Literacy 276 1. There are 2 ways to find MS-Word in your computer. a. Click the Start button. Type “word” without quotation marks into the search box. Click “Microsoft Word 2010” in the list that appears. b. Click the Start button. Place the mouse pointer over “All Programmes.” Scroll down to the Microsoft Office folder and click it. Select “Microsoft Word 2010”. 1 i. Once you open MS-Word, you will need to create a New Document. Select New document (as shown below) ii. MS-Word has many different formats that you can choose from. Some of the formats are: Different types of Resume, Calendar, Spreadsheet, Cover, Letter, etc. iii. Select Blank Document by clicking on the area shown. iv. When a new blank document opens, the insertion point or cursor will appear in the top-left corner of the page. If you want, you can begin typing from this location. ii i New Copyright Free. Under CC BY License IT Literacy 277 v. Saving a MS-Word file is easy. • Press CTRL+S on the keypad after finishing your typing. You have to press both the buttons together. • Select This PC and desktop (as shown below). Blank Document Bank Document iii iv This PC Desktop MY RESUME.docx Save Copyright Free. Under CC BY License IT Literacy 278 vii.Basic shortcuts for MS-Word: • Ctrl+N: Create a new document. • Ctrl+S: Save a document. • F12: Open the Save As dialog box. • Ctrl+O: Open an existing document. This PC Desktop • Write the file name you want to give and then press save. You must enter a name for the file if you are saving a file for the first time. You can also click the Save icon on the Quick Access Toolbar. vi. Save a copy as a new file (Save As). To create a new file, based on an existing file, to save only changes in the new file, Save a Copy first before making changes.By doing this, the original file will remain unchanged and all edits will be in the new copy. • Press F12 or click File > Save a Copy. • By default, Office will save the copy in the same location as the original. If you want to save the new copy in a different location, choose it at this point. • Give your new copy a name and click Save. Your original file will be closed and you’ll now be working in the new copy you just created. To practice all the new concepts learned, open a MS-Word document and then go to Google, search for ‘MSWord easy introduction and practice videos’. You can watch and learn as slowly or as fast as you want. Remember, learning by practice is the best way to learn something new. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=umOSlKcyRrg https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fUkh3yWm3d4 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=S-nHYzK-BVg https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2bQSJPQhafg What are the most interesting features available in MS-Word? __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ How do you think you will use MS-Word in your work life? __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ Complete the What I learned column in the KWL chart. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License IT Literacy 279 7. Exploring MS-Word At the end of this lesson, you shall be able to: • recognize how to perform basic formatting on MS-Word • type and format content on MS-Word • identify and use keyboard shortcuts on MS-Word. Exploring MS-Word: Arranging words or creating different styles of word on MS-Word is called as formatting. Formatting is used to make your document appear the way you want it to. For example, a leave letter format is different from formatting a resume. Well, there are many methods to create different formats on MS-word. You can make a word look bold, slant, underlined or colourful, if you need! What I already Know What I Want to find out What I Learned Copyright Free. Under CC BY License IT Literacy 280 e. New paragraph line: Press Enter on the keyboard to move the insertion point to the next paragraph line. f. Manual placement: Once you begin typing, use the mouse to move the insertion point to a specific place in the document. Simply click the location in the text where you want to place it. g. Arrow keys: You can also use the arrow keys on the keyboard to move the insertion point. The left and right arrow keys will move between adjacent characters on the same line. The up and down arrows will move between paragraph lines. Press Ctrl+Left or Ctrl+Right to quickly move between words. 2. Formatting specific text a. Before you move or format text, select it. To do this, click and drag the mouse over the text, then release the mouse. A highlighted box will appear over the selected text. b. Select an option to change the font, font size, font colour, or make the text bold, italics or underline. c. When you select text or images in Word, a hover toolbar with command shortcuts will appear. If the toolbar does not appear at first, try hovering the mouse over the selection. 1. Adding text or typing in MS-Word a. The insertion point is the blinking vertical line in the document. It indicates where one can enter text on the page. You may use the insertion point in a variety of ways. b. Place the cursor where you want to add the text. c. Start typing. d. Add spaces: Press the spacebar to add spaces after a word or in between text. Space Bar Space Bar Enter Button Space Bar Copyright Free. Under CC BY License IT Literacy 281 3. To select multiple lines of text a. Move the mouse pointer to the left of any line so that it becomes a right slanted arrow. b. Left click the mouse. The line will be selected. c. To select multiple lines, click and drag the mouse up or down. d. To select all of the text in the document, choose the Select command on the Home tab, then click Select All. Alternatively, you can press Ctrl+A on the keyboard. 4. To delete text a. To delete text to the left of the insertion point, press the Backspace key on your keyboard. b. To delete text to the right of the insertion point, press the Delete key on your keyboard. c. Select the text you want to remove, then press the Delete key. d. If you select text and start typing, the selected text will automatically be deleted and replaced with the new text. Microsoft Word includes several built-in toolbars, including the two default toolbars that are visible when you start Word: The Standard toolbar and the Formatting toolbar. The Standard toolbar includes command buttons with which you can quickly access many of the frequently used commands, such as Save, Open, Copy, and Paste. Paste Format Painter Clipboard Copy Cut Copyright Free. Under CC BY License IT Literacy 282 Paste:Ctrl + v • Keep source Formatting: This option preserves the look of the original text. • Merge Formatting: This option changes the formatting so that it matches the text that surrounds it. • Keep Text Only: This option removes all the original formatting from the text. • Picture: This option inserts as an image Copy: Ctrl + c Put a copy of the selection on the Clipboard so you can paste it somewhere else. Cut: Ctrl + x Remove the selection and put it on the Clipboard so you can paste it somewhere else. Word allows you to copy text that’s already in your document an... You see a nice list of the last 24 things you’ve c... (preview not available) 1. The Standard toolbar includes command but... Word allows you to copy text that’s already in your document an... Copying and moving text (preview not available) Clipboard Clipboard Paste All Click an Item to Paste: Paste Clear All is a great word processing progra icrosoft Word 2016 Delete text to the right of the insertion point Delete text to the left of the insertion point 5. Copying and moving text a. Word allows you to copy text that is already in your document and paste it in other places. This can save you a lot of time and effort. If you want to move text around in your document, you can cut and paste or drag and drop. 6. Formatting The Formatting toolbar provides quick access to text-formatting commands, including Bold, Italic, Underline, Numbering, and Bullets. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License IT Literacy 283 Strikethrough is a font effect that causes text to appear as though it is crossed out. • Select the text that you want to format. • On the Home tab, in the Font group, click . For example, this sentence is Strikethroughed. Subscript: Type very small letters just below the line of text. Superscript: Type very small letters just above the line of text. Font (Ctrl+Shift+F): Pick a new Font for your text: This Sentence is in Calibri font. This Sentence is in Arial font. This Sentence is in Tahoma font. This Sentence is in Papyrus font. Font Size(Ctrl+Shift+F): Increase Font Size (Ctrl + >) Increase Font Size (Ctrl + < ) Change the Size of Your Text: The Size of this Text is 8 The Size of this Text is 9 The Size of this Text is 10 The Size of this Text is 11 The Size of this Text is 12 The Size of this Text is 14 Change Case: Change the selected text to uppercase lowercase or other common Capitalizations This example is in Sentence Case. this example is in lowercase. THIS EXAMPLE IS IN UPPERCASE. In This Example Each Word Is Capitalized. Strike through Boldfont is any text that is darkened to help emphasize a remark or comment. • Select the text that you want to format. • On the Home tab, in the Font group, click or Press Shortcut Ctrl + b . For example, this sentence is Bolded. Italic is a style of font that slants the letters evenly to the right. • Select the text that you want to format. • On the Home tab, in the Font group, click or Press Shortcut Ctrl + i . For example, this sentence is italicized. For example, this sentence is italicized. Shortcut: Ctrl + i ctrl+uUnderline text or spaces Underline words and the spaces between them Microsoft Word 2016 Underline words, but not the spaces between them MicrosoftWord2016 Change the underline style and color MicrosoftWord2016 Use a double underline Microsoft Word 2016 Shortcut Ctrl +i Bold font Copyright Free. Under CC BY License IT Literacy 284 Text Effects and Typography: Add some flair to your Text by applying text effect, such as a shadow or glow. This example is outlined. This example is Shadowed This example is This example is glowed. Text Highlight Colour: Make your text pop by highlighting it in a bright colour. In this example INDIA is Highlightedin Green colour. Font Colour: Change the colour of your text. In this example there are differentfont coloursfor each word. Clear all formatting: Remove all formatting from the selection leaving only the normal, unformatted text. This example will become a normal unformatted text in the next sentence. This example will become a normal unformatted text in the next sentence. Text Effects and Typography: Add some flair to your Text by applying text effect, such as a shadow or glow. This example is outlined. This example is Shadowed This example is This example is glowed. Text Highlight Colour: Make your text pop by highlighting it in a bright colour. In this example INDIA is Highlightedin Green colour. Font Colour: Change the colour of your text. In this example there are differentfont coloursfor each word. Clear all formatting: Remove all formatting from the selection leaving only the normal, unformatted text. This example will become a normal unformatted text in the next sentence. This example will become a normal unformatted text in the next sentence. Text Effects and Typography: Add some flair to your Text by applying text effect, such as a shadow or glow. This example is outlined. This example is Shadowed This example is This example is glowed. Text Highlight Colour: Make your text pop by highlighting it in a bright colour. In this example INDIA is Highlightedin Green colour. Font Colour: Change the colour of your text. In this example there are differentfont coloursfor each word. Clear all formatting: Remove all formatting from the selection leaving only the normal, unformatted text. This example will become a normal unformatted text in the next sentence. This example will become a normal unformatted text in the next sentence. In this example there are different font coloursfor each word. Text Effects and Typography: Add some flair to your Text by applying text effect, such as a shadow or glow. This example is outlined. This example is Shadowed This example is This example is glowed. Text Highlight Colour: Make your text pop by highlighting it in a bright colour. In this example INDIA is Highlightedin Green colour. Font Colour: Change the colour of your text. In this example there are differentfont coloursfor each word. Clear all formatting: Remove all formatting from the selection leaving only the normal, unformatted text. This example will become a normal unformatted text in the next sentence. This example will become a normal unformatted text in the next sentence. next sentence. This example is outlined. This example is Shadowed. This example is glowed. Add some flair to your Text by applying text effect, such as a shadow or glow. Font Colour: Change the colour of your text. Remove all formatting from the selection leaving only the normal, unformatted text. Clear all formatting: 7. Text alignment Alignment determines the appearance and orientation of the edges of the paragraph: left-aligned text, rightaligned text, centered text, or justified text, (which is aligned evenly along the left and right margins). For example, in a paragraph that is left-aligned (the most common alignment), the left edge of the paragraph is flushed with the left margin. Vertical alignment determines the position of the text within a section of a document relative to the top and bottom margins, and is often used to create a cover page. Boldfont is any text that is darkened to help emphasize a remark or comment. • Select the text that you want to format. • On the Home tab, in the Font group, click or Press Shortcut Ctrl + b . For example, this sentence is Bolded. Italic is a style of font that slants the letters evenly to the right. • Select the text that you want to format. • On the Home tab, in the Font group, click or Press Shortcut Ctrl + i . For example, this sentence is italicized. For example, this sentence is italicized. Shortcut: Ctrl + i ctrl+uUnderline text or spaces Underline words and the spaces between them Microsoft Word 2016 Underline words, but not the spaces between them MicrosoftWord2016 Change the underline style and color MicrosoftWord2016 Use a double underline Microsoft Word 2016 Copyright Free. Under CC BY License IT Literacy 285 a. Aligning the text left or right i. Select the text that you want to align. ii. On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Align Left or Align Right. b. Center the text horizontally between the side margins. i. Select the text that you want to center. ii. On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center. c. Center the text vertically between the top and bottom margins. i. Select the text that you want to center. ii. On the Layout or Page Layout tab, click the Dialog Box Launcher in the Page Setup group, and then click the Layout tab. iii. In the Vertical alignment box, click Center. iv. In the Apply to box, click Selected text, and then click OK. Following Paragraph Following Paragraph Following Paragraph Following Paragraph Following Paragraph Following Paragraph Following Paragraph Following Paragraph Following Paragraph Following Paragraph Previous Paragraph Previous Paragraph Previous Paragraph Previous Paragraph Previous Paragraph Previous Paragraph Previous Paragraph Previous Paragraph Previous Paragraph Previous Paragraph Sample Test Sample Test Sample Test Sample Test Sample Test Sample Test Sample Test Sample Test Sample Test Sample Test Sample Test Sample Test Sample Test Sample Test Sample Test Sample Test Sample Test Sample Test Sample Test Sample Test Sample Test Copyright Free. Under CC BY License IT Literacy 286 8. Insert Tab The Insert tab contains various items that you may want to insert into a document. These include tables, wordart, hyperlinks, symbols, charts, signature line, date and time, shapes, header, footer, text boxes, links, boxes, equations and so on. a. Select Insert > Page Number, and then choose the location and style you want. b. If you don’t want a page number to appear on the first page, select Different First Page. c. If you want numbering to start with 1 on the second page, go to Page Number > Format Page Numbers, and set Start at to 0. d. When you are done, select Close Header and Footer. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License IT Literacy 287 9. Keyboard shortcuts Why is it important to know how to format in MS-Word? __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ What are the shortcuts you think you will use a lot? __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ How can you learn all the important formatting on MS-Word? Create a plan and write it here. __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ To know more about this topic, do this: Create a Leave Letter on MS Word. Try out the different shortcuts to see how they work! https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4J5SMyo8oRk https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4Ha8_CrVCJ8 Identifying the Keyboard Shortcuts: Ctrl+R Right Align selected text Ctrl+L Left Align selected text Ctrl+A Select All Ctrl+C Copy text/image Ctrl+V Paste text/image/text Ctrl+X Cut text/image Ctrl+B Bold text Ctrl+U Underline Text Ctrl+I Italic text Del Remove selected image/Remove one character from right side F2 Rename the file F5 Slideshow of presentation Ctrl+E Align Center Selected Phrase Ctrl+J Justify Selected Phrase Ctrl+F Find particular text Ctrl+H Replace particular text Ctrl+Z Undo changes in presentation Ctrl+Y Redo operation Shift+F3 Change cases (Uppercase/Lowercase) F7 Spelling Checker Ctrl+S Save Document Ctrl+O Open existing document Ctrl+N New Document Ctrl+P Print Document Alt+F4 Exit End End of line Home Starting of line Complete the What I learned column in the KWL chart. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License IT Literacy 288 8. Creating Documents on MS-Word At the end of this lesson, you shall be able to: • identify how to create simple documents • create simple documents resume • print a document created on MS-Word. Creating documents on MS-Word: MS-Word is the standard user-friendly software used to create documents. Leave letters, letters of application for jobs, resumes, etc., can be created using MS-Word. Resume is a document that has to be created for submission to employers. MS-Word will help create resumes. A resume is a summary of your education and work history. Resume is important as it is the first impression you give to a potential employer. A resume is a marketing tool. It should reflect your skills and experiences accurately, precisely and in an attractive manner. Employers are contacted by many applicants and most often have little time to thoroughly screen each applicant. Employers want to know exactly how you can be useful to them without having to read through unrelated details. A one to two-page resume gives an employer an idea about whether or not they should spend time interviewing you. A résumé should provide a positive impact by being clear, accurate and relevant to the job objective and focused on one industry or employer. What I already Know What I Want to find out What I Learned Copyright Free. Under CC BY License IT Literacy 289 Start the Computer Go to the Start Menu and open MSword continue with the following steps as shown in the images a. Click on the tab File (as shown). b. Select New document (as shown). c. Select Modern Chronological Resume (as shown). d. Select the tab ‘Create’ (as shown). e. Fill up all the details as per the format shown in the document. f. If your computer does not show the above options, Select Blank Document. 1. Creating a document (resume) on a computer Copyright Free. Under CC BY License IT Literacy 290 Blank document Insert your first Table of contents New Take a tour Aa g. You will see a screen like this. You will then have to type the Resume as per the SAMPLE RESUME given. Before filling a resume, you need to know what to fill in and how. Here is a SAMPLE RESUME for you to read and understand how a simple, yet effective resume should be. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License IT Literacy 291 Sl.No. Examination School/College Board/University Year Of Passing Marks ( %) Secondary Govt Primary School, Mohali CBSE 2012 53.2 Senior Secondary NVC High School, Mohali Council Of Secondary Education , (Mohali) 2014 72 ITI (COPA.) NVTI, Delhi NVTI Pursuing - RESUME James Joseph +91 8882XXXXX my.name@email.com ____________________________________________________________________________ IT Languages : C, C++, JAVA Operating Systems : Windows , MS – DOS Others : MS-Excel, Power point, Photoshop • Desktop publishing Training from Hackveda VMDD Technologies ,Rohini in 2015 • JAVA Training from STU CORNER, Laxmi Nagar, 2106. • Hindi - Reading, writing, speaking • English - Reading, writing, speaking • Hard-working & Punctual • Ability to grasp the new skills quickly. • Learn from the mistakes • Playing Badminton • Listening to Music KEY SKILLS ACADEMIC QUALIFICATIONS CERTIFICATES LANGUAGES KNOWN STRENGTHS HOBBIES EXTRA – CURRICULAR ACTIVITIES PERSONAL DETAILS • Represented School Team in Inter School Football Tournament in 2013. • Participated in Annual Sports Day at school in 2012 Date of Birth : 1 AUG 1996 Address : B- 85 New Panchwati, Ghaziabad, Uttar Pradesh. Languages known : Hindi, English, Nationality : Indian Copyright Free. Under CC BY License IT Literacy 292 2. Printing a document created on MS-Word Now that you have understood how to prepare a resume on MS-Word, you will have to also learn to print it. Taking printed copies of your resume to the interview is very important. Without a printed copy of your resume, the interviewer may not even take your interview. You can print documents when the computer is connected to a printer. Alternately, you may copy the document in a pen drive and print it if there is no printer connected to the computer. Printing a document from MS-Word requires 3 simple steps: Before you print, you can preview the document and specify which pages you want to print. Open the document you want to print Press Ctrl + P Select the number of pages you want to print and press the Print Tab a. Preview your document i. Click File > Print. ii. To preview each page, click the forward and backward arrows at the bottom of the page. iii. If the text is too small to read, use the zoom slider at the bottom of the page to enlarge it. iv. Choose the number of copies, and any other options you want and click the Print button. How can we create documents in MS-Word? __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ What are some documents that can be created? __________________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ How can we print documents that have been created? __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ To know more about this topic, do or explore this: Create your own resume on MS-Word and take a printout. Show this to your trainer and ask them to help you correct it. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=SVOSiPt_0bk https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=T6cTZ7MT3dY https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_p72KBdjaHs Complete the What I learned column in the KWL chart. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License IT Literacy 293 1. Home screen is called a. operating system b. desktop c. motherboard d. computer 2. The_______________is an element of an operating system located at the bottom of the screen. a. search bar b. task bar c. time and date d. notification bar 3. Task Bar allows you to see the programs that are a. closed b. currently open c. corrupted d. desktop 4. Starting a computer is also called a. booting b. scanning c. operating d. running 5. Arrange the following in a sequence for connecting the phone to the computer. a. Locate the phone folder on the computer and transfer the files. b. Turn both your and computer on. c. Connect USB wire to your phone and the computer. 6. The_____________serves as an interface between the computer and the user, helping the user give commands to the computer. a. system operation b. operating system c. software d. hardware 7. ____________is the heart of the computer system. a. desktop b. Central Processing Unit c. window d. keyboard 8. Operating systems have a special language called a. system code b. binary code c. reboot code d. linuxcode 9. ____________is more stable than windows. It can run for 10 years without a single need to reboot. a. Mac OS X b. Safari c. Linux d. Google chrome 10. _____________ is an operating system created by Apple. a. Safari b. Mac OS c. Mac OS X d. Mozilla Firefox 11. Mac OS comes preloaded on all new a. Macintosh computers b. Windows computers c. Android d. Windows 8 12. Modern operating systems do not allow multitasking. True False 13. Modern operating systems allow many processes to get active at the same time. True False 14. The operating system controls the behind the scene activities of the computer. True False 15. The operating system interferes with the functioning of the program. True False 16. When you login to windows 8, the first screen you see is new ‘Start screen’ also known as a. apps b. icons c. metro d. desktop 17. If you cannot find a particular file, right click the mouse in the space at the _______________of the screen. a. bottom b. upper c. center d. right 18. Microsoft edge deputed windows 10 replacing _______________as the default web browser. a. chrome b. safari c. internet explorer d. mozillafirefox 9. Recall Copyright Free. Under CC BY License IT Literacy 294 19. Paint can enable ‘painting’ by _______________and using different types of artisticbrushes or pens that can give for example a watercolour or oil effect. a. dragging the mouse b. pressing ctrl button c. shift + ctrl button d. clicking the left click 20. Use the spray paint function in MS-Paint to add _______________ leadingto incredible depth in pictures, using just a few colours. a. spray texture b. color texture c. pixel texture d. paint texture 21. Windows 8 has start menu. True False 22. Windows 10 operating system is the latest one. True False 23. Microsoft released windows 10 as a followup to windows 8. True False 24. MS Paint is found in the Windows Start menu outside the Accessories Folder. True False 25. The simplest way to find the things we need is to _______________and _______________them well. a. organize, store b. collect, store c. save, organise d. organise, File 26. A DVD stores only _____________ where as a CD can store music, videos and pictures. a. videos b. audios c. images d. files 27. To place the disc in the tray, make sure the shiny side faces_______________ a. Up b. Down 28 Once you connect the ______________ to the computer, you can open the files inside USB. a. card b. folder c. USB d. internet 29. Once you have entered a CD or DVD, if you don’t see any buttons appear, search for windows media player of ____________ to open your file. a. computer b. google chrome c. paint d. VLC media player 30. Match the following. Sl. No. Column A Column B Answer CD Personal Computer DVD Central processing unit USB Digital Versatile Disk CPU Universal Serial Bus PC Compact Disk 31. In the CPU of the computer, press start button on the disk drive. True False 32. If it is a laptop, press the button on the side of the laptop and the tray opens up. Place the CD or DVD outside the tray. True False 33. Close the tray gently by pressing the enter key. True False 34. You will a folder named DVD RW Drive (E), once you True False Copyright Free. Under CC BY License IT Literacy 295 35.Primary storage devices are a. DVD b. CD c. RAM, ROM d. USD 36. Secondary storage Devices are a. RAM, ROM b. USB c. hard disk d. optical disk 37. RAM allows the computer to read data quickly to run a. applications b. computer c. processing d. memory 38. What is the Full form of RAM a. Random Access Memory b. Recording Access Memory c. Remove Access Memory d. Redeemed Access Memory 39. What is the abbreviation of ROM a. Random optical memory b. Received organised memory c. Read- Only Memory d. Revise Only Memory 40. ROM is also a form of data storage that can be easily altered or reprogrammed. True False 41. Hard disk speed is the speed at which content can be read and written on a hard disk. True False 42. Arrange the following in a sequence to Create a New Folder or File in Windows. a. If you’re on a computer with a trackpad instead of a mouse, click the trackpad with two fingers to perform a right-click. b. Right-click on a blank space. Doing so opens a drop-down menu. Make sure you don’t right-click on a file or folder instead, as this will open the wrong drop-down menu. c. Select New. This option is near the bottom of the drop-down menu and opens another pop-out menu. d. If you are in an existing folder (for example, Documents), you can also click the Home tab on the top-left side of the File Explorer window and click New Folder in the toolbar that appears. e. If you are on a computer with a trackpad instead of a mouse, click the trackpad with two fingers to perform a right-click. 43. Match the following. Sl. No. Column A Column B Answer a MS-word presentation software developed b MS-PowerPoint spreadsheet program c MS-Excel graphical word processing program d Notepad takes up less storage space and can be transferred to other computers more quickly than uncompressed files e Zipped(compressed files) basic text-editing program 44. Arrange the following in a sequence to create a document on MS word and save it: a. When a new blank document opens, the insertion point or cursor will appear in the top-left corner of the page. If you want, you can begin typing from this location. b. Once you open MS-word, you will need to create a New Document. Select New document. c.Select Blank Document by clicking on the area. d. Select This PC and desktop for selecting location of the file. e. Press CTRL+S on the keypad after finishing your typing. f. Give your new copy a name and click Save. g. Save a copy as a new file (Save As). Copyright Free. Under CC BY License IT Literacy 296 45. Match the following. Sl. No. Column A Column B Answer a Ctrl+N Save a document b Ctrl+O Open the Save As dialog box c Ctrl+S Create a new document d F12 Open an existing document 46. You must not enter a name for the file if you are saving a file for the first time. True False 47. Press CTRL+S on the keypad after finishing your typing. You have to press both the buttons together. True False 48. By default, Office will save the copy in the same location as the original. True False 49. The_______________ in your document Indicates where you can enter text on the page. a. blinking vertical line b. arrow on the window c. spacebar d. Press enter 50. To add text ,place the_______________where you want to add the text. a. cursor b. space c. text d. line 51. _______________determines the position of the text within a section of a document relative to the top and bottom margins, and is often used to create a cover page. a. alignment b. vertical alignment c. horizontal alignment d. margins 52. The_______________ includes command buttons such as Save, Open, Copy, and Paste whereas, the formatting toolbar includes Bold, Italic, Underline, Numbering, and Bullets. a. formatting toolbar, standard toolbar b. standard toolbar, formatting toolbar c. taskbar, control bar d. insert tab, formatting toolbar 53. Match the following. Sl. No Column A Column B Answer a A resume is a skills and experiences accurately, precisely and in an attractive manner. b Resume is important as it is summary of your education and work history. c Resume should reflect as it is the first impression you give to a potential employer. 54. When a new blank document opens, the insertion point or cursor will appear in the……………….. corner of the page. a. top-left b. top - right c. bottom - left d. bottom right 55. To find MS Word in your computer a. click on the computer b. click the start button c. click on the task view d. click on the file explorer 56. To save an MS word file, press _______________ on the keyboard after finishing your typing. a. CTRL+S b. CTRL+N c. CTRL+P d. CTRL+V Copyright Free. Under CC BY License IT Literacy 297 57. To save a file on the desktop, you need to click on the file and select save as then click on a. downloads b. documents c. desktop d. 3d objects 58. Arrange the following in a sequence of printing a resume on MS word. a. Press Ctrl + P b. Select the number of pages you want to print and press the Print Tab. c. Open the document you want to print. 59. Arrange the following in a sequence to have print preview a. Choose the number of copies, and any other options you want, and click the Print button. b. To preview each page, click the forward and backward arrows at the bottom of the page. c. If the text is too small to read, use the zoom slider at the bottom of the page to enlarge it. d. Click File>Print 60. There is one standard resume format only. No other format can be used. True False 61. Everything you put in your résumé should be truthful, because the employer can ask you questions on all the things mentioned in your resume. True False 62. Taking printout of a resume to the interview is very important. Without a printed copy of your resume, the interviewer may not even take your interview. True False 63. There is alimit to what you can do using the computer and internet. True False 64. A computer system consists of hardware and software components. True False 65. Hardware is the operating system and programmes installed in the computer. True False 66. The_______________performs all calculations and takes all decisions. a. CPU b. monitor c. UPS d. keyboard 67. _______________helps us select things on the screen to open, close, move, delete, etc. a. CPU b. mouse c. monitor d. software 68. _______________lets you type an uppercase letter or characters when used in combination with another. a. shift b. Alt c. backspace d. windows 69. _______________allows a space to be indicated when pressed. a. backspace b. delete c. space bar d. shift 70. _______________provides higher contrast and better viewing angles than LCD monitor. a. CRT b. LED c. projector d. laptops 71._______________are often used in meetings and presentations so that everyone in the room can view the presentation. a. LED b. LCD c. projector Copyright Free. Under CC BY License IT Literacy 298 10. Basics of Excel At the end of this lesson, you shall be able to: • identify the basics of Excel worksheet • recognize the importance of Excel • use Excel to enter data. Excel or Spreadsheets A spreadsheet is an electronic document in which data is arranged in rows and columns. It is in the form of a grid and is used for calculations. Features of a Spreadsheet A spreadsheet provides flexibility, speed and accuracy. Many features and functions are built into it making it easy to use. Microsoft Excel is widely used to make data and tables for official and personal use. Spreadsheets are used for a variety of tasks, such as: • maintaining records • analyzing data • creating MIS (management information system) reports • generating graphs (for pictorial representation of data) • financial calculations • budgeting. This is the icon for spreadsheets or Excel. What I already Know What I Want to find out What I Learned Copyright Free. Under CC BY License IT Literacy 299 1. Locating Microsoft Excel i. Click Start. ii. From the sub-menu point to Microsoft Excel. iii. Microsoft Excel will open. Microsoft Excel worksheet has the following components: Worksheet – a grid of horizontal rows and vertical columns. Worksheet is also called an array of cells. Workbook– contains one or more worksheets. Column – a vertical arrangement of cells. The columns are named by letters of the English alphabet. Row – a horizontal arrangement of cells. The rows are named by numbers. Cell Address – identifies location of the cell. It is a combination of column name and row number of the cell, such as A1 or B3, etc. Cell – intersection of the rows and columns. It may contain text, number, date or a formula. It is the fundamental element of a worksheet. This is where numbers or text are entered. Formula Bar – located below the Ribbon. It displays the contents of the active cell. It can also be used to enter and edit data. Ribbon – contains multiple tabs, each with several groups of commands. These tabs are used to perform most common tasks in Excel. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License IT Literacy 300 2. Functions commonly used in Microsoft Excel are: 1. creating a new document 2. formulae 3. font, bold, alignment 4. sheet tabs 5. cut, copy, paste 6. deleting column content 7. saving a new document 8. printing a document. 3. Creating a new Excel document Click on the start button in your computer. From the menu, click on Microsoft Excel and a new worksheet will open. This is a blank worksheet. Use the mouse and keyboard to navigate and work on the worksheet. However, using the keyboard is much faster and a better solution. Make note of marks scored by the students in their exams. A sample is given here: As you can see in the sheet, in column A we have the students’ names. Columns B, C, D, E, F are marked for the subjects. Similarly, Row 2 has Names of the students. Subject names are written in Row 2. The marks will appear on the right side under each particular subject. 4. Choosing Font, Font Size, Alignment and modifying using Bold, Italics or Underline Like Microsoft Word, the font type, font size of the document can be changed in MS-Excel too. The alignment of the words in a cell to Left, Right or Centre aligned can also be changed. Similarly, a word can be made bold or underlined. These functions are found in the ribbon of the worksheet on the top. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License IT Literacy 301 For example, we can change the Name of the students to bold, all the marks can be centrally aligned and the heading can be underlined. Only Ritika’s marks are centrally aligned and the marks of all other students are still on the right side of the cells. 5. Now that you have understood what is Microsoft Excel is and its uses, you have to enter the following data to make an order list for Shreya’s Cake Shop. Renu’s birthday on 12/3/2019. Party at Shreya’s cake shop terrace at 7:00 PM. Number of people is 35. Food items to be served - Cake, Pastry, Samosa. Total advance paid-Rs. 5000. Total amount for the party - Rs. 15000. Amir’s birthday on 13/3/2019. Deliver cake to the home address provided. Advance paid-Rs. 200. Total cost - Rs. 500. John’s party on 16/3/2019. Party at Shreya’s cake shop at 3:00 PM. Food items to be served - Cake, Pastry, Samosa. Advance paid - nil. Total amount for the party - Rs. 6,000. Number of people expected at the party is 10. a. Create a new Excel sheet on the computer. b. Enter the above data in the format given: Copyright Free. Under CC BY License IT Literacy 302 Name of customer Date of / order Venue No. of people Expected (in case of a party) Food items ordered Advance paid Total amount Remaining balance c. Save the Excel sheet. d. Share the Excel sheet with your trainer by email (optional). Why do you think it is important to learn Excel? __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ Which features of Excel do you think are most useful for you? __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=rwbho0CgEAE https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=J4zq3R8b5dQ Complete the What I learned column in the KWL chart. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License IT Literacy 303 11. Simple Functions on Excel At the end of this lesson, you shall be able to: • save and print Excel worksheets/workbook • recognize and use add, average functions • calculate sum and average in Excel. a. Saving a Workbook It is important to save the workbook whenever a new project is started or when changes are made to an existing one. Saving early and often can prevent the work from being lost. Paying close attention to where the workbook is saved is important to find it easily when needed. b. Ways to Save a Workbook Save: While creating or editing a workbook, use the Save command to save changes. This command will be used most of the time. While saving a file, choose a file name and location the first time. After that, just click the Save command to save it with the same name and location. Save As: Use this command to create a copy of a workbook while keeping the original. While using Save As, choose a different name and/or location for the copied version. c. Printing a document There may be times when a workbook has to be printed to view and share data offline. It is easy to preview and print a workbook from Excel using the Print pane. What I already Know What I Want to find out What I Learned Copyright Free. Under CC BY License IT Literacy 304 1. Steps to save the workbook a. In the Quick Access bar, click the Save icon. b. Click Save As. c. Select Desktop as your location to save the file. d. Type File name in the File name field box. e. Type Homework. f. Click Save. g. Workbook is saved as “Homework”. h. Click Save icon to continue to save work anytime. i. To close the file, click the File option from the Quick Access bar. j. Select Close. k. You can also close a workbook by clicking the close icon. 2. Printing an Excel document a. Click File from the menu bar. The shortcut is to press CRTL+P. b. Click Print. Print pane will be displayed. c. Click Copies drop down arrow to choose how many copies of the workbook to print. d. See a preview of how the worksheets will look when printed. e. Choose to print the active sheets, the entire workbook, or a selection of cells. f. Choose portrait or landscape orientation. g. Adjust the page margins, to help the data fit more comfortably on the page. h. Choose how to scale your worksheets for the printed page. You can scale worksheets at their actual size, fit the entire worksheet on one page, fit all columns on one page, or fit all rows on another. i. To print the workbook, click the Print icon. There are many different functions on an Excel sheet like addition, subtraction, multiplication, division, percentage and average. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License IT Literacy 305 3. Adding numbers on Excel There are a variety of ways to add up the numbers found in two or more cells in Excel. The SUM () function is a much more efficient way to add up cells. It also allows you to add up a range of cells simply by specifying the first and last cell in a range of cells to be added up. The SUM () function will then add up the values in all the cells from the start to the end of the range. It is particularly powerful because it can be used to add up hundreds or thousands of cells. If we look at our earlier example, you could use SUM () as shown in the following formula, which would achieve the same result as our earlier example: Complete the What I learned column in the KWL chart. What are some of the functions on Excel that you know about? __________________________________________________________________________________________ What are some of the functions that you would like to explore on Excel? __________________________________________________________________________________________ Which are the resources that you can use to explore Excel further? __________________________________________________________________________________________ You have learned the basics of Excel. Now explore the following functions on Excel. Cut and paste; copy and paste; add rows; delete rows; add a sheet; delete a sheet; bold; italics; underline; highlight cells; colour text; subtract numbers; multiple numbers; divide number. Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Total for week =SUM(B2:B6) A B Sales 125 233 244 502 123 After this press ENTER. 4. How to calculate AVERAGE in Excel? The AVERAGE function is a much more efficient way to add up cells. The AVERAGE function will then add up the values in all the cells from the start to the end of the range selected. It is particularly powerful because it can be used to calculate the average of hundreds or thousands of cells. To understand the uses of the AVERAGE function, look at the example We get the following result Copyright Free. Under CC BY License IT Literacy 306 12. What is Internet? At the end of this lesson, you shall be able to: • recognize what internet is • identify how to access the internet • learn the uses and benefits of the internet. What is internet? Internet, sometimes simply called “Net”, is a worldwide system of computer networks. Global communication has become very easy now, thanks to a worldwide computer network that is called Internet. It is a network of networks in which users on any one computer can get information from in many other computers. Computers communicate with each other through internet and they form networks of connections. These networks help us share a lot of information. In less than 20 years, internet has expanded to link up around 210 different countries. Internet has made the world into a Global village. The top uses of the Internet are: communication with people, social networking, research about new things, education purposes, online transactions, news updates, online booking of tickets, buying and selling things, job search, etc. We are connected with people across the globe through the internet. What I already Know What I Want to find out What I Learned Copyright Free. Under CC BY License IT Literacy 307 c. Bandwidth Bandwidth is the amount of data that can be transmitted over a network in a certain amount of time. To understand bandwidth, let’s take the example of a pipe. The amount of water flowing through a pipe depends on its thickness. Similarly, the amount of data that your network can receive or send depends on its bandwidth. Bandwidth is measured in Mbps (Megabites per second). Kbps (Kilobites per second), bps (bites per second). i ii a. Requirements for an Internet Connection To connect to the Internet, you need a computing device, a connection device and an Internet Service Provider (ISP). • A computing device can be a laptop, desktop, a tablet or a mobile phone. • A connection device such as a modem helps you connect to the Internet. A modem converts digital information into analog information and transmits over phone lines. • An ISP is a company that provides Internet connectivity to individuals, businesses and organizations. b. Wireless Internet Connection To connect to the Internet using wireless technology, the computing device such as your laptop should have a WiFi or a wireless fidelity card. This WiFi Card connects to the access point (in a wireless mode), which is a wireless router. The router is then connected to a wired network provided by an Internet Service Provider or an ISP. The Internet Your Computer ISP Bandwidth d. Types of Connections You can use many types of technologies to connect to the Internet. Each technology supports a different bandwidth. The actual rate of transfer of data depends on the ISP’s equipment, the type of Internet connection and the number of people using the same connection at one time. i. Dialup connection Most Dial-up connections offered today allow data transfer rates up to 56.6 Kbps. ii. DSL If you use a DSL connection, you are always connected to the Internet. The data transfer rate of DSL Internet connection is 384 Kbps to 8 Mbps. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License IT Literacy 308 iii. Cable connection You can get high-speed Internet connection from the cable TV provider. This connection supports data transfer rates of 4 Mbps. iv. Wireless connection You can connect to the Internet by using wireless technology which further connects to a wired connection such as a cable modem. The data transfer rates of wireless Internet connections can range from 11 Mbps to 45 Mbps. e. Internet Browser There are various Internet browsers available. Internet browser is a software which helps you access web pages from various websites. Various Internet browsers are: Google Chrome, Mozilla Firefox, Safari, Opera and Internet Explorer. 1. Read the story of the electric wind boy and respond to the questions that follow. This teenager from Africa had a dream of bringing electricity and running water to his village. He was not ready to wait for years for anyone to do this. He wanted to do something in 2002 following one of worst rainless period in his country that killed thousands of people. Lack of rain had left his family without food. Unable to attend school, he continued education by using a local library from time totime. Interest in science changed his life one day, when he picked up a torn textbook and saw a picture of a windmill. He was very interested when he got to know that using windmill one could make electricity and pump water. He decided to make one by himself. In all his free time when he was not working on maize farm, he would work on his new project. People in his community made fun of him and thought he was mad. One day, he climbed up the windmill he had made and attached a car light bulb to the turbine of the windmill. As the blades began to spin in the breeze, the bulb glowed and the crowd was shocked! This boy came to be known as ‘the electric wind boy’ in his village. As he became famous, he was invited to a conference where he was introduced to the Internet. “I had never seen the Internet, it is amazing,” he says. “I Googled about windmills and found so much information.” Now he has his own website which talks about his work. He has co-written a book called “Boy who Harnessed the Wind”. There is also a movie being made on him. How did the story of an amazing journey of a simple boy from Africa find its way to be an inspiration for the entire world? The Internet connected this young man to the world and showed everyone in Africa how they could use wind to generate power. iIi Internet Modem Wireless router Desktop Laptop Copyright Free. Under CC BY License IT Literacy 309 Complete the What I learned column in the KWL chart. What did you learn today? _____________________________________________________________ What is the benefit of using the internet? _____________________________________________________________ List a few ways in which you will use the internet. Mention the purposes too. _____________________________________________________________ Now that you have understood the uses of the internet, spend 30 minutes using the internet. Share with your friends what you have learned while using the internet. https://in.video.search.yahoo.com/yhs/search?fr=yhs-trp-001&hsimp=yhs-001&hspart=trp&p=how+to+use+in ternet+videos%27#id=1&vid=fad69bc8926798c7fcc58c719a089cf6&action=click https://in.video.search.yahoo.com/yhs/search?fr=yhs-trp-001&hsimp=yhs-001&hspart=trp&p=how+to+use+in ternet+videos+beginners#id=13&vid=d42434c667eec92d89c47683c7c41d84&action=click a. Benefits of using the Internet Imagine that you are Aladdin and you have your own Genie. Your Genie knows everything and fulfills all your wishes. It shares anything you want and connects you with anyone you need! Well, the Internet is just like that. Take your magical lamp (which is your device – computer, tablet or mobile) and rub it (connect to the Internet), and your genie appears helping you with anything you need! Great source of learning – There are many websites that offer online educational courses for free. Students can learn a new language, computer programming, gardening and even cooking using these online courses/ tutorials. Always available – Webpages and websites on the Internet are available round the clock. It is like a supermarket which never closes. Wide range of information – From education to sports to healthcare to films, a wide range of information is available. You can learn about anything you like from how to find the best college to take admission in, to how do you understand mathematics better, where can you find the cricket bat that you want, the latest movie songs etc. Easy to connect with people – Some sites help you stay in touch with friends and also connect with inspiring role models from any field. LinkedIn is an example of such a site, and you need the Internet to access that. Global connection – Because it is a global platform, the Internet can help you connect to anyone anywhere in the world. You can also access information from around the world. Multiple solutions to challenges – The Internet has simplified how we shop, do banking, set up business and learn. The Internet has helped spread awareness about the problems in different countries around the world. So, now students and researchers around the world are working to find solutions for problems like water crisis, cheaper health care, pollution, etc. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License IT Literacy 310 13. Searching for Information on the Internet At the end of this lesson, you shall be able to: • identify search engines to browse the internet • search information on the internet • explore tools to search information on the internet. Searching information on the internet: The internet is a wonderful tool that hs lots of benefits and can make your life easy. The internet has millions of websites and webpages. You can search for almost anything – from learning new things to getting the latest news, to new movies and tips of doing something you don’t know. To search the internet effectively you need a search engine. a. What is a search engine? A search engine is a software programme that is designed to search for information on the World Wide Web. Once you type the topic on which you want to find information, a search engine will scan through thousands of websites and webpages on the internet and collect, organize and display the most relevant information. Some examples of popular search engines are: Yahoo, Google and Bing. What I already Know What I Want to find out What I Learned Google Search I’m Feeling Lucky Copyright Free. Under CC BY License IT Literacy 311 b. Address bar Every website on the internet has an address which is unique. For example, the address for the Facebook site is www.facebook.com. Here, www stands for World Wide Web. Most websites have this at the beginning. 1. How to search when the website address is known? We know that every website on the internet has a unique address. If you know the exact address of the website that you are looking for, the following steps can be used to access that website: a. Open the browser on your device and type the name of the website in the address space provided. b. Click on the web page and once it opens, you can read through it to find the information that you need. 2. How to search when the website address is not known? Suppose now you want to search the internet and don’t know the exact website. What do you do? Well, there is a trick to finding exactly what you need from among millions of webpages and websites on the Internet. This trick is knowing the keywords. Keywords are words that help us find what we are looking for on the Internet. i. Open the browser. ii. In the search box, type the keywords. For example, if you are looking to purchase Kashmiri shawl in a large market in Delhi, you will use “Kashmiri Shawl” as key words along with “Delhi” to get better search results. iii. Click and choose any link from the options given to get more information on what you are searching for. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License IT Literacy 312 3. Answer the following questions. Name the sites you can visit to read the news. _______________________________________________________________________________________ What are the steps to get to the site? _______________________________________________________________________________________ If you don’t know the site, how will you get to a new site? ______________________________________________________________________________________ Complete the What I learned column in the KWL chart. What did you learn today? __________________________________________________________________________________________ How can you search information online when you don’t know the website? __________________________________________________________________________________________ What are some of the things that you would like to know using the internet? List them down below. Write the keywords that you will use to find that information online. __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ You have learned how to search information online. Now go online and find out the names of any ten presidents of any 10 countries of your choice. https://in.video.search.yahoo.com/yhs/search?fr=yhs-trp-001&hsimp=yhs-001&hspart=trp&p=how+to+use+in ternet+videos+beginners#id=8&vid=d1baed90c7c6fd89f8bd3cb8458beaf0&action=view kashmiri shawls Copyright Free. Under CC BY License IT Literacy 313 14. Best Practices to Follow on the Internet At the end of this lesson, you shall be able to: • identify good practices on the internet • recognize how to spot fake news • use the internet facility securely. It is important to follow safe ways to browse the internet. Careful online transactions, user name password, using protective software are some safe ways to use the internet. What I already Know What I Want to find out What I Learned a. Ways to protect your computer There are many guidelines you should follow to protect your computer. i. Implement user identification An effective way to implement unauthorized individuals from accessing your computer is by setting up accounts for authorized users of the computer. ii. User name and password You can also increase security and limit unauthorized access to your computer by setting up a username and password. iii. Keep passwords secure Some guidelines to keep your password secure are: • Be careful while typing your password to prevent anyone else from seeing it. • Do not share your password with others. • Do not write the password and leave it on your computer or desk. • If you think that the password has been compromised, change it immediately. iv. Lock your computer When a computer is locked, it immediately hides the content of the screen and does not allow any operation until the computer is unlocked with the correct username and password combination.For example, in Windows, you can lock your computer by pressing CTRL+ALT+DEL, and then clicking the Lock this computer option. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License IT Literacy 314 v. Protective Software You can protect your computer from viruses and spyware by installing antivirus and antispyware software. vi. Online transactions When you give your credit card details on a secure site, the merchant site will send the information via the Internet using a web payment software to the merchant’s bank. The merchant’s bank will send the information to the credit card issuing bank via the credit card network for authentication. b. Securing online transactions The actions that you can take to secure online transactions are: i. Strong Passwords are a combination of upper and lower case letters, numbers and special characters and it must be created for all accounts. ii. Antispyware: Spyware are small programmes that get installed on your computer and transmit your personal data to hackers. Antispyware delete such programmes installed on your computer and can prevent them from getting installed. iii. Clear browsing history: Personal information can be stored in browser history, cache memory and cookies. Delete this content regularly to prevent hackers from getting your information. iv. Avoid sharing personal information: Give personal information especially bank account or credit card details in online forms only on secure sites. v. Use secure site only: A website is secure if it has https as its prefix and a locked padlock symbol. vi. Configure security components: Windows Control Panel provides many utilities such as Firewall, Malware protection, automatic security related updation and Internet settings which provide protection against security threats. vii. Disable active content: You can use browser settings to disable active content which are small programmes that get installed in your computer while browsing and cause a security threat. c. Securing emails and IM E-mails and Instant Messages (IM) can be used to send you files containing harmful software. To ensure e-mail and IM security: • be cautious when opening e-mail and in messages with attachments. • do not respond to unknown commercial mails. • protect yourself from fake sites that look authentic and try to get your information. • limit chat activity to people whom you know. • report abuse to your Internet Service Provider (ISP). d. Protecting against Online Predators Online predators assume fake identities to lure children into inappropriate relationships and target adults to financially exploit them. You can take the following measures to protect yourself: i. Know the signs Online predators tend to get intimate very quickly. You need to ensure that you and your family members can detect such behaviour to avoid contact with potential online predators. ii. Cautious of gifts Online predators usually attract their targets with gifts or other tempting offers. iii. Educate your family Educate your family members on appropriate chat room behaviour to avoid being targeted by online predators. The screen names must not give away their actual name, age, gender, or contact information because this information can be misused. iv. Block inappropriate sites You can enable your browser’s Content Advisor feature to control the type of web sites that your family members can visit while browsing the Internet. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License IT Literacy 315 1. Ramesh is looking for job online. He comes across a company called Youthful which manufactures sports equipment. He really likes the company and finds a vacancy exactly matching his interest and qualifications. He sends his resume and cover letter to the HR department at Youthful. One week later, Ramesh receives a call for interview. He is very excited. In order to prepare for the interview, Ramesh does a search for the company online. However, he finds that there is an article on a social media site about CEO of the company resigning and selling the company. He does a further search but does not find any such information on this matter. Ramesh gets scared and does not attend the interview. Do you think what Ramesh did was correct? __________________________________________________________________________________________ What would you have done if you were in Ramesh’s position? __________________________________________________________________________________________ What are the ways in which you can find out if a news item is true or fake? __________________________________________________________________________________________ Why should we check if the news is real or fake? Fake news refers to false news that has no basis, but is presented as being factually accurate. Fake news is written and published usually with the intent to mislead in order to damage a person/group/company’s name. The roots of “fake news”, UNESCO’s World Trends Report Loss of confidence in traditional media Low levels of critical thinking and news literacy Shifts in business models Mallicious actors Fake news social media Fake news Fake news News Fake news Fake news Fake news Copyright Free. Under CC BY License IT Literacy 316 Complete the What I learned column in the KWL chart. What does the image convey? __________________________________________________________________________________________ What are the steps to be followed? __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ How does the date of publication help? __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ What did you learn today? __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ What are the ways in which you can check if information is true or fake? __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ What are some of the tips or best practices that you will follow when you are online? __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ Open any news article that you see on a social media site. Use the steps mentioned about to verify if it is real or fake news. CONSIDER THE SOURCE Click away from the story to investigate the site, its mission and its contact info. READ BEYOND Headlines can be outrageous in an effort to get clicks. What is the whole story? CHECK THE AUTHOR Do a quick search on the author. Are they credible? Are they real? SUPPORTING SOURCES? Click on those links. Determine if the info given actually supports the story. CHECK THE DATE Reporting old news stories does not mean they are relevant to current events. IS IT A JOKE? If it is too outlandish, it might be satire. Reserch the site and author to be sure. CHECK YOUR BIASES Consider if your own beliefs could affect your judgement. ASK THE EXPERTS Ask a librarian, or consult a fact-checking site. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License IT Literacy 317 15. Communicate Using Email At the end of this lesson, you shall be able to: • create and use an email account • attach a document or file to the email • explore the use of cc and bcc. Electronic mail (E-mail) is an electronic message transmitted over the Internet or computer network from one user to another. It consists of lines of text and can include file attachments. Attachments could be pictures, documents, spreadsheets, audio files, video files, etc. What I already Know What I Want to find out What I Learned 1. How to create an email account? To set up an email account, there are a number of popular providers to choose from: Gmail (run by Google) Outlook (run by Microsoft) Yahoo! Mail (run by Yahoo). Learning to use an email has helped me keep in touch with my loved ones who are far away? Copyright Free. Under CC BY License IT Literacy 318 Steps to open an email account on Gmail: a. Go to www.gmail.com. b. Click Create account. The signup form will appear, which looks like the image below. You will need to fill your name and details in the signup form. Create your Google Account Create your Google Account One account is all you need One account is all you need One free account gets you into everything Google. One free account gets you into everything Google. Switch between devices and pickup wherever you left off. Switch between devices and pickup wherever you left off. Take it all with you Take it all with you Name Name Choose your username Choose your username That username is taken, Try another Available ksn9755 Create a password Create a password Confirm your password Confirm your password Birthday Birthday Gender Gender Mobile phone Mobile phone Your current email address Your current email address Location First sri ************ ************ srikumar Day Day Year Year Month Month I am... I am... +91 +91 Last kumar @gmail.com @gmail.com Copyright Free. Under CC BY License IT Literacy 319 c. Fill in other details such as your phone number, country of residence, etc. d. Review Google’s Terms of Service and Privacy Policy, click the small box, and then click Next step as shown. Your account will be created and the Google welcome page will appear, as shown. 2. Email Message Format From: Shows a sender’s email address To: Shows a recipient’s email address. This can be more than one. CC: The full form of CC was carbon copy. Email addresses of other people who have been sent a copy of the email. The recipients of the email can see all of the email contacts to whom the copies have been sent. BCC: The full form of BCC is Blind carbon copy. Email addresses of other people who have been sent blind carbon copies of the email. The recipients of the email do not know that the same email has been sent to other email address in BCC. Subject: Shows the topic of the message Message body: The body consists of the text message and any attachments to be sent. When email appears in your inbox, you can tell if it is a new or unopened email as it will appear in bold. You can see who the email is from and the subject of the email. Welcome Your new email address is srikumar19812@gmail.com Thanks for creating a Google Account. Use it to subscribe to channels on Youtube,video chat for free, save favorite places on Maps, and lots more By choosing “I agree” below agree to Google’s Terms of You also agree to our Privacy Policy, which describes how we process your information, including these key points. Data we process when you use Google When you use Google services to do things like write a message in Gmail or comment on a You Tube video, we store the information you create. When you search for a restaurant on Google Maps or watch a video or You Tube, for example, we process information about that activity including information like the video you watched, device IDs. IP addresses, cookie data, and location We also process the kinds of information described above when you use apps or sites that use Google services like ads. Analytics, and the You Tube video player. Depending on your account settings, some of this data may be associated with your Google Account and we treat this data as personal information. You (myaccount.google.com) Why we process it We process this data for the purposes described in our policy, including to • Help our services deliver more useful, customized content such as more relevant search results: • Improve the quality of our services and develop new ones: • Deliver personalized ads, both on Google services and on sites. Privacy and Terms Copyright Free. Under CC BY License IT Literacy 320 3. Attaching a file to an email An attachment is a type of file such as a photo or document that you can send along with your email. To add an attachment, you need to click on the Attach button. • The Attach button often has a paper clip as its symbol. • When you click on the Attach button, it opens up a new window. • The window shows you files and folders on your computer. • Find and then click on the file you want to attach and press OK. • The file will now show as an attachment in your email. • The name of the file will be shown next to a paper clip symbol. Look at the image given for reference: Copyright Free. Under CC BY License IT Literacy 321 4. Managing your email There are different folders that could help you manage and organize your emails. • The Inbox holds emails that people have sent to you. • The Sent folder holds emails that you have sent to people. • The Drafts folder holds all the emails you have started writing, but not yet sent. • The Junk/ Spam folder holds emails that may not be useful. • The Trash can or folder holds emails that you no longer need and have deleted. To delete an email. You select an email and then click on the Delete button for it to be moved from inbox to trash folder. Complete the What I learned column in the KWL chart. Why do you think it is important to have an email address? __________________________________________________________________________________________ Which email features of Yahoo or Gmail seem most exciting to you? __________________________________________________________________________________________ Send a short email to any one person in your classroom. When you receive an email from a classmate, make sure to respond to them. Gmail Categories Manage labels Create new lable GHA COMPOSE Inbox (1) Starred Sent Mail Drafts (1) Less Important Chats All Mail Spam Trash + Copyright Free. Under CC BY License IT Literacy 322 16. Internet Safety At the end of this lesson, you shall be able to: • recognize the importance of internet safety • identify ways to be safe on the internet • use the internet safely. Internet safety: Internet has made our lives easy. We can communicate via emails, shop online, make reservations, etc., through the internet. Safety on the internet is very important. Email passwords and other passwords should not be disclosed to anyone. While accessing emails and making online transactions, etc., on the computer in browsing centres or personal devices, the account has to be properly logged out. 1. Answer the following questions. Do you know anyone who has lost money online? Write about the incident. _______________________________________________________________________________________ What are the steps that you can take to ensure that you do not lose any money online? _______________________________________________________________________________________ What I already Know What I Want to find out What I Learned Copyright Free. Under CC BY License IT Literacy 323 The internet is a wonderful tool that has lots of benefits. It can make your life easy. Unfortunately, the features that make it easy for people to use, can also be misused by people intending to cheat. However, you should not let fear stop you from using the internet. Here are a few simple steps that you can follow to keep your personal informationsafe. a. Safeguard your personal computer/mobile Antivirus software will help remove or prevent viruses from causing harm along with other forms of dangerous programmes. b. Safeguard your Usernames and Passwords You need usernames and passwords to register on most websites. It may be your email account, Facebook, banking, shopping, online courses or any other online transactions. Your username is your unique identity, just like your real name. Your password is the secret code or key that helps ONLY you to access your online accounts. Choose a password that is easy to remember and not easy for someone else to guess. The best type of passwords mix letters and numbers. This is known as a strong password. A strong password has more than 8 characters (the longer, the better), numbers and symbols, upper and lowercase alphabets or letters. For example, Moon&star901@we; Qwerty6378*wr#; #@375dofguard. Tips for creating a strong password • Never use personal information such as your name, birthday, user name, or email address. This type of information is often publicly available, which makes it easier for someone to guess your password. • Use a longer password. Your password should be at least six characters long, although for extra security it should be even longer. • Don’t use the same password for all accounts. If someone discovers your password for one account, all of your other accounts will be in danger. • Never to give your password to anybody. • Change your passwords regularly. c. Safeguard your email account To protect your emails, follow these tips: • Don’t open an email from someone you have never heard of. Delete it immediately. • If you open it by accident, don’t click on any links. • Never reply to a SPAM email. • You can put a block on unwanted SPAM email on your email account. This will also block most unwanted emails. • Don’t tell your password or any personal information to anyone or even on any website. No legitimate company will ever ask you for your password. d. Safeguard yourself from false information Just like in the real world, the Internet is full of good and bad information. Good information comes from verified sources and standard websites such as BBC News, WebMD, government portals, etc. Some sites often offer something for “free” and tell you to click on a link to win lots of money or valuables. Never open such sites or click on these links which offer such promises. They are false and may contain viruses.Similarly, many sites offer unscientific and incorrect information, especially about health, science, religion and technology. Ensure to check the website and verify with your instructor/someone else who knows the Internet well, before downloading or believing such information. e. Safeguard yourself while shopping on the Internet One of the benefits of the Internet is the ability to shop from a wide range of stores and buy items on sale. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License IT Literacy 324 • Visit sites that have a good reputation as ‘trusted brands”. • Follow the security advice carefully on websites that you trust. • Make sure that you are on a secure site when you need to give credit or debit card details. • Do not ever give your credit or debit card details on the phone if someone calls claiming to help you with online shopping. One of the best ways to identify safe websites is to check for the lock symbol in the address bar. This is most commonly seen with certain types of websites, like online stores and banking sites. This means the website is safe to enter your personal information. Complete the What I learned column in the KWL chart. What are the ways to follow to stay safe on the internet? __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ Why should you have a strong password? __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ What are the ways to strengthen passwords? __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ https://youtu.be/25G4tLVH1JE https://youtu.be/5JdM95WQKys Many times, you may get things on the Internet websites that are much cheaper than in actual stores. Follow these tips to protect yourself when shopping online. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License IT Literacy 325 17. Introduction to Mobile Applications At the end of this lesson, you shall be able to: • explore the advantages of a mobile phone • identify how to learn using a mobile phone • use a mobile phone. Introduction to Mobile Applications: If a young person is seen with a mobile phone, the most common words they get to hear are ‘why are you wasting time on your phone’, isn’t it? Many people today see the mobile phone as a tool that is meant for distraction or entertainment. Mobiles phones are used to send and receive several messages, play games, talk to others, browse on social media, click pictures and watch videos. While it is true that mobile is a big source of entertainment, if used properly, they can have many advantages too. As a student, you can use it for your benefit. A mobile phone can help you learn many new things, be updated with the latest technology and also help you pass your exams! If you manage your time well and learn to use the right kinds of apps and features on your phone, you can be a life-long learning journey. So, the next time your elders or parents say, stop wasting time you can show them the different ways in which you can learn using the mobile and make them proud! What I already Know What I Want to find out What I Learned Copyright Free. Under CC BY License IT Literacy 326 a. Learning using mobiles is called M-Learning. b. The most popular thing that people learn using mobile phone is languages. There are more than 300 apps to help you learn English! c. You can learn many, many things through apps – From yoga, cooking, poems, dieting, stitching and carpentry. There are free apps to help you learn almost anything you want. Subjects/Topics Name of Apps Name of websites English Hello English Typing Typing Master Communication Skills www.bharatskills.gov Writing Resume Time Management About Trade www.bharatskills.gov www.youtube.com/NSDCIndiaOfficial Online Payment BHIM UPI Let’s learn some basic concepts about mobile phones first. There are two ways through which you can benefit from a mobile phone. By using the Internet or using Apps. You already know what the internet is and how to search on it smartly. A mobile application, most commonly referred to as an app, is a type of application software designed to run on a mobile device, such as a smartphone or tablet computer. Apps are generally small, individual software units with limited functions. Mobile Apps can be free or paid. You can download apps from the playstore or app store. 1. Ranjith’s father recently bought a mobile phone. It is a touch screen smart phone, with 3G Internet. Ranjith’s father cannot read and write English very well. He is also not comfortable using mobile phones. In fact, Ranjith’s father thinks a mobile phone can be used only for making calls and send/receive SMS. Help Ranjith explain the benefits of a smart phone to his father. Below are some hints to get you started. A smartphone can be used for • making simple calculations using Calculator • taking pictures • reading news on the internet. __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ 2. Ranjith, just like you, studies in an ITI. He has promised his father that he will use the mobile phone for only one hour in the day. Ranjith does not want to waste the entire one hour on watching YouTube videos, using Facebook or messaging on Whatsapp. He wants to make good use of 30 minutes to learn something useful for his career and life. What type of subjects, apps or websites would you suggest to Ranjith? Here are some hints to get you started. Fill up the blanks and suggest new topics for Ranjith. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License IT Literacy 327 Here are a wide range of things you can use the mobile phone for: • internet search – search anything you want by typing keywords • google maps – to find route from one place to another and find out traffic information • recorder – record important audio (lectures, conversations, etc.) • clock – to set alarm and reminders • connecting to friends and family • listening to music • organizing time using calendar • learning new topics and skills. There are several applications to order food, watch videos and TV shows online, pay bills, scan documents, book tickets for travel, movies, shop and even order services like electrician, carpenter, plumber, beautician etc., to our homes. One of the most important benefits of a mobile phone is learning. Many people do not use a mobile phone for learning purposes. But education institutions and universities (especially abroad) are encouraging students to learn using different apps and websites. Learning using mobile phones is a very unique and new way of learning. Here are some advantages of learning using computers and mobile phones. Learning on mobile and computers is known as M-learning or Digital Learning. This is a new way to access learning content using mobiles. With the help of mobile devices, mobile learning supports, continuous access to the learning process. This can be done using devices like your phone, laptop or tablet. You can learn wherever and whenever you want. Read the image on “ Type of Apps for Daily Life” carefully and ask your trainer to help you understand all the benefits of learning using mobile or digital devices. • quick access to information • easy and free access to information • supports learning by different ways – using audio, video, pictures • learners can access it anywhere and anytime • learners can learn without pressure of others watching or judging them Copyright Free. Under CC BY License IT Literacy 328 • learners can view or learn information again and again by watching/reading the material. This way, they can learn as slowly or as fast as they wants to • learners can see the concepts explained visually. This can help them remember better • learners can have fun, play games or quizzes while they learn • learners can recap or recall any lesson by going back to it • learners can learn in multiple languages, if the app allows it. What are the different ways in which you can use mobile phone for positive purposes and not waste time on it? __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ Do you think you will enjoy mobile or digital learning the most? __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ What are the advantages that students will benefit from using mobile or digital learning method? __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ Complete the What I learned column in the KWL chart. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ZLNO2c7nqjw Copyright Free. Under CC BY License IT Literacy 329 18. Simple Mobile Applications At the end of this lesson, you shall be able to: • identify mobile applications and their use • scan and use a QR code • transfer funds online using BHIM UPI. Simple Mobile Applications: Mobile phones have become very important and are everywhere. If you observe carefully, you will notice that mobile phones are used like computers. For example, a computer was used to send emails, calculate numbers, create videos, edit photos, search for information online, etc. Modern smartphones have many new features that make them as effective as a computer. What I already Know What I Want to find out What I Learned Copyright Free. Under CC BY License IT Literacy 330 1. Observe the images below. Discuss with your friends and trainers and write down the major differences between these two types of mobile phones. SMART PHONE OLD MOBILE PHONE Has Camera Touch screen No Camera Has buttons and pad One of the best options is to use a payment app (short form for application), such as BHIM UPI, Paytm, Google Pay, etc. In most of the shops today, shopkeepers display a black square image. You can scan this image and make the payment using an app on your phone. The best part is, you can even make payment of 1 rupee using this app. This kind of application is known as a UPI app. 2. Read to understand how to use a UPI app. Bharat Interface for Money (BHIM) is a payment app that lets you make simple, easy and quick transactions using Unified Payments Interface (UPI). You can make direct bank payments to anyone on UPI using their UPI ID or scanning their QR with the BHIM app. You can also request money through the app from a UPI ID. Developed by National Payments Corporation of India (NPCI), BHIM has been conceived and launched on 30th December 2016 to simplify banking through digital banking. Copyright Free. Under CC BY License IT Literacy 331 3. How to access BHIM (first time users) i. Open the Play Store on your Android phone. It is the icon in the app drawer or on the home screen. ii. Type QR code reader into the search box and tap the search button. This displays the BHIM app in the Play store. iii. Tap Install. iv. BHIM app will now be installed on your Android. When the app finished installing, the “Install” button will say “Open,” and you’ll have a new icon in the app drawer. Click Open. v. This opens the app, which will ask you to choose a language. Here, we choose English. i ii iii iv v vi. You will see the welcome screen. By clicking next, you will see LET’S GET STARTED button. vi _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________